Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549




FORM 20-F

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended: 30 June 2011

Commission file number 1-10691

DIAGEO plc
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

England and Wales

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation)

Lakeside Drive, Park Royal, London NW10 7HQ, England

(Address of principal executive offices)

Paul Tunnacliffe Company Secretary
Tel: +44 20 8978 6000
E-mail: the.cosec@diageo.com
Lakeside Drive, Park Royal, London NW10 7HQ, England

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class    Name of each exchange on which registered 
American Depositary Shares
Ordinary shares of 28101/108 pence each
  New York Stock Exchange
New York Stock Exchange*

         Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

         Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None

         Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer's classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the Annual Report: 2,754,001,095 ordinary shares of 28101/108 pence each.

         Indicate by check mark if each registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes ý    No o

         If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if each registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.    Yes o    No ý

         Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes ý    No o

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes o    No o

         Indicate by check mark whether each registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of "accelerated filer and large accelerated filer" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large Accelerated Filer ý    Accelerated Filer o    Non-Accelerated Filer o

         Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

U.S. GAAP o   International Financial Reporting Standards
as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ý
  Other o

         If "Other" has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.    Item 17 o    Item 18 o

         If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes o    No ý

         This document comprises the annual report on Form 20-F and the annual report to shareholders for the year ended 30 June 2011 of Diageo plc (the 2011 Form 20-F).


Table of Contents


Contents

1   Historical information

5

 

Business description
5   Strategy
7   Premium drinks
22   Risk factors
28   Cautionary statement concerning forward-looking statements

31

 

Business review
31   Introduction
33   Operating results 2011 compared with 2010
52   Operating results 2010 compared with 2009
73   Trend information
74   Liquidity and capital resources
79   Capital commitments
79   Other contractual obligations
80   Post balance sheet events
80   Off-balance sheet arrangements
80   Risk management
83   Critical accounting policies
85   New accounting standards
86   Board of directors and company secretary
90   Directors' remuneration report
119   Corporate governance report
135   Directors' report

138

 

Financial statements
139   Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
140   Consolidated income statement
141   Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
142   Consolidated balance sheet
143   Consolidated statement of changes in equity
144   Consolidated statement of cash flows
145   Accounting policies of the group
153   Notes to the consolidated financial statements
234   Principal group companies
235   Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – internal controls
237   Unaudited computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges

238

 

Additional information for shareholders
238   Legal proceedings
238   Related party transactions
238   Share capital
240   American depositary shares
241   Articles of association
246   Exchange controls
247   Taxation
252   Signature
253   Exhibits
256   Cross reference to Form 20-F
259   Glossary of terms and US equivalents

Table of Contents


Contents (continued)

        This is the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Diageo plc for the year ended 30 June 2011. The information set out in this Form 20-F does not constitute Diageo plc's statutory accounts under the UK Companies Acts for the years ended 30 June 2011, 2010 or 2009. KPMG Audit Plc has reported on those accounts; their audit reports were (i) unqualified, (ii) did not include a reference to any matters to which the auditors drew attention by way of emphasis without qualifying their report and (iii) did not contain a statement under section 498 (2) or (3) of the Companies Act 2006 in respect of the accounts for the years ended 30 June 2011, 2010 or 2009. The accounts for 2010 and 2009 have been delivered to the registrar of companies and those for 2011 will be delivered in due course.

        This document contains forward-looking statements that involve risk and uncertainty. There are a number of factors that could cause actual results and developments to differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements, including factors beyond Diageo's control. For more details, please refer to the cautionary statement concerning forward-looking statements on pages 28 to 30.

        The content of the company's website (www.diageo.com and www.diageoreports.com) should not be considered to form a part of or be incorporated into this report. This report includes names of Diageo's products, which constitute trademarks or trade names which Diageo owns or which others own and license to Diageo for use. In this report, the term 'company' refers to Diageo plc and terms 'group' and 'Diageo' refer to the company and its consolidated subsidiaries, except as the context otherwise requires. A glossary of terms used in this report is included at the end of the report.

        Diageo's consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as endorsed and adopted for use in the European Union (EU) and IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). References to IFRS hereafter should be construed as references to both IFRS as adopted by the EU and IFRS as issued by the IASB. Unless otherwise indicated, all financial information contained in this document has been prepared in accordance with IFRS. The brand ranking information presented in this report, when comparing volume information with competitors, has been sourced from data published during 2011 by Impact Databank. Market data information and competitive set classifications are taken from independent industry sources in the markets in which Diageo operates.

Information presented    Unless otherwise stated in this document, percentage movements are organic movements. These movements and operating margins are before exceptional items. Commentary, unless otherwise stated, refers to organic movements. Share, unless otherwise stated, refers to value share. See the 'Business review' for an explanation of organic movement calculations. The market data and competitive set classifications contained in this document are taken from independent industry sources in the markets in which Diageo operates.


Table of Contents


Historical information

The following table presents selected consolidated financial data for Diageo prepared under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as endorsed and adopted for use in the European Union (EU) and IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) for the five years ended 30 June 2011 and as at the respective year ends. References to IFRS hereafter should be construed as references to both IFRS as adopted by the EU and IFRS as issued by the IASB, unless otherwise indicated. The data presented below has been derived from Diageo's audited consolidated financial statements.

 
   
  Year ended 30 June  
 
  Notes   2011   2010   2009   2008   2007  
 
   
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Income statement data

                                     

Sales

          13,232     12,958     12,283     10,643     9,917  

Operating profit

    1,2     2,595     2,574     2,418     2,212     2,160  

Profit for the year

                                     

Continuing operations

    1,2     2,017     1,762     1,704     1,560     1,417  

Discontinued operations

    3         (19 )   2     26     139  
                             

Total profit for the year

    1,2     2,017     1,743     1,706     1,586     1,556  
                             

 

 

 


 

pence

 

pence

 

pence

 

pence

 

pence

 

Per share data

                                     

Dividend per share

    4     40.40     38.10     36.10     34.35     32.70  

Earnings per share

                                     

Basic

                                     

Continuing operations

    1     76.2     66.3     64.5     58.0     50.2  

Discontinued operations

              (0.8 )   0.1     1.0     5.2  
                             

Basic earnings per share

    1     76.2     65.5     64.6     59.0     55.4  
                             

Diluted

                                     

Continuing operations

    1     76.0     66.2     64.3     57.6     49.9  

Discontinued operations

              (0.8 )   0.1     1.0     5.1  
                             

Diluted earnings per share

    1     76.0     65.4     64.4     58.6     55.0  
                             

 

 

 


 

million

 

million

 

million

 

million

 

million

 

Average shares

          2,493     2,486     2,485     2,566     2,688  

                                     
 
   
  As at 30 June  
 
   
  2011   2010   2009   2008   2007  
 
   
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Balance sheet data

                                     

Total assets

    1     19,777     19,454     18,018     15,992     13,934  

Net borrowings

    5     6,450     6,954     7,419     6,447     4,845  

Equity attributable to the parent company's equity shareholders

          5,245     4,007     3,169     3,463     3,947  

Called up share capital

    6     797     797     797     816     848  

1


Table of Contents


Historical information (continued)


Notes to the historical information

1      Accounting policies    The consolidated financial statements for the five years ended 30 June 2011 were prepared in accordance with IFRS. The IFRS accounting policies applied by the group to the financial information in this document are presented in 'Accounting policies of the group' in the consolidated financial statements.

2      Exceptional items    Exceptional items are charges or credits which, in management's judgment, need to be disclosed by virtue of their size or incidence in order for the user to obtain a proper understanding of the financial information. Such items are included within the income statement caption to which they relate. An analysis of exceptional items for continuing operations is as follows:

 
  Year ended 30 June  
 
  2011   2010   2009   2008   2007  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Items included in operating profit

                               

Restructuring programmes

    (111 )   (142 )   (170 )   (78 )    

Duty settlements

    (127 )                

Brand impairment

    (39 )   (35 )            

SEC settlement

    (12 )                

Disposal of Park Royal property

                    40  
                       

    (289 )   (177 )   (170 )   (78 )   40  
                       

Sale of businesses

    (14 )   (15 )       9     (1 )
                       

Items included in taxation

                               

Tax credit on exceptional operating items

    51     39     37     8      

Tax credit on sale of businesses

    3     10              

Settlements agreed with tax authorities

    66         155          
                       

    120     49     192     8      
                       

Exceptional items in continuing operations

    (183 )   (143 )   22     (61 )   39  

Discontinued operations net of taxation

        (19 )   2     26     139  
                       

Exceptional items

    (183 )   (162 )   24     (35 )   178  
                       

3      Discontinued operations    In the year ended 30 June 2010 discontinued operations comprise a charge of £19 million in respect of the discounted value of anticipated future payments to new thalidomide claimants. In the years ended 30 June 2009, 30 June 2008 and 30 June 2007 discontinued operations are in respect of the quick service restaurants business (Burger King, sold 13 December 2002) and the packaged food business (Pillsbury sold 31 October 2001).

4      Dividends    The board expects that Diageo will pay an interim dividend in April and a final dividend in October of each year. Approximately 40% of the total dividend in respect of any financial year is expected to be paid as an interim dividend and approximately 60% as a final dividend. The payment of any future dividends, subject to shareholder approval, will depend upon Diageo's earnings, financial condition and such other factors as the board deems relevant. Proposed dividends are not considered to be a liability until they are approved by the board for the interim dividend and by the shareholders at the annual general meeting for the final dividend.

2


Table of Contents


Historical information (continued)

        The table below sets out the amounts of interim, final and total cash dividends paid by the company on each ordinary share. The dividends are translated into US dollars per ADS (each ADS representing four ordinary shares) at the noon buying rate on each of the respective dividend payment dates.

 
   
  Year ended 30 June  
 
   
  2011   2010   2009   2008   2007  
 
   
  pence
  pence
  pence
  pence
  pence
 

Per ordinary share

  Interim   15.50   14.60   13.90   13.20   12.55  

      Final   24.90   23.50   22.20   21.15   20.15  
                           

      Total   40.40   38.10   36.10   34.35   32.70  
                           

      $   $   $   $   $  

Per ADS

  Interim   1.02   0.90   0.82   1.05   0.99  

      Final   1.60   1.48   1.46   1.46   1.64  
                           

      Total   2.62   2.38   2.28   2.51   2.63  
                           

Note: Subject to shareholders' approval the final dividend for the year ended 30 June 2011 will be paid on 24 October 2011, and payment to US ADR holders will be made on 28 October 2011. In the table above, an exchange rate of £1 = $1.61 has been assumed for this dividend, but the exact amount of the payment to US ADR holders will be determined by the rate of exchange on 24 October 2011.

5      Net borrowings definition    Net borrowings are defined as gross borrowings (short term borrowings and long term borrowings plus finance lease liabilities plus interest rate hedging instruments, cross currency interest rate swaps and funding foreign currency forwards and swaps used to manage borrowings) less cash and cash equivalents and other liquid resources.

6      Share capital    During the years ended 30 June 2011 and 30 June 2010 the company did not repurchase any ordinary shares for cancellation or to be held as treasury shares (2009 – 38 million ordinary shares, cost of £354 million; 2008 – 97 million ordinary shares, cost of £1,008 million; 2007 – 141 million ordinary shares, cost of £1,405 million).

7      Exchange rates    A substantial portion of the group's assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses are denominated in currencies other than pounds sterling. For a discussion of the impact of exchange rate fluctuations on the company's financial condition and results of operations, see 'Business review – Risk management'.

        The following table shows period end and average US dollar/pound sterling noon buying exchange rates, for the periods indicated, expressed in US dollars per £1.

 
  Year ended 30 June  
 
  2011   2010   2009   2008   2007  
 
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
 

Year end

    1.61     1.50     1.65     1.99     2.01  

Average rate(a)

    1.59     1.57     1.60     2.01     1.93  

(a)
The average of the noon buying rates on the last business day of each month during the year ended 30 June.

3


Table of Contents


Historical information (continued)

The following table shows period end, high, low and average US dollar/pound sterling noon buying exchange rates by month, for the six-month period to 31 August 2011, expressed in US dollars per £1. The information in respect of the month of August is for the period up to and including 31 August 2011.

 
  2011  
 
  August   July   June   May   April   March  
 
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
 
Month end     1.63     1.64     1.61     1.64     1.67     1.61  
Month high     1.66     1.64     1.64     1.67     1.67     1.64  
Month low     1.62     1.59     1.60     1.61     1.61     1.60  
Average rate(a)     1.64     1.62     1.62     1.63     1.64     1.62  

The average exchange rate for period 1 to 7 September 2011 was £1 = $1.61 and the noon buying rate on 7 September was £1 = $1.59.

(a)
The average of the noon buying rates on each business day of the month.

(b)
These rates have been provided for information only. They are not necessarily the rates that have been used in this document for currency translations or in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements. See note 2(e) to the consolidated financial statements for the actual rates used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements.

4


Table of Contents


Business description

Diageo is the world's leading premium drinks business, operating globally across spirits, beer and wine.

        Diageo plc is incorporated as a public limited company in England and Wales. Diageo was incorporated as Arthur Guinness Son & Company Limited on 21 October 1886. The group was formed by the merger of Grand Metropolitan Public Limited Company (GrandMet) and Guinness PLC (the Guinness Group) in December 1997. Diageo plc's principal executive office is located at Lakeside Drive, Park Royal, London NW10 7HQ and its telephone number is +44 (0) 20 8978 6000.

        Diageo is a major participant in the global beverage alcohol industry, producing and distributing a leading collection of branded premium spirits, beer and wine. It brings together world class brands and a management team that seeks to maximise shareholder value over the long term. The management team expects to continue the strategy of investing behind Diageo's strategic brands, launching innovative new products, and seeking to expand selectively either through partnerships or acquisitions that add long term value for shareholders.


Strategy

Diageo is the leading premium spirits business in the world by volume, by net sales and by operating profit and is one of a small number of premium drinks companies that operate globally across spirits, beer and wine. Diageo creates long term value for shareholders through its outstanding brands, its geographical breadth and the expertise of its people.

        Diageo manages a broad range of brands across several categories. It manages eight of the world's top twenty premium spirits brands, including Smirnoff, the number one brand by volume and Johnnie Walker, the number one brand by value. In beer, Diageo owns the only global stout brand, Guinness, and a range of lager brands sold primarily in Africa. Diageo's wine brands are sold predominantly in North America and Great Britain across a full range of price points.

        Diageo is a global company with its products sold in more than 180 markets around the world. In the developed markets of North America and Europe, Diageo has built scale and strong routes to market. Diageo is also the number one international spirits company in the emerging markets of Africa, Latin America and Asia. These rapid growth markets now comprise approximately one third of Diageo's net sales, up from 22% in 2005. Through continued organic growth driven by infrastructure investments and targeted acquisitions, these markets are expected to contribute to 50% of Diageo's net sales by 2015.

        In the majority of markets, Diageo's brands reach customers and consumers through local teams with strong local expertise and networks. In countries where Diageo has not established its own subsidiary, it looks to expand organically through business partners and third party distributors. Diageo is also committed to explore opportunities to expand geographically through acquisitions, within its financial criteria. The acquisition of companies with strong local routes to market and brands that appeal to the growing number of middle class consumers are particularly appealing. The acquisition of Mey Içki in Turkey and the investment in ShuiJingFang in China are two examples of this strategy in action.

        Diageo combines the benefits of global scale with local insights into consumer trends and behaviours to deliver world class marketing campaigns. For example, the Keep Walking campaign on Johnnie Walker has been running globally for over 10 years, based on the universal appeal of personal progress. The marketing campaign is true to this insight although the local creative executions look different around the world. Likewise, consumer insights inform Diageo's innovation launches and

5


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)


pipeline. The premiumisation of scotch to appeal to consumers of luxury brands and the development of ready to serve cocktails as at-home consumption increases have been particularly successful.

        Diageo is also focused on driving category growth with its customers through shopper insights. The sales ambition is to win at the point of purchase. The 'Diageo Way of Selling' programme equips four thousand salesmen with best practice tools and processes. It builds capabilities in sales execution, customer service and the efficient use of trade investment so that Diageo becomes an indispensable business partner to its customers.

Market participation    Since 2005 up to the year ended 30 June 2011 Diageo managed its business through four regions: North America, Europe, International, and Asia Pacific. The North American region, comprising the United States and Canada, accounts for the largest proportion of Diageo's net sales and operating profit. Europe is comprised of Great Britain, Ireland, Iberia, Northern Europe, Southern Europe, and Russia and Eastern Europe. The International region is made up of three business units: Latin America and the Caribbean (including Mexico), Africa and Global Travel and Middle East (GTME). The Asia Pacific region comprises South Korea, Japan, the People's Republic of China, India and other Asian markets, Australia and New Zealand. In the past financial year roughly two-thirds of net sales were derived from developed markets (mainly North America and Western Europe) and one-third from emerging markets (mainly Latin America and the Caribbean, Africa and Asia Pacific). In 2005 approximately four-fifths of net sales arose in emerging markets and one-fifth in emerging markets.

        During the year ended 30 June 2011 the group reviewed its operating model across its businesses and commenced a restructuring programme that is expected to be fully implemented by 30 June 2013. The main objective of the programme is to improve the effectiveness and productivity of the group's operations and to deploy resources closer to the market and in those geographical regions where the potential for growth is greatest. This review will result in changes to the group's regional structure and the way it organises its central functions. The principal countries impacted are the United Kingdom, Ireland and the United States.

        On 25 May 2011 Diageo announced that the International region from 1 July 2011 will have two autonomous regions: Diageo Latin America and Diageo Africa. The Global Travel business will be divided and each specific duty free operation will be allocated to the market of the geographic region where it is located. The Middle East business will become part of Asia Pacific.

Product offering    Diageo classifies 14 brands as global strategic brands: Johnnie Walker, Smirnoff, Baileys, Crown Royal, Captain Morgan, Jose Cuervo, JeB, Buchanan's, Windsor, Ketel One vodka, Cîroc, Tanqueray, Bushmills and Guinness. These brands are the main focus for the business and 78% of the group's marketing spend supports these brands. In aggregate, for the year ended 30 June 2011, they comprised 66% of Diageo's net sales.

        Brand performance for the year ended 30 June 2011 is now reported for the 14 strategic brands above which replaces the brand performance reporting of eight global priority brands disclosed in prior years and reflects the way the brands are managed.

Business effectiveness    Over the long term, Diageo's strategy continues to focus on driving growth and increasing shareholder value.

6


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)


Premium drinks

Diageo is engaged in a broad range of activities within the beverage alcohol industry, with products sold in approximately 180 markets around the world. Its operations include producing, distilling, brewing, bottling, packaging, distributing, developing and marketing a range of brands. Diageo markets a wide range of recognised beverage alcohol brands including a number of the world's leading spirits and beer brands. In calendar year 2010, the Diageo brand range included 17 of the top 100 premium distilled spirits brands worldwide.

        References to ready to drink products in this report include progressive adult beverages in the United States and certain markets supplied by the United States.

        In the year ended 30 June 2011, Diageo sold 118.6 million equivalent units of spirits (including ready to drink), 25.8 million equivalent units of beer and 3.1 million equivalent units of wine. In the year ended 30 June 2011, ready to drink products contributed 5.7 million equivalent units of total volume, of which Smirnoff ready to drink variants accounted for 3.8 million equivalent units. Volume has been measured on an equivalent units basis to nine-litre cases of spirits. An equivalent unit represents one nine-litre case of spirits, which is approximately 272 servings. A serving comprises 33 ml of spirits, 165 ml of wine, or 330 ml of ready to drink or beer. Therefore, to convert volume of products other than spirits to equivalent units, the following guide has been used: beer in hectolitres divide by 0.9, wine in nine-litre cases divide by five, ready to drink in nine-litre cases divide by 10 and certain pre-mixed products that are classified as ready to drink in nine-litre cases divide by five.

        Diageo's portfolio of premium drinks comprises brands owned by the company as a principal and brands held by the company under agency or distribution agreements. Diageo's agency agreements vary depending on the particular brand, but tend to be for a fixed number of years. Diageo's principal agency brand is Jose Cuervo in North America and many other markets (with distribution rights extending to 1 July 2013). Diageo also brews and sells other companies' beer brands under licence, including Budweiser and Carlsberg lagers in Ireland, Heineken lager in Jamaica and Tiger beer in Malaysia. There can be no assurance that Diageo will be able to prevent termination of distribution, manufacturing or licence agreements or to renegotiate distribution, manufacturing or licence agreements on favourable terms when they expire.

        Diageo classifies its brands as strategic brands and other brands.

The strategic brands:
Johnnie Walker scotch whiskies
Smirnoff vodka and Smirnoff ready to drink products
Baileys Original Irish Cream liqueur
Crown Royal Canadian whisky
Captain Morgan rum and rum based products
Jose Cuervo tequila (agency brand in North America and many other markets)
JeB scotch whisky
Buchanan's scotch whisky
Windsor Premier scotch whisky
Ketel One vodka (exclusive worldwide distribution rights)
Cîroc vodka
Tanqueray gin
Bushmills Irish whiskey
Guinness stout

7


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)

Diageo has 14 strategic brands that it markets worldwide. Diageo considers these brands to have the greatest current and future earnings potential. Figures for strategic brands include related ready to drink products, unless otherwise indicated.

        In the year ended 30 June 2011, strategic brands accounted for 65% of total volume (95.8 million equivalent units) and contributed net sales of £6,576 million.

        Johnnie Walker scotch whiskies comprise Johnnie Walker Red Label, Johnnie Walker Black Label and several other brand variants. During the year ended 30 June 2011, Johnnie Walker Red Label sold 10.9 million equivalent units, Johnnie Walker Black Label sold 6.1 million equivalent units and the remaining variants sold 0.8 million equivalent units. The Johnnie Walker franchise was ranked, by volume, as the number one premium scotch whisky and the number three premium spirit brand in the world.

        Smirnoff achieved volume of 28.3 million equivalent units in the year ended 30 June 2011. Smirnoff vodka volume was 24.5 million equivalent units. It was ranked, by volume, as the number one premium vodka and the number one premium spirit brand in the world. Smirnoff ready to drink volume totalled 3.8 million equivalent units.

        Baileys was ranked, by volume, as the number one liqueur in the world, having sold 6.8 million equivalent units in the year ended 30 June 2011.

        Captain Morgan was ranked number two in the world by volume, amongst its competitive set, the rum category, with volume of 9.1 million equivalent units in the year ended 30 June 2011.

        Guinness is the group's only strategic beer brand, and for the year ended 30 June 2011 achieved volume of 11 million equivalent units.

        Certain strategic brands were also ranked, by volume, among the leading premium distilled spirits brands by Impact Databank. These include: Jose Cuervo, ranked the number one premium tequila in the world; Crown Royal Canadian whisky, ranked the number one Canadian whisky in the world; Tanqueray gin, ranked the number one imported gin in the United States; and JeB scotch whisky (comprising JeB Rare, JeB Reserve, JeB Manhattan and JeB Jet), ranked the number four premium scotch whisky in the world. During the year ended 30 June 2011, Jose Cuervo, Crown Royal, Tanqueray and JeB sold 4.6 million, 5.1 million, 2.0 million and 4.6 million equivalent units, respectively.

        Other strategic brands, Buchanan's, Windsor, Bushmills, Ketel One vodka and Cîroc sold 1.5 million, 1.0 million, 0.6 million, 2.1 million and 1.3 million equivalent units, respectively, in the year ended 30 June 2011.

Other spirits brands include:
Gordon's gin and vodka
Old Parr scotch whisky
Bell's scotch whisky
The Classic Malts scotch whiskies
Seagram's 7 Crown whiskey and Seagram's VO whisky
Cacique rum
White Horse scotch whisky
Don Julio tequila
Bundaberg rum

8


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2011, other spirits brands contributed volume of 33.8 million equivalent units, representing 23% of total Diageo volume, and net sales of £1,684 million.

Other beer brands include:
Malta Guinness non-alcoholic malt
Harp lager
Tusker lager
Smithwick's ale
Senator lager
Red Stripe lager

In the year ended 30 June 2011, Diageo sold 14.8 million equivalent units of beers other than Guinness, achieving net sales of £1,029 million. Other beer volume was mainly attributable to owned brands with a minority being attributable to beers brewed and/or sold under licence, such as Budweiser lager and Carlsberg lager in Ireland, Tiger beer in Malaysia and Heineken lager in Jamaica.

Wine brands include:
Blossom Hill
Sterling Vineyards
Beaulieu Vineyard
Navarro Correas
Acacia Vineyard
Rosenblum Cellars
Piat d'Or
Chalone Vineyard
Santa Rita

For the year ended 30 June 2011, wine volume was 3.1 million equivalent units, contributing net sales of £488 million.

Production    Diageo owns 106 production facilities including maltings, distilleries, breweries, packaging plants, maturation warehouses, cooperages, vineyards, wineries and distribution warehouses. Production also occurs at plants owned and operated by third parties and joint ventures at a number of locations internationally.

        Approximately 85% of total production is undertaken by Global Supply organised into four production centres, namely Europe Supply, America Supply, Global Beer Supply and Asia Supply. The remaining production activities of the group are integrated with the distribution organisation, principally in Africa within International. The majority of Global Supply's production centres have several production facilities. The locations, principal activities, products, packaging production capacity and packaging production volume of Global Supply's principal production centres in the year ended 30 June 2011 are set out in the table below.

9


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)

Production centre
  Location   Principal products   Production
capacity in
millions of
equivalent
units*
  Production
volume in
2011 in
millions of
equivalent
units

Europe Supply

  United Kingdom   Scotch whisky, gin, vodka, rum, ready to drink   81   51

  Ireland (Baileys)   Irish cream liqueur, vodka   13   8

  Italy (Santa Vittoria)   Vodka, wine, rum, ready to drink   10   6

America Supply

 

United States

 

Vodka, gin, tequila, rum, wine, American whiskey, progressive adult beverages, ready to drink

 
37
 
30

  Canada   Vodka, gin, rum, Canadian whisky   9   9

Global Beer Supply

 

Ireland (Guinness)

 

Beer

 
9
 
8

  Jamaica   Beer   1   1

Asia Supply

 

Australia

 

Rum, vodka, ready to drink

 
4
 
3

  Philippines   Whisky, gin, vodka   2   1

*
Capacity represents ongoing production capacity at any production centre. The production capacities quoted in the table are based on actual production levels for the year ended 30 June 2011 adjusted for the elimination of unplanned losses and inefficiencies, and taking into account planned manning levels for the coming year.

Spirits are produced in distilleries located worldwide. The group owns 29 scotch whisky distilleries in Scotland, an Irish whiskey distillery in Northern Ireland, two whisky distilleries in Canada, a whisky distillery in the United States and vodka/gin distilleries in the United Kingdom and the United States. Diageo produces Smirnoff vodka internationally, Popov vodka and Gordon's vodka in the United States, and Baileys in the Republic of Ireland and Northern Ireland. Rum is blended and bottled in the United States, Canada, Italy and the United Kingdom, and is distilled, blended and bottled in Australia and Venezuela. All of Diageo's maturing scotch whisky is located in warehouses in Scotland (primarily at Blackgrange), its maturing Canadian whisky in La Salle and Gimli in Canada and all its maturing American whiskey in Kentucky and Tennessee in the United States.

        In July 2009, the group announced a restructuring of its operations in Scotland. The plans included the consolidation of distilling, packaging and warehousing activities and involved the closure of a packaging plant, a distillery and a cooperage over a three-year period. Investment is concentrated in the production sites at Leven in Fife where a new packaging facility has become operational in the summer of 2011, at Shieldhall near Glasgow and at a new state of the art cooperage at Cambus near Alloa. The Kilmarnock packaging facility will close in the spring of 2012.

        In May 2011 Diageo announced the closure of the Menlo Park bottling plant in California and the specialty product building at the Relay plant in Maryland, in the United States. New investment will be made in the North American spirits supply chain over the next 18 months principally in the packaging plants at Plainfield in Illinois and Relay in Maryland.

10


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)

        In the year ended 30 June 2010 Diageo also announced the closure of the Dorval bottling plant in Quebec Canada with the production moved to Delta Beverages in Woodbridge, Ontario. In addition, a restructuring of the Daventry distribution centre in the United Kingdom was announced in 2010.

        In June 2008, Diageo and the government of the US Virgin Islands announced a public/private initiative for the construction and operation of a high capacity distillery in St Croix. This new facility became operational in November 2010 and has the capacity to distil up to 13 million equivalent units annually and will supply all bulk rum used to produce Captain Morgan branded products for the United States.

        Diageo produces a range of ready to drink products mainly in the United Kingdom, Italy, South Africa, Australia, the United States and Canada.

        Diageo's principal brewing facilities are at the St James's Gate brewery in Dublin and in Kilkenny, Waterford and Dundalk in the Republic of Ireland, and in Nigeria, Kenya, Ghana, Cameroon, Tanzania, Malaysia and Jamaica. Ireland is the main exporter of the Guinness brand. In other countries, Guinness is brewed by third parties under licence arrangements. In addition, Diageo owns a 25% equity interest in Sedibeng brewery in South Africa.

        All Guinness Draught production is at the St James's Gate brewery in Dublin in the Republic of Ireland. Guinness Draught in cans and bottles is packaged at Runcorn and Belfast in the United Kingdom. The Runcorn facility performs the kegging of Guinness Draught, transported to the United Kingdom in bulk for the Great Britain market.

        Diageo announced the restructuring of its brewing operations in Ireland in 2008 with the intention of consolidating operations to a new greenfield brewery in the Dublin area and decommissioning the existing brewing infrastructure. The project was reviewed in 2009 due to the changing economic conditions both globally and locally in Ireland. A review of options continued in 2011 to examine the desirability of network consolidation. The project remains under review and a business case for investment behind consolidation is being developed for approval.

        Diageo's principal wineries are in the United States and Argentina. For European markets, wines are mainly bottled in Diageo's facilities in Italy. Wines are sold both in their local markets and overseas.

Property, plant and equipment    Diageo owns or leases land and buildings throughout the world. The principal production facilities are described above. As at 30 June 2011, Diageo's land and buildings are included in the group's consolidated balance sheet at a net book value of £734 million. Diageo's two largest individual facilities, in terms of book value, are Leven bottling and blending facility in Scotland and St James's Gate brewery in Dublin. Diageo's properties are primarily a variety of manufacturing, distilling, brewing, bottling and administration facilities spread across the group's worldwide operations, as well as vineyards and wineries in the United States. Approximately 40%, 20% and 19% of the book value of Diageo's land and buildings comprise properties located in Great Britain, Ireland and the United States, respectively. Approximately 90% by value of the group's properties are owned and approximately 3% are held under leases running for 50 years or longer.

        During the years ended 30 June 2011 and 30 June 2010 a number of vineyards and facilities located in Napa Valley, California were purchased and leased back to Diageo under a 20-year lease, with Diageo holding options to extend the lease at fair value for up to 80 years in total. Diageo remains the operator of the properties under the lease agreement and retains ownership of the brands, vines and grapes, which remain a strategic part of Diageo's wine business.

11


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)

Raw materials and supply agreements    The group has a number of long term contracts in place for the purchase of significant raw materials including glass, other packaging, tequila, bulk whisky, neutral spirits, cream, rum and grapes. In addition, forward contracts are in place for the purchase of other raw materials including sugar and cereals to minimise the effects of short term price fluctuations.

        Cream is the principal raw material used in the production of Irish cream liqueur and is sourced from Ireland. Grapes are used in the production of wine and are sourced from suppliers in the United States and Argentina. Other raw materials purchased in significant quantities for the production of spirits and beer are tequila, bulk whisky, neutral spirits, molasses, rum, cereals, sugar and a number of flavours (such as juniper berries, agave, chocolate and herbs). These are sourced from suppliers around the world.

        The majority of products are supplied to customers in glass bottles. Glass is purchased from suppliers located around the world, the principal supplier being the Owens Illinois group.

        Diageo has a supply agreement with Casa Cuervo SA de CV, a Mexican company, for the supply of bulk tequila used to make the Jose Cuervo line of tequilas and tequila drinks in the United States. The supply agreement extends to June 2013.

        Diageo has a supply agreement with Destilería Serrallés Inc, a Puerto Rican corporation, under which Diageo purchases all bulk rum for use in Captain Morgan products sold in the United States. Diageo and Destilería Serrallés Inc have agreed that this supply agreement will terminate with effect from the end of December 2011, from which time Diageo intends to source rum for its Captain Morgan products from the Diageo distillery that has recently been constructed in the US Virgin Islands.

        Diageo has an exclusive and perpetual supply agreement with the Nolet Group, a Dutch company, for the supply of Ketel One vodka.

Marketing and distribution    Diageo is committed to investing in its brands. In the year ended 30 June 2011, £1,538 million was spent worldwide on marketing brands with a focus on the fourteen strategic brands that accounted for 78% of total marketing spend.

        Diageo makes extensive use of magazine, newspaper, point of sale and poster and billboard advertising, and uses radio, cinema, television and internet advertising where appropriate and permitted by law to engage with consumers and customers. Diageo runs consumer promotional programmes in the on trade (for example, licensed bars and restaurants) and supports customers in both the on and off trades with shopper/consumer promotions. Sponsorship is utilised in brand marketing with Diageo currently active in the sponsorship of the Vodafone McLaren Mercedes Formula One Team, a NASCAR racing team and the Johnnie Walker golf championships.

Business analysis    In the year ended 30 June 2011, North America, Europe, International and Asia Pacific contributed 41%, 26%, 26% and 7%, respectively, of the group's operating profit before exceptional items and corporate costs.

12


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)

        An analysis of net sales and operating profit by operating segment for the year ended 30 June 2011 is set out in the table below.

 
  2011   2010  
 
  Net sales   Operating
profit/(loss)
before
exceptional
items
  Operating
profit/(loss)
  Net sales   Operating
profit/(loss)
before
exceptional
items
  Operating
profit/(loss)
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

North America

    3,324     1,255     1,232     3,306     1,170     1,132  

Europe

    2,614     778     621     2,759     859     806  

International

    2,747     804     791     2,627     771     766  

Asia Pacific

    1,181     208     158     1,018     176     146  

Global Supply

            (35 )           (39 )

Corporate

    70     (161 )   (172 )   70     (225 )   (237 )
                           

Total

    9,936     2,884     2,595     9,780     2,751     2,574  
                           

North America    North America is the largest market for Diageo in terms of operating profit, and the largest market for premium drinks in the world. In the year ended 30 June 2011 Diageo marketed its products through four units: US Spirits, Diageo Chateau & Estate Wines, Diageo-Guinness USA and Diageo Canada. For the year ending 30 June 2012 North America will include the North American operations of Global Travel.

        The US Spirits business, while managed as a single business unit, executes sales and marketing activities through 14 teams or clusters. National brand strategy and strategic accounts marketing are managed at the corporate North America level. The spirits clusters market the majority of Diageo's collection of spirits brands (including Smirnoff vodka, Baileys Original Irish Cream liqueur, Jose Cuervo tequila, Johnnie Walker scotch whisky, Captain Morgan, Tanqueray gin, JeB scotch whisky, Crown Royal Canadian whisky, Seagram's 7 Crown American whiskey, Seagram's VO Canadian whisky, Buchanan's scotch whisky, Ketel One vodka and Cîroc vodka) across the United States.

        Diageo Chateau & Estate Wines (DC&E) owns, leases and operates wineries in California (including Beaulieu Vineyard, Sterling Vineyards, Chalone Vineyard, Acacia, Rosenblum and Provenance Vineyards) and markets these and other wines across the United States. Over the last 12 months, DC&E completed its rationalisation strategy and disposed of its vineyards and facilities at Canoe Ridge, Echelon, Edna Valley, Sagelands and Moon Mountain and disposed of other brands and assets. Diageo-Guinness USA markets Diageo's US beer brands (including Guinness stout, Harp lager, Red Stripe lager and Smithwick's ale) as well as the group's progressive adult beverages (including Smirnoff Ice, Smirnoff premium mixed drinks, Captain Morgan Parrot Bay Tropical Malt Beverage and Jeremiah Weed ready to drink).

        The Canada business unit distributes the group's collection of spirits, wine and beer brands across all Canadian territories. Within the United States, there are generally two types of regulatory environments: open states and control states. In open states, spirits companies are allowed to sell spirits, wine and beer directly to independent distributors. In these open states, Diageo generally trades through a three-tier distribution system, where the product is initially sold to distributors, who then sell it to on and off trade retailers. In most control states, Diageo markets its spirits products to state liquor control boards through the bailment warehousing system, and from there to state or agency liquor stores. There are variations – for example, certain states control distribution but not retail sales.

13


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)


Generally, wines are treated in the same way as spirits, although most states that are control states for spirits are open states for wines. Beer distribution generally follows open states regulation across the United States. In Canada, beer and spirits distribution laws are generally consistent and similar to those of control states in the United States. Diageo, however, has some licences to deliver keg beer directly to licensed accounts, which account for approximately 20% of Diageo's beer business in Canada.

        Across the United States, Diageo's distributors and brokers have over 2,800 dedicated sales people focused on selling its spirits and wine brands. Diageo has pursued a distribution strategy centred around consolidating the distribution of Diageo's US spirits and wine brands into a single distributor or broker in each state where possible. The strategy is designed to provide a consolidated distribution network, which will limit the duplication of activities between Diageo and the distributor, improve Diageo's and distributors' selling capabilities and enable a number of alternative approaches to optimise product distribution. To date, Diageo has consolidated its business in 41 markets (40 states plus Washington DC), representing over 80% of Diageo's US spirits and wine volume. The remaining states will be consolidated as opportunities arise. Diageo is now focused on building the capabilities and selling tools of the distributors' dedicated sales forces and creating a more efficient and effective value chain.

Europe    In the year ended 30 June 2011 Diageo Europe comprised six units: Great Britain, Ireland, Iberia, Northern Europe, Southern Europe, and Russia and Eastern Europe. For the year ending 30 June 2012 Europe will comprise four units: Western Europe, Russia and Eastern Europe, Turkey and the European operations of Global Travel.

        In Great Britain, Diageo sells and markets its products via three business units: Diageo GB (spirits, beer and ready to drink), Percy Fox & Co (wines) and Justerini & Brooks Retail (private client wines). Products are distributed both through independent wholesalers and directly to the major grocers, convenience and specialist stores. In the on trade (for example, licensed bars and restaurants), products are sold through the major brewers, multiple retail groups and smaller regional independent brewers and wholesalers. The customer base in Great Britain has seen consolidation in recent years in both the on trade and home consumption channels. In particular, Great Britain's top four national multiple grocers together make up over 60% of home consumption total spirits volume.

        Ireland comprises the Republic of Ireland and Northern Ireland. In both territories, Diageo sells and distributes directly to both the on trade and the off trade (for example, retail shops and wholesalers) through a telesales operation, extensive sales calls to outlets and third party logistics providers. The Guinness, Smirnoff and Baileys brands are market leaders in their respective categories of long alcoholic drinks, vodka and liqueurs. Budweiser and Carlsberg lagers, also major products in the Diageo collection of brands in Ireland, are brewed and sold under licence in addition to Smithwick's ale and Harp lager.

        In Russia, Diageo operates through its wholly owned subsidiary.

        Across the remainder of mainland Europe, Diageo distributes its spirits brands primarily through its own distribution companies with the following exceptions. In France Diageo sells its spirits and wine products through a joint arrangement with Moët Hennessy, and its beer products through Brasseries Kronenbourg (part of the Carlsberg group). In Hungary Diageo sells its brands through its associate company Zwack. In the Baltic states, Czech Republic, Slovakia, Romania, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Malta, various territories in the Balkans, CIS and Israel, Diageo sells and markets its brands via local distributors. In the Nordic countries Diageo has sales offices in Sweden, Norway and Denmark, and representation through third party distributors in Finland and Iceland. In all Nordic markets except

14


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)


Denmark, off trade sales are controlled by state monopolies, with alcohol tax rates among the highest in the world, and border trade and duty free are important sources of sales. Smirnoff Ice is sold in Nordic countries through Carlsberg.

        A specialist unit has been established for the distribution of Diageo's beer brands in mainland Europe in order to achieve synergies in the marketing and distribution of Guinness and Kilkenny brands. The distribution of these brands is managed by this specialist unit with particular focus on the markets in Germany, Russia and France, which are the largest mainland European beer markets by size for Diageo.

International    In the year ended 30 June 2011 Diageo International comprised Latin America and the Caribbean (including Mexico), Africa (excluding North Africa) and Global Travel and Middle East business (including North Africa). For the year ending 30 June 2012 Latin America and the Caribbean and Africa will be reported separately, Global Travel will be included in the geographical regions where the individual operations are located and the Middle East will become part of Asia Pacific.

        In Latin America and the Caribbean, distribution is achieved through a mixture of Diageo companies and third party distributors. In addition, Diageo owns a controlling interest in Desnoes & Geddes Limited, the Jamaican brewer of Red Stripe lager.

        Africa provides some of the longest established and largest markets for the Guinness brand, with the brewing of Guinness Foreign Extra Stout in a number of African countries, either through subsidiaries or under licence. Diageo has a three-way venture with Heineken and Namibia Breweries Limited in South Africa for a combined beer, cider and ready to drink collection of brands. Diageo also has a 25% equity interest in a venture with Heineken which owns a brewery in Gauteng, South Africa. Diageo has a wholly owned brewery in Cameroon and also has majority owned breweries in Nigeria, Kenya, Tanzania, Ghana, Uganda and the Seychelles.

        Global Travel and Middle East encompasses a sales and marketing organisation which targets the international consumer in duty free and travel retail outlets such as airport shops, airlines and ferries around the world, and distribution of Diageo brands in the Middle East and North Africa. The global nature of the travel channel and its organization structure allows a specialist Diageo management team to apply a co-ordinated approach to brand building initiatives and to build on consumer insights in this trade channel, where consumer behaviour tends to be different from domestic markets. In the Middle East and North Africa, distribution is achieved through third party distributors. Lebanon is an exception, where a Diageo subsidiary distributes the majority of the Diageo brands sold there.

Asia Pacific    In the year ended 30 June 2011, Diageo Asia Pacific comprised India, the People's Republic of China, South Korea, Japan, Thailand, Vietnam, Singapore, Malaysia and other Asian markets, Australia and New Zealand. For the year ending 30 June 2012, Asia Pacific will also comprise the Middle East business and Global Travel operations that are located in that region.

        In China, Hong Kong and Macau Diageo distributes the majority of its spirit brands through a joint venture arrangement with Moët Hennessy. Diageo has a wholly owned subsidiary in China for brands not included in the joint venture such as Smirnoff, Windsor and Baileys. On 14 July 2011, Diageo acquired an additional 4% equity stake in Sichuan Chengdu Quanxing Company Ltd. (Quanxing) from Chengdu Yingsheng Investment Holding Co., Ltd. bringing the equity stake owned by Diageo to 53%. Quanxing is a holding company controlling a 39.7% equity stake in Sichuan ShuiJingFang Co., Ltd (ShuiJingFang), a super premium Chinese white spirits company listed on the Shanghai Stock Exchange. Diageo is the sole distributor of ShuiJingFang's Chinese white spirits outside of China.

15


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)

        Diageo works with a number of joint venture partners in Asia Pacific. In Thailand, Malaysia and Singapore, Diageo distributes the majority of its spirits brands through joint venture arrangements with Moët Hennessy.

        In South Korea, India, Vietnam and Taiwan, Diageo's own distribution companies distribute the majority of Diageo's brands. In Vietnam, Diageo entered into a strategic partnership agreement with Hanoi Liquor Joint Stock Company (Halico) in January 2011. In addition, Diageo acquired a 24.9% equity stake in Halico from VinaCapital Vietnam Opportunity Fund Limited, for £34 million.

        In Japan, the joint venture with Moët Hennessy distributes super premium brands, such as the super deluxe variants of Johnnie Walker, while the joint venture with Kirin distributes Diageo's other premium spirits such as Johnnie Walker Black Label and Smirnoff, as well as Guinness and Smirnoff Ice. Other spirit brands, which are not distributed by either Moët Hennessy or the Kirin joint venture, are distributed by third parties.

        In Indonesia, Guinness is brewed by PT Multi Bintang Indonesia (MBI), and is distributed through a distribution agreement with PT Dima Indonesia while spirit brands are distributed by government licensed distributors. In the Philippines, Diageo Philippines Inc, a 51% Diageo owned joint venture, distributes the brands. In Malaysia, Diageo's own and third party beers are brewed and distributed by a listed business (Guinness Anchor Berhad) in which Diageo and its partner, Asia Pacific Breweries, have a majority share through a jointly controlled entity. In Singapore, Diageo's beer brands are brewed and distributed by Asia Pacific Breweries.

        The remaining markets in Asia are generally served by third party distribution networks monitored by regional offices.

        In Australia, Diageo has its own production and distribution company, which handles the majority of products sold in the Australian market. It also has production and distribution arrangements with VOK Beverages and a licensed brewing arrangement with Foster's. In New Zealand, Diageo operates through third party distributors and has a licensed brewing arrangement with Lion Nathan.

Global Supply    Global Supply is responsible for the production of approximately 85% of Diageo's products sold globally, for sourcing materials and services through global procurement, for providing consistent technical support through the global technical function and providing logistic and customer services through the global supply chain organisation.

        Production is managed by four Global Supply production centres, Europe Supply, America Supply, Global Beer Supply and Asia Supply. Europe Supply comprises Scotland (scotch whisky, gin, vodka, rum and ready to drink), Baileys Ireland (Irish cream liqueur and vodka) and Santa Vittoria Italy (vodka, wine, rum and ready to drink), all producing goods for markets globally. America Supply comprises North America Spirits Supply located in the United States and Canada (vodka, gin, tequila, rum, Canadian whisky, American whiskey, progressive adult beverages, wine and ready to drink) with domestic distribution, Venezuela (rum), US Virgin Islands (rum) and North America wines. Global Beer Supply produces Guinness and other beers in Ireland distributed primarily in Europe and North America and beer in Jamaica. Asia Supply comprises Singapore (Baileys and scotch whisky packaging), the Philippines and Australia (rum, vodka and ready to drink).

        Global Procurement has responsibility for sourcing goods and services on behalf of the Diageo group.

        A global network of suppliers provides for a wide range of raw materials and packaging items that are necessary to ensure consistency of quality to support the brands. With the high level of dependency

16


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)


on agricultural commodities such as cereals, hops, agave and sugar, forward-buying takes place to minimise value at risk. In marketing, global procurement supports the business in sourcing creative media solutions, sponsorship and point of sale activities. Global Procurement also supports business services, facilities and computer services.

        The global technical function develops and implements consistent engineering solutions across the Global Supply organisation and in other production sites in Africa and Asia. The global supply chain function also provides logistics services in Europe and is responsible for a consistent customer service globally.

Corporate    Corporate costs which cannot be directly allocated to the business areas are reported separately within Corporate in the analysis of business performance. Also included in Corporate are the revenues and costs related to rents receivable in respect of properties not used by Diageo in the manufacture, sale or distribution of premium drink products and the results of Gleneagles Hotel.

Seasonal impacts    The festive holiday season provides the peak period for sales. Approximately 40% of annual net sales occur in the last four months of each calendar year.

Employees    Diageo's people, its culture and its values are at the heart of the company's strategy and Diageo's directors believe this to be a source of competitive advantage. It continues to be Diageo's goal to release the potential of all of its people.

        Diageo aims to be amongst the most admired companies in all key geographies. Consistent with this, Diageo participated in independent surveys during the year and is currently rated in the top 10 employers in eight of its key markets. Further to this aim, Diageo endeavours to create a workplace that is both welcoming and challenging for all employees. Diageo values diversity in its workforce and works to ensure that the group is inclusive of all people, regardless of their background or style. To enhance diversity, Diageo aims to create opportunities that are attractive to a wide range of candidates, including those with disabilities, and seeks to make working for Diageo compatible with a variety of lifestyles. Diageo sponsors an ever growing number of employee networks around the world that seek to support diverse interest groups. The company also seeks to design and adjust roles to accommodate people's lifestyles, and increasingly encourages flexible working. Not only is this approach to inclusion and diversity consistent with Diageo's values, it is also believed to be important for the long term health of the organisation. As part of Diageo's global policies, Diageo emphasises the importance of treating individuals justly and in a non-discriminatory manner in all aspects of employment, including recruitment, compensation and benefits, training, promotion, transfer and termination. Accordingly, factors not relevant to the requirements of a role, including without limitation race, religion, colour, ethnic or national origin, disability, sexual orientation, gender or marital status, are not considered, and reasonable adjustments are considered (and if necessary appropriate training provided) so that no individual is disadvantaged.

        Diageo strongly believes in the value of its employees sharing in the company's success and actively encourage employees to become shareholders. The group seeks out opportunities to extend employee share ownership around the world and in 2011 31 countries operated an all employee share plan. A further two countries will be invited to participate in Diageo's International Sharematch Plan later this year. This, combined with existing employee share plans, will further extend the opportunity to the majority of employees across a significant number of Diageo's markets to share in the company's growth and success. As at 30 June 2011, 16,057 past and present employees held 1.17% (2010 – 0.74%) of Diageo's ordinary issued share capital.

17


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)

        Diageo strives to keep its employees well informed on and engaged with the company's strategy and business goals as a high priority, focusing on dialogue and consultation (both formal and informal) on changes that affect its employees.

 
  2011   2010   2009  

Average number of employees

                   

North America

    1,690     1,615     2,258  

Europe

    2,912     3,007     3,253  

International

    5,867     5,097     4,952  

Asia Pacific

    2,705     2,636     2,668  

Global Supply

    7,802     8,171     8,116  

Corporate and other

    2,810     2,761     2,792  
               

    23,786     23,287     24,039  
               

Supply operations of the US wines business were transferred from North America to Global Supply in the year ended 30 June 2010.

Competition    Diageo competes on the basis of consumer loyalty, quality and price.

        In spirits, Diageo's major global competitors are Pernod Ricard, Bacardi, Fortune Brands and Brown-Forman, each of which has several brands that compete directly with Diageo brands. In addition, Diageo faces competition from local and regional companies in the countries in which it operates.

        In beer, the Guinness brand competes globally as well as on a regional and local basis (with the profile varying between regions) with several competitors, including AB InBev, Heineken, SABMiller, Coors Brewing (Carling) and Carlsberg.

        In wine, the market is fragmented with many producers and distributors.

Research and development    The overall nature of the group's business does not demand substantial expenditure on research and development. However, the group has ongoing programmes for developing new drinks products. Innovation forms an important part of Diageo's growth strategy, playing a key role in positioning its brands for continued growth. The strength and depth of Diageo's brand range provide solid platforms from which to drive innovation, while insights into shopper trends and changing consumer habits inform product and packaging development.

        In the year ended 30 June 2011, the group's research and development expenditure amounted to £17 million (2010 – £13 million; 2009 – £17 million). Research and development expenditure is generally written off in the year in which it is incurred.

Trademarks    Diageo produces, sells and distributes branded goods and is therefore substantially dependent on the maintenance and protection of its trademarks. All brand names mentioned in this document are trademarks. The group also holds numerous licences and trade secrets, as well as having substantial trade knowledge related to its products. The group believes that its significant trademarks are registered and/or otherwise protected (insofar as legal protections are available) in all material respects in its most important markets. Diageo also owns valuable patents and trade secrets for technology and takes all reasonable steps to protect these rights.

18


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)

Regulations and taxes    Diageo's worldwide operations are subject to extensive regulatory requirements regarding production, product liability, distribution, importation, marketing, promotion, sales, pricing, labelling, packaging, advertising, labour, pensions, compliance and control systems and environmental issues. In the United States, the beverage alcohol industry is subject to strict federal and state government regulations covering virtually every aspect of its operations, including production, distribution, marketing, promotion, sales, pricing, labelling, packaging and advertising.

        Spirits, beer and wine are subject to national import and excise duties in many markets around the world. Most countries impose excise duties on beverage alcohol products, although the form of such taxation varies significantly from a simple application to units of alcohol by volume, to advanced systems based on imported or wholesale value of the product. Several countries impose additional import duty on distilled spirits, often discriminating between categories (such as scotch whisky or bourbon) in the rate of such tariffs. Within the European Union, such products are subject to different rates of excise duty in each country, but within an overall European Union framework, there are minimum rates of excise duties that can be applied.

        Import and excise duties can have a significant impact on the final pricing of Diageo's products to consumers. These duties have an impact on the competitive position as compared to other brands. The group devotes resources to encouraging the equitable taxation treatment of all beverage alcohol categories and to reducing government-imposed barriers to fair trading.

        Advertising, marketing and sales of alcohol are subject to various restrictions in markets around the world. These range from a complete prohibition of alcohol in certain countries and cultures, through the prohibition of the import of spirits, wine and beer, to restrictions on the advertising style, media and messages used. In a number of countries, television is a prohibited medium for spirits brands and in other countries, television advertising, while permitted, is carefully regulated.

        Spirits, beer and wine are also regulated in distribution. In many countries, alcohol may only be sold through licensed outlets, both on and off trade, varying from government or state operated monopoly outlets (for example, Canada, Norway and certain US states) to the common system of licensed on trade outlets (for example, licensed bars and restaurants) which prevails in much of the western world (for example, most US states and the European Union). In about one-third of the states in the United States, price changes must be filed or published 30 days to three months, depending on the state, before they become effective.

        Labelling of beverage alcohol products is also regulated in many markets, varying from health warning labels to importer identification, alcohol strength and other consumer information. As well as producer, importer or bottler identification, specific warning statements related to the risks of drinking beverage alcohol products are required to be included on all beverage alcohol products sold in the United States and in other countries where Diageo operates. Expressions of political concern signify the uncertain future of beverage alcohol products advertising on network television in the United States. Any prohibitions on advertising or marketing could have an adverse impact on sales of the group.

        Regulatory decisions and changes in the legal and regulatory environment could increase Diageo's costs and liabilities or impact on its business activities.

Business services    Diageo continues to standardise its key business activities with customers, consumers, suppliers and the processes that summarise and report financial performance. In that regard, global processes have been designed, built and implemented across a number of markets and operational entities.

19


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)

        Diageo uses shared services operations to deliver transaction processing and certain central finance activities, using captive and outsourced centres. A captive business service centre in Budapest, Hungary, performs various process tasks for markets and operational entities. Diageo uses third party service centres in Manila, Shanghai and Bucharest to perform these tasks for basic processes. Certain central finance activities, including elements of group financial planning and reporting and treasury, are performed in the business service centre in Budapest.

Associates    Diageo's principal associate is Moët Hennessy. It also owns shares in a number of other associates. In the year ended 30 June 2011, the share of profits of associates after tax was £176 million (2010 – £142 million; 2009 – £164 million), of which Moët Hennessy accounted for £179 million (2010 – £134 million; 2009 – £151 million).

        Diageo owns 34% of Moët Hennessy, the spirits and wine subsidiary of LVMH Moët Hennessy – Louis Vuitton SA (LVMH). LVMH is based in France and is listed on the Paris Stock Exchange. Moët Hennessy is also based in France and is a producer and exporter of a number of brands in its main business areas of champagne and cognac. Its principal champagne brands are Moët & Chandon (including Dom Pérignon), Veuve Clicquot and Mercier, all of which are included in the top 10 champagne brands worldwide by volume. Moët Hennessy also owns Hennessy, which is the top cognac brand worldwide by volume, and Glenmorangie, a malt whisky.

        Since 1987, a number of joint distribution arrangements have been established with LVMH, principally covering distribution of Diageo's premium brands of scotch whisky and gin and Moët Hennessy's premium champagne and cognac brands in the Asia Pacific region and France. Diageo and LVMH have each undertaken not to engage in any champagne or cognac activities competing with those of Moët Hennessy. The arrangements also contain certain provisions for the protection of Diageo as a minority shareholder in Moët Hennessy. The operations of Moët Hennessy in France are conducted through a partnership in which Diageo has a 34% interest and, as a partner, Diageo pays any tax due on its share of the results of the partnership to the tax authorities.

Acquisitions and disposals    Diageo has made a number of acquisitions of brands, distribution rights and equity interests in premium drinks businesses. In the three years ended 30 June 2011 acquisitions include the following:

        On 17 December 2008 Diageo purchased the remaining 25% equity stake in the company that owns the Smirnov brand in Russia for £35 million. This company unites the Smirnoff/Smirnov brands in Russia under common ownership and is the exclusive distributor of Smirnov and Diageo's spirits brands in Russia. Diageo currently operates in Russia through this wholly owned subsidiary.

        On 16 June 2009, Diageo acquired the remaining 80% of equity in Stirrings LLC for £6 million and provided £7 million as deferred consideration payable in 2014.

        On 29 June 2010, Diageo acquired an additional 28.75% equity stake in the London Group, owner of the Nuvo brand, an ultra-premium vodka-based sparkling liqueur, for a consideration of $45 million (£29 million). This increased Diageo's equity stake in London Group to 71.25%. Diageo has an obligation to purchase the remaining equity stake of 28.75% at a pre-agreed profit multiple, reflecting fair value in 2013.

        On 30 September 2010, Diageo acquired a 20% equity stake in LNJ Group, LLC, owner of the 22 Marquis brand, a sparkling liqueur, for a consideration of $10 million (£6 million). Depending on the performance of the brand in the next three years Diageo has a contractual right to increase its

20


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)


ownership to 50% without additional consideration. Diageo also has an option to purchase the remaining 50% equity stake at a pre-agreed profit multiple, reflecting fair value in 2014.

        On 22 October 2010, Diageo completed the acquisition of a 51% equity stake in Serengeti Breweries Limited (SBL), a beer business based in Tanzania. SBL owns the Premium Serengeti Lager brand and a number of other brands and three breweries in Tanzania. The enterprise value was £60 million including borrowings acquired of £22 million. The acquisition price included deferred consideration of £6 million. Transaction costs of £2 million were incurred during the year ended 30 June 2011 (2010 – £5 million). Diageo owns SBL through its 50.03% subsidiary East African Breweries Limited (EABL) and consolidates 100% of SBL with a 75% non-controlling interest. Diageo has a call option for the remaining 49% equity of SBL exercisable in 2013, calculated on a profit multiple of SBL.

        On 13 May 2011, Diageo acquired an 18.67% equity stake in Halico, the largest domestic branded spirits producer in Vietnam, for a consideration of VND 798 billion (£24 million). The purchase of a further 6.26% equity stake in Halico was completed on 26 May 2011 for a consideration of VND 268 billion (£8 million). Additional costs of £2 million in respect of the acquisition have been incurred in the year ended 30 June 2011 (2010 – £1 million).

        On 5 July 2011, Diageo completed the acquisition of a 50% equity controlling stake in Rum Creations Products Inc (RCP), the owner of the Zacapa rum brand, from Industrias Licoreras de Guatemala (ILG) for a consideration of $225 million (£140 million) (including $35 million of deferred compensation). ILG has a put option to sell the remaining 50% equity stake exercisable from 2016 calculated on a profit multiple. In addition, the transaction provided Diageo with perpetual global distribution rights for Zacapa rum, excluding distribution in Guatemala and the domestic markets of El Salvador, Honduras, Nicaragua, Costa Rica, Belize and Panama. Diageo will consolidate the results of RCP.

        On 14 July 2011, Diageo acquired an additional 4% equity stake in Sichuan Chengdu Quanxing Group Company Ltd. (Quanxing) from Chengdu Yingsheng Investment Holding Co., Ltd. The consideration for the additional 4% equity stake was RMB 140 million (£13 million). The acquisition of the 4% equity stake brings Diageo's shareholding in Quanxing to 53%. Quanxing is a holding company controlling a 39.7% equity stake in Sichuan ShuiJingFang Co., Ltd. (ShuiJingFang), a super premium Chinese white spirits company listed on the Shanghai Stock Exchange. Diageo has become the indirect largest shareholder of ShuiJingFang and, in accordance with Chinese takeover regulations and, subject to securing the approval of the China Securities Regulatory Commission (CSRC), expects to make a mandatory tender offer to all the other shareholders of ShuiJingFang. The tender offer is expected to be completed by the end of the calendar year. Were all other ShuiJingFang shareholders to accept the tender offer, the amount payable would be RMB 6.3 billion (£606 million). As required by Chinese law, 20% of the maximum consideration payable under the tender offer (£119 million) was deposited with China's securities depositary and clearing agency, Shanghai branch in the year ended 30 June 2010. Quanxing was accounted for as an associate up to 14 July 2011 but following the acquisition of the additional 4% equity stake it became a subsidiary with a 47% non-controlling interest.

        On 6 June 2011 Diageo agreed to purchase SABMiller Africa BV's 20% equity stake in Kenya Breweries Limited (KBL) through its 50.03% subsidiary, EABL, for cash consideration of the US dollar equivalent of 19.5 billion Kenyan shillings at completion (£136 million). The acquisition is dependent on EABL disposing of its 20% equity stake in Tanzania Breweries Limited by way of public offer. Currently EABL owns an 80% equity stake in KBL. KBL has terminated a brewing and distribution agreement with SABMiller International BV and has ceased to distribute SABMiller's brands in Kenya.

21


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)

        On 23 August 2011, having received the necessary regulatory clearances, Diageo completed the acquisition of Mey Içki Sanayi VE Ticaret A.S. (Mey Içki) from TPG Capital and the Actera group. The Turkish Competition Authority clearance is conditional upon the subsequent disposal of the Mey Içki brands Hare liqueur and Maestro gin. Diageo anticipates that these disposals will be completed in the year ending 30 June 2012. Mey Içki is the leading producer and distributor of raki in Turkey and also owns other brands including vodka and wine brands. Mey Içki will be fully consolidated and transforms Diageo's existing position in this fast growing spirits market. In the year ended 31 December 2010 Mey Içki had net sales of TRL766 million. The enterprise value for the acquisition is $2.1 billion (£1.3 billion).

        During the year ended 30 June 2011 a number of non-strategic wine businesses were sold in the United States and France as part of the restructuring of the US wine operations. In addition, in the year ended 30 June 2011 the group disposed of the Gilbeys wine distribution and wholesale drinks business in Ireland.


Risk factors

Diageo believes the following to be the principal risks and uncertainties facing the group. If any of these risks occur, Diageo's business, financial condition and results of operations could suffer and the trading price and liquidity of securities could decline.

        In the ongoing uncertain economic environment, certain risks may gain more prominence either individually or when taken together. The following are examples of ways that any of the risks below may become exacerbated. Demand for beverage alcohol products, in particular luxury or super premium products, may decrease with a reduction in consumer spending levels. Costs of operations may increase if inflation were to become prevalent in the economic environment, or upon an increase in the costs of raw materials. These factors may also lead to intensified competition for market share, with consequential potential adverse effects on volumes and prices. The financial and economic situation may have a negative impact on third parties with whom Diageo does, or may do, business. Any of these factors may affect the group's results of operations, financial condition and liquidity. Diageo has taken and may take steps to manage its business through this challenging economic environment and position its business to benefit from economic recovery as and when it may occur in the various markets in which Diageo operates, but there can be no assurance that the steps taken will have the intended results.

        If there is an extended period of constraint in the capital markets, with debt markets in particular experiencing a lack of liquidity, at a time when cash flows from Diageo's business may be under pressure, this may have an impact on Diageo's ability to maintain current long term strategies, with a consequent effect on the group's growth rate. Such developments may adversely affect shareholder returns or share price. Additionally, continued volatility in exchange rates used to translate foreign currencies into pounds sterling may have a significant impact on Diageo's reported results. Decreases in the trustees' valuations of Diageo's pension plans may also increase pension funding requirements.

Diageo faces competition that may reduce its market share and margins    Diageo faces substantial competition from several international companies as well as local and regional companies in the countries in which it operates. Diageo competes with drinks companies across a wide range of consumer drinking occasions. Within a number of categories, consolidation or realignment is still possible. Consolidation is also taking place amongst Diageo's customers in many countries. Increased competition and unanticipated actions by competitors or customers could lead to downward pressure on

22


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)


prices and/or a decline in Diageo's market share in any of these categories, which would adversely affect Diageo's results and hinder its growth potential.

Diageo may not be able to derive the expected benefits from its strategy to focus on premium drinks or its cost-saving and restructuring programmes designed to enhance earnings    Diageo's strategy is to focus on premium drinks to grow its business through organic sales, operating profit growth and the acquisition of premium drinks brands that add value for shareholders. There can be no assurance that Diageo's strategic focus on premium drinks will result in opportunities for growth and improved margins.

        It is possible that the pursuit of this strategic focus on premium drinks could give rise to further business combinations, acquisitions, disposals, joint ventures and/or partnerships (including any associated financing or the assumption of actual or potential liabilities, depending on the transaction contemplated). There can be no assurance that any transaction will be completed. The success of any transaction will depend in part on Diageo's ability to successfully integrate new businesses with Diageo's existing operations and realise the anticipated benefits, cost savings or synergies. There can be no guarantee that any such business combination, acquisition, disposal, joint venture or partnership would deliver the benefits, cost savings or synergies anticipated, if any.

        Similarly, there can be no assurance that the cost-saving or restructuring programmes implemented by Diageo in order to improve efficiencies and deliver cost-savings will deliver the expected benefits.

Regulatory decisions and changes in the legal and regulatory environment could increase Diageo's costs and liabilities or limit its business activities    Diageo's operations are subject to extensive regulatory requirements which include those in respect of production, product liability, distribution, importation, marketing, promotion, sales, pricing, labelling, packaging, advertising, labour, pensions, compliance and control systems, and environmental issues. Changes in laws, regulations or governmental or regulatory policies and/or practices could cause Diageo to incur material additional costs or liabilities that could adversely affect its business. In particular, governmental bodies in countries where Diageo operates may impose new labelling, product or production requirements, limitations on the advertising and/or promotion activities used to market beverage alcohol, restrictions on retail outlets, other restrictions on marketing, promotion, importation and distribution or other restrictions on the locations or occasions where beverage alcohol is sold which directly or indirectly limit the sales of Diageo products. Regulatory authorities under whose laws Diageo operates may also have enforcement power that can subject the group to actions such as product recall, seizure of products or other sanctions, which could have an adverse effect on its sales or damage its reputation. An increase in the stringency of the regulatory environment could cause Diageo to incur material additional costs or liabilities that could adversely affect its business.

        In addition, beverage alcohol products are the subject of national excise, import duty and other duties in most countries around the world. An increase in excise, import duty or other duties could have a significant adverse effect on Diageo's sales revenue or margin, both through reducing overall consumption and by encouraging consumers to switch to lower-taxed categories of beverage alcohol.

        Diageo's reported after tax income is calculated based on extensive tax and accounting requirements in each of its relevant jurisdictions of operation. Changes in tax law (including tax rates), accounting policies and accounting standards could materially reduce Diageo's reported after tax income.

23


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)

Diageo is subject to litigation directed at the beverage alcohol industry and other litigation    Companies in the beverage alcohol industry are, from time to time, exposed to class action or other litigation relating to alcohol advertising, product liability, alcohol abuse problems or health consequences from the misuse of alcohol. Diageo may be subject to litigation with tax, customs and other regulatory authorities, including with respect to the methodology for assessing importation value, transfer pricing and compliance matters, and Diageo is routinely subject to litigation in the ordinary course of its operations. Diageo may also be subject to litigation arising from legacy and discontinued activities. Such litigation may result in damages, penalties or fines as well as reputational damage to Diageo or its brands, and as a result, Diageo's business could be materially adversely affected. For additional information with respect to legal proceedings, see 'Additional information for shareholders – Legal proceedings' and note 31 to the consolidated financial statements.

Contamination, counterfeiting or other events could harm the integrity of customer support for Diageo's brands and adversely affect the sales of those brands    The success of Diageo's brands depends upon the positive image that consumers have of those brands, and contamination, whether arising accidentally, or through deliberate third party action, or other events that harm the integrity or consumer support for those brands, could adversely affect their sales. Diageo purchases most of the raw materials for the production and packaging of its products from third party producers or on the open market. Diageo may be subject to liability if contaminants in those raw materials or defects in the distillation, fermentation or bottling process lead to low beverage quality or illness among, or injury to, Diageo's consumers. In addition, Diageo may voluntarily recall products in the event of contamination or damage. A significant product liability judgement or a widespread product recall may negatively impact on sales and profitability of the affected brand or all Diageo brands for a period of time depending on product availability, competitive reaction and consumer attitudes. Even if a product liability claim is unsuccessful or is not fully pursued, resulting negative publicity could adversely affect Diageo's reputation with existing and potential customers and its corporate and brand image.

        In addition, to the extent that third parties sell products which are either counterfeit versions of Diageo brands or inferior brands that look like Diageo brands, consumers of Diageo brands could confuse Diageo products with them. This could cause them to refrain from purchasing Diageo brands in the future and in turn could impair brand equity and adversely affect Diageo's business.

Demand for Diageo's products may be adversely affected by many factors, including changes in consumer preferences and tastes and adverse impacts of a declining economy    Diageo's collection of brands includes some of the world's leading beverage alcohol brands as well as brands of local prominence. Maintaining Diageo's competitive position depends on its continued ability to offer products that have a strong appeal to consumers. Consumer preferences may shift due to a variety of factors including changes in demographic and social trends, public health regulations, changes in travel, vacation or leisure activity patterns, weather effects and a downturn in economic conditions, which may reduce consumers' willingness to purchase premium branded products. In addition, concerns about health effects due to negative publicity regarding alcohol consumption, negative dietary effects, regulatory action or any litigation or customer complaints against companies in the industry may have an adverse effect on Diageo's profitability.

        The competitive position of Diageo's brands could also be affected adversely by any failure to achieve consistent, reliable quality in the product or service levels to customers.

        In addition, both the launch and ongoing success of new products is inherently uncertain especially as to their appeal to consumers. The failure to launch a new product successfully can give rise to inventory write-offs and other costs and can affect consumer perception of an existing brand. Growth in

24


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)


Diageo's business has been based on both the launch of new products and the growth of existing products. Product innovation remains a significant aspect of Diageo's plans for growth. There can be no assurance as to Diageo's continuing ability to develop and launch successful new products or variants of existing products or as to the profitable lifespan of newly or recently developed products. Any significant changes in consumer preferences and failure to anticipate and react to such changes could result in reduced demand for Diageo's products and erosion of its competitive and financial position. Continued economic pressures could lead to consumer selection of products at lower price points, whether Diageo's or those of competitors, which may have an adverse effect on Diageo's profitability.

If the social acceptability of Diageo's products declines, Diageo's sales volume could decrease and the business could be materially adversely affected    In recent years, there has been increased social and political attention directed to the beverage alcohol industry. Diageo believes that this attention is the result of public concern over problems related to alcohol abuse, including drink driving, underage drinking and health consequences from the misuse of alcohol. If, as a result, the general social acceptability of beverage alcohol were to decline significantly, sales of Diageo's products could materially decrease.

Diageo's business may be adversely impacted by unfavourable economic conditions or political or other developments and risks in the countries in which it operates    Diageo may be adversely affected by political and economic developments or industrial action in any of the countries where Diageo has distribution networks, production facilities or marketing companies. Diageo's business is dependent on general economic conditions in the United States, countries that form the European Union and other important markets. A significant deterioration in these conditions, including a reduction in consumer spending levels, customer destocking, the failure of customer, supplier or financial counterparties or a reduction in the availability of, or an increase in the cost of financing to, Diageo, could have a material adverse effect on Diageo's business and results of operations. Moreover, a substantial portion of Diageo's operations, representing approximately one third of Diageo's net sales for the year ended 30 June 2011, are carried out in emerging markets, including Brazil, Venezuela, Mexico, Russia and emerging markets in Africa and Asia.

        Diageo's operations are also subject to a variety of other risks and uncertainties related to trading in numerous foreign countries, including political or economic upheaval and the imposition of any import, investment or currency restrictions, including tariffs and import quotas or any restrictions on the repatriation of earnings and capital. Political and/or social unrest, potential health issues (including pandemic issues), natural disasters and terrorist threats and/or acts may also occur in various places around the world, which will have an impact on trade, tourism and travel. Many of these risks are heightened, or occur more frequently, in emerging markets. These disruptions can affect Diageo's ability to import or export products and to repatriate funds, as well as affecting the levels of consumer demand (for example, in duty free outlets at airports or in on trade premises in affected regions) and therefore Diageo's levels of sales or profitability. Emerging markets are also generally exposed to relatively higher risk of liquidity, inflation, devaluation, price volatility, currency convertibility and country default. Due to Diageo's specific exposures, any or all of the foregoing factors may affect Diageo disproportionately or in a different manner as compared to its competitors.

        Part of Diageo's growth strategy includes expanding its business in certain countries where consumer spending in general, and spending on Diageo's products in particular, has not historically been as great but where there are prospects for growth. There is no guarantee that this strategy will be successful and some of the markets represent a higher risk in terms of their changing regulatory environments and higher degree of uncertainty over levels of consumer spending.

25


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)

Diageo's operating results may be adversely affected by increased costs or shortages of labour    Diageo's operating results could be adversely affected by labour or skill shortages or increased labour costs due to increased competition for employees, higher employee turnover or increased employee benefit costs. Diageo's success is dependent on the capability of its employees. There is no guarantee that Diageo will continue to be able to recruit, retain and develop the capabilities that it requires to deliver its strategy, for example in relation to sales, marketing and innovation capability within markets or in its senior management. The loss of senior management or other key personnel or the inability to identify, attract and retain qualified personnel in the future could make it difficult to manage the business and could adversely affect operations and financial results.

An increase in the cost of raw materials or energy could affect Diageo's profitability    The components that Diageo uses for the production of its beverage products are largely commodities that are subject to price volatility caused by changes in global supply and demand, weather conditions, agricultural uncertainty and/or governmental controls. Commodity price changes may result in unexpected increases in the cost of raw materials, glass bottles, flavours and other packaging materials and Diageo's beverage products. Diageo may also be adversely affected by shortages of raw materials, glass bottles, flavours or packaging materials. In addition, energy cost increases result in higher transportation, freight and other operating costs. Diageo may not be able to increase its prices to offset these increased costs without suffering reduced volume, sales and operating profit. Diageo may experience significant increases in commodity costs and energy costs.

Diageo's operating results may be adversely affected by disruption to production facilities, business service centres or information systems and change programs may not deliver the benefits intended    Diageo would be affected if there were a catastrophic failure of its major production facilities or business service centres. See 'Business description – Premium drinks – Production' for details of Diageo's principal production areas. Diageo operates production facilities around the world. If there were a technical integrity failure, fire or explosion at one of Diageo's production facilities, it could result in damage to the facilities, plant or equipment, their surroundings or the environment, could lead to a loss in production capacity, or could result in regulatory action, legal liability or damage to Diageo's reputation. In addition, the maintenance and development of information systems may result in systems failures which may adversely affect business operations.

        Diageo has a substantial inventory of aged product categories, principally scotch whisky and Canadian whisky, which may mature over periods of up to 30 years or more. The maturing inventory is stored primarily in Scotland, and the loss through contamination, fire or other natural disaster of all or a portion of the stock of any one of those aged product categories could result in a significant reduction in supply of those products, and consequently, Diageo would not be able to meet consumer demand for those products as it arises. There can be no assurance that insurance proceeds would cover the replacement value of Diageo's maturing inventory or other assets, were such assets to be lost due to contamination, fire or natural disasters or destruction resulting from negligence or the acts of third parties. In addition, there is an inherent risk of forecasting error in determining the quantity of maturing stock to lay down in a given year for future consumption. This could lead to an inability to supply future demand or lead to a future surplus of inventory and consequent write down in value of maturing stocks.

        Any failure of information systems could adversely impact Diageo's ability to operate. As with all large systems, Diageo's information systems could be penetrated by outside parties intent on extracting information, corrupting information or disrupting business processes. Such unauthorised access could disrupt Diageo's business and/or lead to loss of assets or to outside parties having access to privileged

26


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)


data or strategic information of Diageo and its employees, customers and consumers, or to making such information public in a manner that harms Diageo's reputation. The concentration of processes in business service centres also means that any disruption arising from system failure or physical plant issues could impact a large portion of Diageo's global business.

        Certain change programmes designed to improve the effectiveness and efficiency of end-to-end operating, administrative and financial systems and processes continue to be undertaken. This includes moving transaction processing from a number of markets to business service centres. There can be no certainty that these programmes will deliver the expected operational benefits. There may be disruption caused to production processes and to administrative and financial systems as further changes to such processes are effected. They could also lead to adverse customer or consumer reaction.

Climate change, or legal, regulatory or market measures to address climate change, may negatively affect Diageo's business or operations, and water scarcity or poor quality could negatively impact Diageo's production costs and capacity    There is a growing concern that carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases in the atmosphere may have an adverse impact on global temperatures, weather patterns and the frequency and severity of extreme weather and natural disasters. In the event that such climate change has a negative effect on agricultural productivity, Diageo may be subject to decreased availability or less favourable pricing for certain raw materials that are necessary for Diageo's products, such as sugar, cereals, hops, agave and grapes. Water is the main ingredient in substantially all of Diageo's products. It is also a limited resource in many parts of the world, facing unprecedented challenges from climate change, overexploitation, increasing pollution, and poor management. As demand for water continues to increase around the world, and as water becomes scarcer and the quality of available water deteriorates, Diageo may be affected by increasing production costs or capacity constraints, which could adversely affect Diageo's results of operations and profitability.

Diageo's operations and financial results may be adversely affected by movements in the value of its pension funds, fluctuations in exchange rates and fluctuations in interest rates    Diageo has significant pension funds. These funds may be affected by, among other things, the performance of assets owned by these plans, the underlying actuarial assumptions used to calculate the surplus or deficit in the plans, in particular the discount rate and long term inflation rates used to calculate the liabilities of the pension funds, and any changes in applicable laws and regulations. If there are significant declines in financial markets and/or a deterioration in the value of fund assets or changes in discount rates or inflation rates, Diageo may need to make significant contributions to the pension funds in the future. Furthermore, if the market values of the assets held by Diageo's pension funds decline, or if the valuations of those assets by the pension trustees decline, pension expenses may increase and, as a result, could materially adversely affect Diageo's financial position. There is no assurance that interest rates or inflation rates will remain constant or that pension fund assets can earn the assumed rate of return annually, and Diageo's actual experience may be significantly more negative.

        Diageo may be adversely affected by fluctuations in exchange rates. The results of operations of Diageo are accounted for in pounds sterling. Approximately 36% of sales in the year ended 30 June 2011 were in US dollars, approximately 15% were in euros and approximately 12% were in sterling. Movements in exchange rates used to translate foreign currencies into pounds sterling may have a significant impact on Diageo's reported results of operations from year to year.

        Diageo may also be adversely impacted by fluctuations in interest rates, mainly through an increased interest expense. To partly delay any adverse impact from interest rate movements, the group's policy is to maintain fixed rate borrowings within a band of 40% to 60% of forecast net

27


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)


borrowings, and the overall net borrowings portfolio is managed according to a duration measure. See 'Business review – Risk management'.

Diageo's operations may be adversely affected by failure to maintain or renegotiate distribution, supply, manufacturing or licence agreements on favourable terms    Diageo's business has a number of distribution, supply, manufacturing or licence agreements for brands owned by it or by other companies. These agreements vary depending on the particular brand, but tend to be for a fixed number of years. There can be no assurance that Diageo will be able to renegotiate its rights on favourable terms when they expire or that these agreements will not be terminated. Failure to renew these agreements on favourable terms could have an adverse impact on Diageo's sales and operating profit. In addition, Diageo's sales and operating profit may be adversely affected by any disputes with distributors of its products or with suppliers of raw materials.

Diageo may not be able to protect its intellectual property rights    Given the importance of brand recognition to its business, Diageo has invested considerable effort in protecting its intellectual property rights, including trademark registration and domain names. Diageo's patents cover some of its process technology, including some aspects of its bottle marking technology. Diageo also uses security measures and agreements to protect its confidential information and trade secrets. However, Diageo cannot be certain that the steps it has taken will be sufficient or that third parties will not infringe on or misappropriate its intellectual property rights in its brands or products. Moreover, some of the countries in which Diageo operates offer less intellectual property protection than Europe or North America. Given the attractiveness of Diageo's brands to consumers, it is not uncommon for counterfeit products to be manufactured and traded. Diageo cannot be certain that the steps it takes to assist the authorities to prevent, detect and eliminate counterfeit products will be effective in preventing material loss of profits or erosion of brand equity resulting from lower quality or even dangerous counterfeit product reaching the market. If Diageo is unable to protect its intellectual property rights against infringement or misappropriation, this could materially harm its future financial results and ability to develop its business.

It may be difficult to effect service of US process and enforce US legal process against the directors of Diageo    Diageo is a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales. The majority of Diageo's directors and officers, and some of the experts named in this document, reside outside of the United States, principally in the United Kingdom. A substantial portion of Diageo's assets, and the assets of such persons, are located outside of the United States. Therefore, it may not be possible to effect service of process within the United States upon Diageo or these persons in order to enforce judgements of US courts against Diageo or these persons based on the civil liability provisions of the US federal securities laws. There is doubt as to the enforceability in England and Wales, in original actions or in actions for enforcement of judgements of US courts, of civil liabilities solely based on the US federal securities laws.


Cautionary statement concerning forward-looking statements

This document contains 'forward-looking statements'. These statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate only to historical or current facts. In particular, forward-looking statements include all statements that express forecasts, expectations, plans, outlook and projections with respect to future matters, including trends in results of operations, margins, growth rates, overall market trends, the impact of interest or exchange rates, the availability or cost of financing to Diageo, anticipated cost savings or synergies, the completion of Diageo's strategic transactions and restructuring programmes, anticipated tax rates, expected cash payments, outcomes of litigation, anticipated deficit reductions in

28


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)


relation to pension schemes and general economic conditions. By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risk and uncertainty because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that will occur in the future. There are a number of factors that could cause actual results and developments to differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements, including factors that are outside Diageo's control.

These factors include, but are not limited to:

29


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)

        All oral and written forward-looking statements made on or after the date of this document and attributable to Diageo are expressly qualified in their entirety by the above factors and those described in 'Business description – Risk factors'. Any forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of Diageo speak only as of the date they are made. Diageo does not undertake to update forward-looking statements to reflect any changes in Diageo's expectations with regard thereto or any changes in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based. The reader should, however, consult any additional disclosures that Diageo may make in any documents which it publishes and/or files with the US Securities and Exchange Commission. All readers, wherever located, should take note of these disclosures.

        This document includes names of Diageo's products, which constitute trademarks or trade names which Diageo owns, or which others own and license to Diageo for use. All rights reserved. © Diageo plc 2011.

        The information in this document does not constitute an offer to sell or an invitation to buy shares in Diageo plc or an invitation or inducement to engage in any other investment activities. This document includes information about Diageo's target debt rating. A security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating organisation. Each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating.

        Past performance cannot be relied upon as a guide to future performance.

30


Table of Contents


Business review

Introduction

Information presented    Diageo is the world's leading premium drinks business and operates on an international scale selling all types of beverage alcohol. It is one of a small number of premium drinks companies that operate across spirits, beer and wine. Diageo's brands have broad consumer appeal across geographies, and as a result, the business is organised under the business areas of North America, Europe, International, Asia Pacific and Global Supply. In view of the focus on reporting results by the location of third party customers in explaining the group's performance in the business review, the results of the Global Supply segment have been allocated to the geographic segments. The following discussion is based on Diageo's results for the year ended 30 June 2011 compared with the year ended 30 June 2010, and the year ended 30 June 2010 compared with the year ended 30 June 2009.

        In the discussion of the performance of the business, net sales, which is defined as sales after deducting excise duties, are presented in addition to sales, since sales reflect significant components of excise duties which are set by external regulators and over which Diageo has no control. Diageo incurs excise duties throughout the world. In some countries, excise duties are based on sales and are separately identified on the face of the invoice to the external customer. In others, it is effectively a production tax, which is incurred when the spirit is removed from bonded warehouses. In these countries it is part of the cost of goods sold and is not separately identified on the sales invoice. Changes in the level of excise duties can significantly affect the level of reported sales and cost of sales, without directly reflecting changes in volume, mix or profitability that are the variables which impact on the element of sales retained by the group.

        The underlying performance on a constant currency basis and excluding the impact of exceptional items, acquisitions and disposals is referred to as 'organic' performance, and further information on the calculation of organic measures as used in the discussion of the business is included in the organic movements calculation and in the notes to that calculation.

        In addition, references to reserve brands include Johnnie Walker Green Label, Johnnie Walker Gold Label 18 year old, Johnnie Walker Blue Label, Johnnie Walker Blue Label King George V, The John Walker, Classic Malts, The Singleton of Glen Ord, The Singleton of Glendullan, The Singleton of Dufftown, Buchanan's Special Reserve, Buchanan's Red Seal, Dimple 18 year old, Bulleit Bourbon, Tanqueray No. 10, Cîroc, Ketel One vodka, Don Julio, Zacapa and Godiva.

Presentation of information in relation to the business    In addition to describing the significant factors impacting on the income statement compared to the prior year for both of the years ended 30 June 2011 and 30 June 2010, additional information is also presented on the operating performance and cash flows of the group.

        There are several principal financial key performance indicators not specifically used in the consolidated financial statements themselves (non-GAAP measures) used by the group's management to assess the performance of the group in addition to income statement measures of performance. These are volume, the organic movements in volume, sales, net sales, gross margin, operating margin, marketing spend, operating profit and free cash flow.

        These key performance indicators are described below:

Volume    is a non-GAAP measure that has been measured on an equivalent units basis to nine-litre cases of spirits. An equivalent unit represents one nine-litre case of spirits, which is approximately 272 servings. A serving comprises 33ml of spirits, 165ml of wine, or 330ml of ready to drink or beer.

31


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


Therefore, to convert volume of products, other than spirits, to equivalent units, the following guide has been used: beer in hectolitres divide by 0.9, wine in nine-litre cases divide by five, ready to drink in nine-litre cases divide by 10 and certain pre-mixed products that are classified as ready to drink in nine-litre cases divide by five.

Organic movements    in volume, sales, net sales, gross margin, operating margin, marketing spend and operating profit are non-GAAP measures. The performance of the group is discussed using these measures.

        In the discussion of the performance of the business, organic information is presented using pounds sterling amounts on a constant currency basis. This retranslates prior year reported numbers at current year exchange rates and enables an understanding of the underlying performance of the market that is most closely influenced by the actions of that market's management. The risk from exchange rate movements is managed centrally and is not a factor over which local managers have any control. Residual exchange impacts are reported within Corporate.

        Acquisitions, disposals and exceptional items also impact on the reported performance and therefore the reported movement in any year in which they arise. Management adjusts for the impact of such transactions in assessing the performance of the underlying business.

        The underlying performance on a constant currency basis and excluding the impact of exceptional items, acquisitions and disposals is referred to as 'organic' performance. Organic movement calculations enable the reader to focus on the performance of the business which is common to both years.

        Diageo's strategic planning and budgeting process is based on organic movements in volume, sales, net sales, marketing spend and operating profit, and these measures closely reflect the way in which operating targets are defined and performance is monitored by the group's management.

        These measures are chosen for planning, budgeting, reporting and incentive purposes since they represent those measures which local managers are most directly able to influence and they enable consideration of the underlying business performance without the distortion caused by fluctuating exchange rates, exceptional items and acquisitions and disposals.

        The group's management believes these measures provide valuable additional information for users of the financial statements in understanding the group's performance since they provide information on those elements of performance which local managers are most directly able to influence and they focus on that element of the core brand portfolio which is common to both years. They should be viewed as complementary to, and not replacements for, the comparable GAAP measures and reported movements therein.

Free cash flow    is a non-GAAP measure that comprises the net cash flow from operating activities as aggregated with the net purchase and disposal of investments, property, plant and equipment and computer software that form part of net cash flow from investing activities. The group's management believes the measure assists users of the financial statements in understanding the group's cash generating performance as it comprises items which arise from the running of the ongoing business.

        The remaining components of net cash flow from investing activities that do not form part of free cash flow, as defined by the group's management, are in respect of the acquisition and disposal of subsidiaries, associates and businesses. The group's management regards the purchase and disposal of property, plant and equipment and computer software as ultimately non-discretionary since ongoing investment in plant, machinery and technology is required to support the day-to-day operations, whereas acquisitions and sale of businesses are discretionary. However, free cash flow does not

32


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


necessarily reflect all amounts which the group has either a constructive or legal obligation to incur. Where appropriate, separate discussion is given for the impacts of acquisitions and sale of businesses, equity dividends paid and the purchase of own shares, each of which arises from decisions that are independent from the running of the ongoing underlying business.

        The free cash flow measure is used by management for their own planning, budgeting, reporting and incentive purposes since it provides information on those elements of performance which local managers are most directly able to influence.


Operating results 2011 compared with 2010

Summary consolidated income statement

 
  Year ended 30 June  
 
  2011   2010  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Sales

    13,232     12,958  

Excise duties

    (3,296 )   (3,178 )
           

Net sales

    9,936     9,780  

Operating costs before exceptional items

    (7,052 )   (7,029 )
           

Operating profit before exceptional items

    2,884     2,751  

Exceptional operating items

    (289 )   (177 )
           

Operating profit

    2,595     2,574  

Sale of businesses

    (14 )   (15 )

Net finance charges

    (397 )   (462 )

Share of associates' profits after tax

    176     142  
           

Profit before taxation

    2,360     2,239  

Taxation

    (343 )   (477 )
           

Profit from continuing operations

    2,017     1,762  

Discontinued operations

        (19 )
           

Profit for the year

    2,017     1,743  
           

Attributable to:

             

Equity shareholders of the parent company

    1,900     1,629  

Non-controlling interests

    117     114  
           

    2,017     1,743  
           

Sales and net sales    On a reported basis, sales increased by £274 million from £12,958 million in the year ended 30 June 2010 to £13,232 million in the year 30 June 2011 and net sales increased by £156 million from £9,780 million in the year ended 30 June 2010 to £9,936 million in the year ended 30 June 2011. Exchange rate movements decreased reported sales by £252 million and reported net sales by £221 million. Acquisitions increased reported sales by £38 million and reported net sales by £30 million for the year. Disposals decreased reported sales by £94 million and reported net sales by £85 million for the year.

Operating costs before exceptional items    On a reported basis, operating costs before exceptional items increased by £23 million in the year ended 30 June 2011 due to a decrease in cost of sales of

33


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

£70 million from £4,053 million to £3,983 million, an increase in marketing spend of £119 million from £1,419 million to £1,538 million, and a decrease in other operating expenses before exceptional costs of £26 million, from £1,557 million to £1,531 million. The impact of exchange rate movements decreased total operating costs before exceptional items by £239 million.

Exceptional operating items    Exceptional operating costs of £289 million for the year ended 30 June 2011 (2010 – £177 million) comprised a net charge of £111 million (2010 – £142 million) in respect of restructuring programmes, an impairment charge of £39 million (2010 – £35 million) in respect of the Ursus brand reflecting the impact of the significant downturn in the economy in one of its principal markets, Greece, a charge of £92 million (2010 – £nil) in respect of the settlement of the dispute with the Turkish customs authorities regarding import duty payable on beverage alcohol products sold in the domestic channel in Turkey, a charge of £35 million (2010 – £nil) in respect of the settlement with the Thai customs authorities regarding a dispute over the price of imported goods and a charge of £12 million (2010 – £nil) in respect of the settlement with the Securities and Exchange Commission regarding various regulatory and control matters.

        Restructuring programmes totalling £111 million comprise £77 million (2010 – £nil) for the operating model review announced in May 2011 primarily in respect of employee termination charges, £24 million (2010 – £93 million) for the restructuring of Global Supply operations in Scotland and the United States primarily in respect of accelerated depreciation and redundancies and £10 million (2010 – £12 million) for the restructuring of the group's brewing operations in Ireland announced in 2008 in respect of accelerated depreciation. In the year ended 30 June 2010 restructuring programmes also included a charge of £85 million for the global restructuring programme and a £48 million net credit for the restructuring of the wines business in the United States.

        In the year ended 30 June 2011 total restructuring cash expenditure was £118 million (2010 – £145 million) and the cash payments made for the exceptional SEC and duty settlements amounted to £141 million (2010 – £nil). An exceptional charge of approximately £120 million is expected to be incurred in the year ending 30 June 2012 primarily in respect of the operating model review, while cash expenditure is expected to be approximately £200 million.

Post employment plans    Post employment net costs for the year ended 30 June 2011 were a charge of £105 million (2010 – £133 million) comprising £110 million (2010 – £92 million) included in operating costs before exceptional items, pension curtailment gains of £7 million (2010 – £6 million) in exceptional items and a charge of £3 million (2010 – £47 million) in net finance charges. In the year ending 30 June 2012 the finance income under IAS 19 is expected to be £5 million.

        The deficit in respect of post employment plans before taxation decreased by £367 million from £1,205 million at 30 June 2010 to £838 million at 30 June 2011 primarily as a result of an increase in the market value of assets held by the post employment plans. Cash contributions to the group's UK and Irish pension schemes in the year ended 30 June 2011 were £150 million and are expected to be approximately £150 million for the year ending 30 June 2012.

Operating profit    Reported operating profit for the year ended 30 June 2011 increased by £21 million to £2,595 million from £2,574 million in the prior year. Before exceptional operating items, operating profit for the year ended 30 June 2011 increased by £133 million to £2,884 million from £2,751 million in the prior year. Exchange rate movements increased both operating profit and operating profit before exceptional items for the year ended 30 June 2011 by £18 million. Acquisitions decreased reported operating profit by £13 million for the year. Disposals decreased reported operating profit by £1 million for the year.

34


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

Exceptional non-operating items    A net loss before taxation of £14 million on sale of businesses arose on the disposal of a number of small wine businesses in Europe and in the United States and on the termination of a joint venture in India. In the year ended 30 June 2010 sale of businesses comprised a charge of £26 million in respect of the anticipated loss on the disposal of certain non-strategic wine brands in the United States and a gain of £11 million arising on the revaluation of the equity holding in the London Group, the owner of the Nuvo brand, following the acquisition of a majority equity stake in the London Group.

Net finance charges    Net finance charges decreased from £462 million in the year ended 30 June 2010 to £397 million in the year ended 30 June 2011.

        Net interest charge decreased by £6 million from £375 million in the prior year to £369 million in the year ended 30 June 2011. The effective interest rate was 4.9% in the year ended 30 June 2011 (2010 – 4.8%) and average net borrowings excluding interest rate related fair value adjustments decreased by £0.7 billion compared to the prior year. The income statement interest cover was 8.3 times and cash interest cover was 10.6 times (2010 – 7.7 times and 10.3 times, respectively).

        Net other finance charges for the year ended 30 June 2011 were £28 million (2010 – £87 million). There was a decrease of £44 million in finance charges in respect of post employment plans from £47 million in the year ended 30 June 2010 to £3 million in the year ended 30 June 2011. Other finance charges also included £16 million (2010 – £18 million) on unwinding of discounts on liabilities and a hyperinflation adjustment of £9 million (2010 – £16 million) in respect of the group's Venezuela operations. In the year ended 30 June 2010 an additional £4 million other finance income was recognised and a £10 million charge in respect of exchange rate translation differences on inter-company funding arrangements where hedge accounting was not applicable.

Associates    The group's share of associates' profits after interest and tax was £176 million for the year ended 30 June 2011 compared to £142 million in the prior year. Diageo's 34% equity interest in Moët Hennessy contributed £179 million (2010 – £134 million) to share of associates' profits after interest and tax.

Profit before taxation    Profit before taxation increased by £121 million from £2,239 million in the prior year to £2,360 million in the year ended 30 June 2011.

Taxation    The reported tax rate for the year ended 30 June 2011 was 14.5% compared with 21.3% for the year ended 30 June 2010. Factors that reduced the reported tax rate included settlements agreed with tax authorities that gave rise to releases of tax provisions and an increase of £115 million in the carrying value of deferred tax assets in respect of brands under the taxation basis applicable at 30 June 2011. In the future it is expected that the tax rate will be below the 22% experienced in the recent past but not as low as the tax rate in the year ended 30 June 2011.

Discontinued operations    Discontinued operations in the year ended 30 June 2010 comprised a charge after taxation of £19 million in respect of anticipated future payments to thalidomide claimants.

Exchange rate and other movements    Foreign exchange movements in the year ended 30 June 2011 decreased net sales by £221 million, increased operating profit before exceptional items by £18 million, decreased profit from associates by £5 million and reduced net finance charges by £1 million.

        Foreign exchange movements in the year ended 30 June 2011 were adversely impacted by the Venezuelan bolivar. For the year ending 30 June 2012 foreign exchange movements are estimated to decrease operating profit by about £25 million and are not expected to materially affect the net finance

35


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


charge based on applying current exchange rates (£1 = $1.63; £1 = €1.15). This guidance excludes the impact of IAS 21 and 39.

Dividend    The directors recommend a final dividend of 24.90 pence per share, an increase of 6% from the year ended 30 June 2010. The full dividend will therefore be 40.40 pence per share, an increase of 6% from the year ended 30 June 2010. Subject to approval by shareholders, the final dividend will be paid on 24 October 2011 to shareholders on the register on 9 September 2011. Payment to US ADR holders will be made on 28 October 2011. A dividend reinvestment plan is available in respect of the final dividend and the plan notice date is 3 October 2011.

Analysis by business area and brand

In order to assist the reader of the financial statements, the following comparison of 2011 with 2010 includes tables which present the exchange, acquisitions and disposals and organic components of the year on year movement for each of volume, sales, net sales, marketing spend and operating profit. Organic movements in the tables below are calculated as follows:

(a)    The organic movement percentage is the amount in the column headed Organic movement in the tables above expressed as a percentage of the aggregate of the amount in the column headed 2010 Reported, the amount in the column headed Exchange and the amount, if any, in respect of acquisitions and disposals that have benefited the prior year included in the column headed Acquisitions and disposals. The inclusion of the column headed Exchange in the organic movement calculation reflects the adjustment to recalculate the prior year results as if they had been generated at the current year's exchange rates.

(b)    Where a business, brand, brand distribution right or agency agreement was disposed of, or terminated, in the current or prior year, the group, in organic movement calculations, excludes the results for that business from the current year and prior year. In the calculation of operating profit, the overheads included in disposals are only those directly attributable to the businesses disposed of, and do not result from subjective judgements of management. For acquisitions in the current year, the post acquisition results are excluded from the organic movement calculations. For acquisitions in the prior year, post acquisition results are included in full in the prior year but are included in the organic movement calculation from the anniversary of the acquisition date in the current year. The acquisition column also eliminates the impact of transaction costs directly attributable to acquisitions that have been publicly announced and charged to operating profit in the current or prior year.

        The organic movement calculations for volume, sales, net sales, marketing spend and operating profit for the year ended 30 June 2011 were as follows:

 
  2010
Reported
units
  Acquisitions
and
disposals(2)
units
  Organic
movement
units
  2011
Reported
units
  Organic
movement
 
 
  million
  million
  million
  million
  %
 

Volume

                               

North America

    51.8     (0.2 )       51.6      

Europe

    39.2     (0.1 )   (0.6 )   38.5     (2 )

International

    40.3     0.6     3.4     44.3     9  

Asia Pacific

    12.1         1.0     13.1     9  
                         

Total volume

    143.4     0.3     3.8     147.5     3  
                         

36


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


 
  2010
Reported
  Exchange(1)   Acquisitions
and
disposals(2)
  Organic
movement
  2011
Reported
  Organic
movement
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  %
 

Sales

                                     

North America

    3,853     (33 )   (58 )   91     3,853     2  

Europe

    4,371     (39 )   (33 )   (109 )   4,190     (3 )

International

    3,222     (281 )   36     407     3,384     14  

Asia Pacific

    1,442     101     (1 )   193     1,735     13  

Corporate

    70                 70        
                             

Total sales

    12,958     (252 )   (56 )   582     13,232     5  
                             

Net sales

                                     

North America

    3,306     (25 )   (58 )   101     3,324     3  

Europe

    2,759     (32 )   (25 )   (88 )   2,614     (3 )

International

    2,627     (229 )   28     321     2,747     13  

Asia Pacific

    1,018     65         98     1,181     9  

Corporate

    70                 70        
                             

Total net sales

    9,780     (221 )   (55 )   432     9,936     5  
                                 

Excise duties

    3,178                       3,296        
                                   

Total sales

    12,958                       13,232        
                                   

Marketing spend

                                     

North America

    472     (3 )   (1 )   34     502     7  

Europe

    412     (5 )   (1 )   (16 )   390     (4 )

International

    302     (6 )   4     68     368     23  

Asia Pacific

    233     12     1     32     278     13  
                             

Total marketing spend

    1,419     (2 )   3     118     1,538     8  
                             

Operating profit

                                     

North America

    1,170     (12 )   (1 )   98     1,255     8  

Europe

    859     (12 )   (7 )   (62 )   778     (7 )

International

    771     (90 )   (5 )   128     804     19  

Asia Pacific

    176     8     (1 )   25     208     13  

Corporate

    (225 )   124         (60 )   (161 )      
                             

Total operating profit before exceptional items

    2,751     18     (14 )   129     2,884     5  
                                 

Exceptional items(3)

    (177 )                     (289 )      
                                   

Total operating profit

    2,574                       2,595        
                                   

Notes:    Information relating to the organic movement calculations

(1)
The exchange adjustments for sales, net sales, marketing spend and operating profit are the retranslation of prior year reported results at current year exchange rates and are principally in respect of the Venezuelan bolivar, the euro and the US dollar.

37


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

(2)
The impacts of acquisitions and disposals are excluded from the organic movement. In the year ended 30 June 2011 the only acquisition that affected volume, sales, net sales, marketing spend and operating profit was the acquisition of Serengeti Breweries which contributed volume, sales, net sales and operating loss of 0.6 million equivalent units, £38 million, £30 million and £7 million, respectively. Disposals in the year ended 30 June 2011 were the disposals as a result of the reorganisation of the group's US wines operations and the disposal of the Gilbeys wholesale wine business in Ireland. An adjustment is also made to exclude directly attributable transaction costs incurred in the year ended 30 June 2011 of £22 million, netted against acquisition costs of £12 million incurred in the year ended 30 June 2010 primarily in respect of the acquisition of Serengeti Breweries, Zacapa, Mey Içki and the additional equity stake in Quanxing.

(3)
Exceptional operating costs of £289 million for the year ended 30 June 2011 (2010 – £177 million) comprised a net charge of £111 million (2010 – £142 million) in respect of restructuring programmes, an impairment charge of £39 million (2010 – £35 million) in respect of the Ursus brand reflecting the impact of the significant downturn in the economy in one of its principal markets, Greece, a charge of £92 million (2010 – £nil) in respect of the settlement of the dispute with the Turkish customs authorities regarding import duty payable on beverage alcohol products sold in the domestic channel in Turkey, a charge of £35 million (2010 – £nil) in respect of the settlement with the Thai customs authorities regarding a dispute over the price of imported goods and a charge of £12 million (2010 – £nil) in respect of the settlement with the Securities and Exchange Commission regarding various regulatory and control matters.

Corporate revenue and costs

Net sales were £70 million in the year ended 30 June 2011, flat relative to the comparable prior period. Net operating charges were £161 million in the year ended 30 June 2011 having been £225 million in the year ended 30 June 2010. The movement was made up of:

38


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

Category review

 
  Volume*
movement
  Organic
net sales
movement
  Reported
net sales
movement
 
 
  %
  %
  %
 

Category performance

                   

Spirits

    3     6     3  

Beer

    1     4     3  

Wine

    (2 )   6     (11 )

Ready to drink

    (3 )   (1 )    

Total

    3     5     2  

Strategic brand performance**

                   

Whisk(e)y:

    4     7     2  

Johnnie Walker

    11     11     11  

Crown Royal

    1     3     2  

JeB

    (6 )   (8 )   (8 )

Buchanan's

    2     14     (21 )

Windsor

    3     8     12  

Bushmills

    9     10     11  
               

Vodka:

   
2
   
7
   
7
 

Smirnoff

    1     (1 )   (1 )

Ketel One vodka

    1     1      

Cîroc

    123     126     122  
               

Liqueurs:

   
3
   
1
   
7
 

Baileys

    3     1      
               

Rum:

   
2
   
2
   
(3

)

Captain Morgan

    4     4     4  
               

Tequila:

   
5
   
5
   
3
 

Jose Cuervo

    4     3     1  
               

Gin:

   
   
2
   
1
 

Tanqueray

    3     4     3  
               

Beer:

   
1
   
4
   
3
 

Guinness

    2     3     2  
               

*
Organic equals reported movement except for beer which was 3% and wine which was (11)% due to acquisitions and disposals.

**
Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

39


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

Spirits:    Net sales grew across all spirits categories and across all price segments, with the super premium segment growing significantly faster than the others.

Whisk(e)y:    The growth of whisk(e)y delivered almost half of Diageo's incremental net sales, driven by success in emerging markets. Johnnie Walker is Diageo's biggest brand and was the biggest contributor to total net sales growth, with the fastest growth coming from super deluxe variants, up 25%. Emerging markets net sales were up 19% supported by incremental marketing investment behind proven global growth drivers, including the 'Walk with Giants' and 'Step Inside the Circuit' campaigns and ongoing grand prix sponsorships.

        Innovation drove the growth of Crown Royal, with the successful launch of Crown Royal Black, a variant which attracts super premium bourbon consumers. Sold at a higher price point than the base brand, Crown Royal Black improved brand mix, and, together with a reduction in discounting, delivered two percentage points of price/mix improvement as the brand gained share in the growing North American whiskey category.

        Overall JeB brand performance was impacted by the weak scotch market in Spain, the brand's largest market. However, in its second largest market, France, the brand performed well with net sales up 9% supported by increased marketing spend and campaigns advertising new bottle formats.

        Price increases on Buchanan's in Latin America, the success of the new Buchanan's Master and increased marketing investment drove double digit net sales growth. In the United States net sales grew 41%. Up-weighted marketing investment and rapidly expanded distribution allowed Buchanan's to reach more of its core multi-cultural consumers and Buchanan's is now the fastest growing scotch in the market.

        Windsor extended its scotch leadership position in Korea. Windsor 12 continued to perform strongly and price increases across the variants delivered positive price/mix. Marketing spend was focused on the 'World's No.1' campaign which built on Windsor's gold medal at the prestigious 2010 International Wines and Spirits Competition.

        Bushmills grew net sales in all regions with a particularly strong second half, primarily driven by a 29% net sales increase in Russia and Eastern Europe. Marketing spend was focused behind global growth drivers, the 'Bushmills Brothers' campaign and the launch of new packaging for Bushmills single malt.

Vodka:    Diageo's vodka portfolio grew net sales 7% in a competitive category. Strong Smirnoff growth in International and Asia partially offset net sales decline in the United States and Europe. The decision to reduce promotional activity in the United States resulted in share loss. In Europe, net sales declined due to lower volume and negative channel mix in Great Britain and challenging economic conditions in Spain and Greece. Marketing spend increased 11% behind the Smirnoff 'Nightlife Exchange Project' globally. The majority of the increase focused on emerging markets, especially Latin America and India to position the brand for emerging middle class consumers.

        In the United States, Ketel One vodka net sales and share were maintained as the brand held its price positioning. There was some weakness in flavours but Ketel One vodka grew, supported by the 'Gentlemen this is vodka' campaign. The roll out of Ketel One vodka into markets outside the United States, particularly in Latin America, drove the net sales growth of the brand globally.

        The performance of Diageo's vodka brands was led by Cîroc, which more than doubled its net sales. Innovation on the brand, the new Coconut and Red Berry flavours, is supporting growth. The brand's appeal continues to increase and it gained share in the ultra premium vodka segment following

40


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


distribution gains and the success of its multicultural marketing programmes. Cîroc is now sold in over 70 countries outside its United States base.

Rum:    Diageo's largest rum brand, Captain Morgan, grew net sales in every region outside the United States. Growth was particularly strong in Canada, Great Britain and Germany where the brand gained share and delivered double digit growth. In the United States, the brand's net sales declined as smaller competitors have gained share by pricing and discounting aggressively in a flat category. However, Captain Morgan is one of the strongest and most enduring industry icons and the new marketing campaign will build on this.

        Net sales of Diageo's second largest rum brand, Cacique, declined as growth in Venezuela was offset by declines in its largest market, Spain. Bundaberg grew in Australia driven by innovation, led by the launch of Bundy 5, a white rum, and Bundaberg limited editions. In July, Diageo acquired a controlling stake in the super premium rum, Zacapa. The brand grew strongly in every region delivering double digit net sales growth on the back of targeted distribution expansion and super premium sampling activities.

Liqueurs:    Baileys returned to growth with the launch of the new campaign 'Baileys. Let's do this again'. It was supported by strong sales programmes that drove increased visibility and gifting, and the launch of the new Hazelnut flavour. Performance improved in North America and in emerging markets net sales grew 21%.

Tequila:    Despite lower competitor pricing Jose Cuervo grew in the United States as a result of a successful on trade events programme, innovation in on trade dispense and the strong growth of the super premium segment. Jose Cuervo price/mix was negative but this was offset by the growth of super premium Don Julio and price/mix was flat for the category. Don Julio's net sales growth accounted for roughly half of the category growth.

Gin:    Growth of Tanqueray was driven by Spain, Canada and Global Travel and Middle East. Spain contributed more than a third of growth, where despite the difficult economic conditions, premium gin brands performed well and Tanqueray gained volume share through strong promotional sales drivers in the off trade. In contrast, the United States gin category declined. Tanqueray reduced discounting and focused on visibility drivers to maintain net sales.

Beer:    The 4% net sales growth in beer was driven by the emerging markets of Africa and Asia Pacific where incremental marketing spend on Guinness and local lager brands, and price increases in selected markets drove positive price/mix for the category. Africa net sales grew 11% and Guinness returned to growth led by Nigeria and Cameroon, supported by an 18% increase in marketing spend across the region. Net sales of Guinness declined in Ireland and Great Britain where the beer category was weak, particularly in the on trade. Local lager brands such as Harp, Senator and Tusker in Africa, and Tiger in Malaysia delivered further growth for the category.

Wine:    Volume declined in North America, offset by improved price/mix. In Great Britain, a strong Bordeaux campaign and price increases delivered net sales growth of 14%.

Ready to drink:    Weakness in Europe and North America led to a 1% drop in net sales. In the United States, a successful programme of innovation slowed the rate of decline. In Australia, there was a return to growth driven by Smirnoff Ice and the emergence of the new ready to serve segment through innovations such as Smirnoff Signature Serves. Ready to drink continued to grow in emerging markets such as Nigeria and Brazil.

41


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

2011

North America

Performance

Key financials
  2010
Reported
  Exchange   Acquisitions
and
disposals
  Organic
movement
  2011
Reported
  Reported
movement
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  %
 

Net sales

  3,306   (25 ) (58 ) 101   3,324   1  

Marketing spend

  472   (3 ) (1 ) 34   502   6  

Operating profit before exceptional items

  1,170   (12 ) (1 ) 98   1,255   7  

Exceptional items

  (38 )             (23 )    
                           

Operating profit

  1,132               1,232   9  
                           

 

Brand performance
  Volume
movement*
  Organic
net sales
movement
  Reported
net sales
movement
 
 
  %
  %
  %
 

Key countries and categories:

                   

North America

        3     1  

United States

        3      

Canada

    3     3     8  

Spirits

   
   
4
   
3
 

Beer

    1     2     2  

Wine

    (4 )   (1 )   (21 )

Ready to drink

    (3 )   (3 )   (4 )

The strategic brands:**

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

Johnnie Walker

    (2 )   1      

Smirnoff

        (1 )   (2 )

Baileys

    1         (1 )

Captain Morgan

    (2 )   (2 )   (2 )

Jose Cuervo

    4     3     2  

Tanqueray

        1      

Crown Royal

    1     3     2  

Ketel One vodka

    (1 )       (1 )

Buchanan's

    37     41     39  

Cîroc

    124     128     126  

Guinness

    3     4     3  

*
Organic equals reported movement for volume, except for wine where reported movement was (19)% due to disposals in the year.

**
Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

"While overall consumer confidence remains subdued we have seen some recovery and, importantly for our business, this recovery has been stronger in the premium, and especially the super premium,

42


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


segments. Against this background we have focused on value creation. We have reduced the level of promotional activity, invested behind our premium brands and driven strong growth through innovation. The result has been that volume has been maintained while net sales grew 3%. Focus on supply efficiencies and better top line mix led to gross margin improvement. Overheads were reduced as marketing was increased and operating profit grew 8%. We have put in place improvements to our sales structure and distribution footprint that will drive further efficiencies and even better alignment with our wholesalers, all of which will enhance our strong platform."

Ivan Menezes
President, Diageo North America

Key highlights

43


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

2011

Europe

Performance

Key financials
  2010
Reported
  Exchange   Acquisitions
and
disposals
  Organic
movement
  2011
Reported
  Reported
movement
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  %
 

Net sales

  2,759   (32 ) (25 ) (88 ) 2,614   (5 )

Marketing spend

  412   (5 ) (1 ) (16 ) 390   (5 )

Operating profit before exceptional items

  859   (12 ) (7 ) (62 ) 778   (9 )

Exceptional items

  (53 )             (157 )    
                           

Operating profit

  806               621   (23 )
                           

 

Brand performance
  Volume
movement*
  Organic
net sales
movement
  Reported
net sales
movement
 
 
  %
  %
  %
 

Key countries and categories:

                   

Europe

    (2 )   (3 )   (5 )

Great Britain

        2     2  

Ireland

    (1 )   (5 )   (11 )

Iberia

    (18 )   (18 )   (21 )

Greece

    (33 )   (38 )   (39 )

Russia

    9     21     23  

Spirits

   
(1

)
 
(4

)
 
(5

)

Beer

    (5 )   (4 )   (7 )

Wine

    (1 )   11     2  

Ready to drink

    (4 )   (8 )   (9 )

The strategic brands:**

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

Johnnie Walker

    (3 )   (5 )   (6 )

Smirnoff

    (4 )   (11 )   (12 )

Baileys

        (2 )   (3 )

JeB

    (5 )   (8 )   (9 )

Captain Morgan

    40     38     39  

Guinness

    (5 )   (4 )   (5 )

*
Organic equals reported movement for volume, except for wine where reported movement was (5)% reflecting the disposal of the Gilbeys wine business and Barton & Guestier and in Ireland where reported movement was (2)% reflecting the disposal of Gilbeys.

**
Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

"The very challenging trading environments of Spain and Greece are well understood and led to the overall decline in net sales for Europe this year. However, excluding these two markets, net sales in the region grew. Strong performances from our scotch and rum brands led to double digit organic net sales

44


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


growth in Russia, Eastern Europe and Germany, while Great Britain, France, Benelux and Italy were resilient, with single digit growth. Throughout the year we focused our marketing spend on the biggest opportunities. We made the second year of 'Arthur's Day' bigger than the first, extending it to more cities with greater investment. We rolled out Captain Morgan into new markets with significantly increased spend and we continued to fuel the growth and premiumisation of spirits in Russia and Eastern Europe. At the same time, we took further steps to improve our efficiency. We reduced our overhead costs in the second half and the changes we have made to our operating structure in Western Europe will drive further efficiencies in our business. The acquisition of Mey Içki in Turkey will increase our exposure to faster growing categories and markets in fiscal 2012."

Andrew Morgan
President, Diageo Europe

Key highlights

45


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

46


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

2011

International

Performance

Key financials
  2010
Reported
  Exchange   Acquisitions
and
disposals
  Organic
movement
  2011
Reported
  Reported
movement
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  %
 

Net sales

  2,627   (229 ) 28   321   2,747   5  

Marketing spend

  302   (6 ) 4   68   368   22  

Operating profit before exceptional items

  771   (90 ) (5 ) 128   804   4  

Exceptional items

  (5 )             (13 )    
                           

Operating profit

  766               791   3  
                           

 

Brand performance
  Volume
movement*
  Organic
net sales
movement
  Reported
net sales
movement
 
 
  %
  %
  %
 

Key countries and categories:

                   

International

    9     13     5  

Latin America and the Caribbean

    12     17     (6 )

Africa

    7     10     11  

Global Travel and Middle East

    7     14     18  

Spirits

   
13
   
18
   
3
 

Beer

    4     10     9  

Wine

    (6 )   16     2  

Ready to drink

    (9 )   1     (5 )

The strategic brands:**

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

Johnnie Walker

    20     23     20  

Buchanan's

    (2 )   10     (28 )

Smirnoff

    9     16     17  

Baileys

    9     14     8  

Guinness

    10     10     7  

*
Organic equals reported movement for volume, except for wine where reported movement was (14)% primarily due to the disposal of Barton & Guestier and beer where reported movement was 8% due to the acquisition of Serengeti Breweries.

**
Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

"During the year we reinforced our focus on generating growth in International through brand and portfolio development, innovation and customer partnering. In Latin America scotch continued to grow driven by strong marketing, increased sales focus and improved customer relationships. The vodka, rum and liqueur categories also thrived, as we widened our consumer offerings across new price points. Diageo's spirits business drove a third of the growth in net sales in Africa, as distributor relationships were improved and the introduction of 20cl bottles increased accessibility. Guinness returned to growth

47


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


in Nigeria and the strong growth of local beers continued, fuelling an 11% increase in net sales for beer in Africa. The role of the Global Travel and Middle East business as the shop window for Diageo's premium brands was reinforced with an increase in marketing spend, significantly ahead of net sales, focusing on scotch and the luxury retail experience. Overall therefore, International delivered net sales growth of 13% and organic operating profit growth of 19%, while continuing to invest in infrastructure, sales execution, innovation and acquisitions, including Serengeti Breweries, creating an enhanced platform for future growth."

Stuart Fletcher
President, Diageo International

Key highlights

48


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

49


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

2011

Asia Pacific

Performance

Key financials
  2010
Reported
  Exchange   Acquisitions
and
disposals
  Organic
movement
  2011
Reported
  Reported
movement
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  %
 

Net sales

  1,018   65     98   1,181   16  

Marketing spend

  233   12   1   32   278   19  

Operating profit before exceptional items

  176   8   (1 ) 25   208   18  

Exceptional items

  (30 )             (50 )    
                           

Operating profit

  146               158   8  
                           

 

Brand performance
  Volume
movement*
  Organic
net sales
movement
  Reported
net sales
movement
 
 
  %
  %
  %
 

Key countries and categories:

                   

Asia Pacific

    9     9     16  

Australia

    4     4     15  

Korea

    1     8     12  

China

    1     (4 )   (1 )

India

    42     79     34  

Southeast Asia

    12     14     25  

Spirits

   
10
   
11
   
17
 

Beer

        7     14  

Wine

    2     10     (8 )

Ready to drink

    7     7     19  

The strategic brands:**

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

Johnnie Walker

    16     12     19  

Smirnoff

    8     5     12  

Windsor

    3     8     12  

Guinness

    (1 )   6     12  

*
Organic equals reported movement for volume, except for wine where the reported movement is (25)% due to the disposal of Barton & Guestier.

**
Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

"Our Asia Pacific business built momentum this year, particularly in fast growing emerging markets and in the high value super deluxe segment. The region was focused on accelerating net sales growth, enhancing our position as the number one international spirits company in the region and delivering double digit operating profit growth. With net sales up 9%, share gains in scotch across the region and 13% growth in operating profit, each of these goals was achieved. We also made significant progress on two important transactions this year, ShuiJingFang in China and Halico in Vietnam. Both of these will

50


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


expand our footprint in key emerging markets and high growth categories, and will help drive future growth across our brand portfolio."

Gilbert Ghostine
President, Diageo Asia Pacific

Key highlights

51


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

Operating results 2010 compared with 2009

Summary consolidated income statement

 
  Year ended 30 June  
 
  2010   2009  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Sales

    12,958     12,283  

Excise duties

    (3,178 )   (2,972 )
           

Net sales

    9,780     9,311  

Operating costs before exceptional items

    (7,029 )   (6,723 )
           

Operating profit before exceptional items

    2,751     2,588  

Exceptional operating items

    (177 )   (170 )
           

Operating profit

    2,574     2,418  

Sale of businesses

    (15 )    

Net finance charges

    (462 )   (592 )

Share of associates' profits after tax

    142     164  
           

Profit before taxation

    2,239     1,990  

Taxation

    (477 )   (286 )
           

Profit from continuing operations

    1,762     1,704  

Discontinued operations

    (19 )   2  
           

Profit for the year

    1,743     1,706  
           

Attributable to:

             

Equity shareholders

    1,629     1,605  

Non controlling interests

    114     101  
           

    1,743     1,706  
           

Sales and net sales    On a reported basis, sales increased by £675 million from £12,283 million in the year ended 30 June 2009 to £12,958 million in the year ended 30 June 2010. On a reported basis net sales increased by £469 million from £9,311 million in the year ended 30 June 2009 to £9,780 million in the year ended 30 June 2010. Exchange rate movements increased reported sales by £346 million and reported net sales by £267 million.

Operating costs before exceptional items    On a reported basis, operating costs before exceptional items increased by £306 million in the year ended 30 June 2010 due to an increase in cost of sales of £175 million, from £3,878 million to £4,053 million, an increase in marketing spend of £92 million from £1,327 million to £1,419 million, and an increase in other operating expenses before exceptional costs of £39 million, from £1,518 million to £1,557 million. The impact of exchange rate movements increased total operating costs before exceptional items by £141 million.

Exceptional operating items    Exceptional items are those that, in management's judgement, need to be disclosed by virtue of their size or incidence in order for the user to obtain a proper understanding of the financial information.

        Exceptional operating costs of £177 million for the year ended 30 June 2010 (2009 – £170 million) comprised a net charge of £142 million (2009 – £170 million) in respect of restructuring programmes

52


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


and an impairment charge of £35 million (2009 – £nil) in respect of the Ursus brand reflecting the impact of the significant downturn in the economy in one of its principal market, Greece. Restructuring programmes comprise £85 million (2009 – £166 million) for the global restructuring programme announced in February 2009 primarily in respect of employee and contract termination charges, £93 million (2009 – £nil) for the restructuring of Global Supply operations announced in July 2009 principally in Scotland, £12 million (2009 – £4 million) for the restructuring of brewing operations in Ireland announced in 2008 in respect of accelerated depreciation, and a £48 million net credit (2009 – £nil) for the restructuring of the wines business in the United States comprising an £89 million gain on the sale and leaseback of land, a £17 million charge for the write down of inventories and other charges of £24 million.

        The total restructuring cash expenditure in the year ended 30 June 2010 is £145 million (2009 – £53 million) of which £122 million relates to the global restructuring programme.

Post employment plans    Post employment net costs for the year ended 30 June 2010 were a charge of £133 million (2009 – £63 million) comprising £92 million (2009 – £98 million) included in operating costs before exceptional items, pension curtailment gains of £6 million (2009 – £33 million) in exceptional operating items and a charge of £47 million (2009 – gain of £2 million) in net finance charges.

        The deficit before taxation in respect of post employment plans decreased by £178 million from £1,383 million at 30 June 2009 to £1,205 million at 30 June 2010. The reduction in the deficit included £147 million transferred into the UK Diageo Pension Scheme (the UK Scheme) from escrow under the deficit funding arrangements paid by the company in prior years. Deficit funding contributions to the group's UK and Irish pension schemes in the year ended 30 June 2010, other than the transfer to the UK Scheme of amounts paid into escrow in prior years, were £55 million.

Operating profit    Reported operating profit for the year ended 30 June 2010 increased by £156 million to £2,574 million from £2,418 million in the prior year. Exchange rate movements increased operating profit for the year ended 30 June 2010 by £122 million. Before exceptional operating items, operating profit for year ended 30 June 2010 increased by £163 million to £2,751 million from £2,588 million in the prior year. Exchange rate movements increased operating profit before exceptional items for the year ended 30 June 2010 by £126 million.

Exceptional non-operating items    A loss of £15 million on sale of businesses comprises a charge of £26 million in respect of the anticipated loss on the disposal of certain non-strategic wine brands in the United States in the year ending 30 June 2011 and a gain of £11 million arising on the revaluation of the equity holding in the London Group, the owner of the Nuvo brand, to revalue Diageo's stake to fair value, following the acquisition of a majority equity stake in the London Group.

Net finance charges    Net finance charges comprising net interest charge and net other finance charges decreased from £592 million in the year ended 30 June 2009 to £462 million in the year ended 30 June 2010.

        The net interest charge decreased by £141 million from £516 million in the prior year to £375 million in the year ended 30 June 2010. The reduction in the interest charge arose principally from a decrease in average floating interest rates which resulted in a reduction in interest charges of £90 million, from a decrease in average net borrowings in the year driven by strong cash flow generation and from a positive movement on the revaluation to year end market rates of interest swaps under IAS 39 of £20 million.

53


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

        The income statement interest cover was 7.7 times and cash interest cover was 10.3 times.

        Net other finance charges for the year ended 30 June 2010 were £87 million (2009 – £76 million). There was an increase of £49 million in finance charges in respect of post employment plans from £2 million finance income in the year ended 30 June 2009 to a £47 million charge in the year ended 30 June 2010. Other finance charges also include £18 million (2009 – £21 million) on unwinding of discounts on liabilities, a hyperinflation adjustment of £16 million (2009 – £nil) in respect of the Venezuela operations, £10 million (2009 – £33 million) in respect of exchange rate translation differences on inter-company funding arrangements where hedge accounting was not applicable and £4 million income (2009 – £13 million charge) in respect of other finance charges. In the year ended 30 June 2009 £11 million was recognised in respect of exchange movements on net borrowings not in a hedge relationship.

Associates    The group's share of associates' profits after interest and tax was £142 million for the year ended 30 June 2010 compared to £164 million in the prior year. Diageo's 34% equity interest in Moët Hennessy contributed £134 million (2009 – £151 million) to share of associates' profits after interest and tax.

Profit before taxation    Profit before taxation increased by £249 million from £1,990 million in the prior year to £2,239 million in the year ended 30 June 2010.

Taxation    The reported tax rate for the year ended 30 June 2010 was 21.3% compared with 14.4% for the year ended 30 June 2009. Factors that reduced the reported tax rate in the prior year included settlements agreed with tax authorities that gave rise to changes in the value of deferred tax assets and tax provisions.

Discontinued operations    Discontinued operations in the year ended 30 June 2010 represent a charge after taxation of £19 million in respect of anticipated future payments to new thalidomide claimants. The credit of £2 million in the year ended 30 June 2009 relates to the Pillsbury disposal.

Exchange rate movements    The current situation in Venezuela with respect to currency controls and the official exchange rate is uncertain. In the year ended 30 June 2010 the Venezuelan denominated operating profit amounted to VEF485 million which was translated at the official exchange rate, $1 = VEF2.15 (£1 = VEF3.51) in the six months ended 31 December 2009 and $1 = VEF4.3 (£1 = VEF6.4) in the six months ended 30 June 2010.

Analysis by business area and brand

In order to assist the reader of the financial statements, the following comparison of 2010 with 2009 includes tables which present the exchange, acquisitions and disposals and organic components of the year on year movement for each of volume, sales, net sales, marketing spend and operating profit.

54


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

        The organic movement calculations for volume, sales, net sales, marketing spend and operating profit before exceptional items for the year ended 30 June 2010 were as follows:

 
  2009
Reported
units
  Acquisitions
and
disposals
units
  Organic
movements
units
  2010
Reported
units
  Organic
movement
 
 
  million
  million
  million
  million
  %
 

Volume

                               

North America

    53.0     0.1     (1.3 )   51.8     (2 )

Europe

    39.0     (0.1 )   0.3     39.2     1  

International

    37.0 *   0.3     3.0     40.3     8  

Asia Pacific

    11.8         0.3     12.1     2  
                         

Total

    140.8 *   0.3     2.3     143.4     2  
                         

*
Decreased by 0.5 million equivalent units from the figures reported for the year ended 30 June 2009.

 
  2009
Reported
  Exchange(1)   Acquisitions
and
disposals(2)
  Organic
movement
  2010
Reported
  Organic
movement
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  %
 

Sales

                                     

North America

    3,858     103     15     (123 )   3,853     (3 )

Europe

    4,279     78     13     1     4,371      

International

    2,803     18     10     391     3,222     14  

Asia Pacific

    1,268     146         28     1,442     2  

Corporate

    75     1         (6 )   70        
                             

Total sales

    12,283     346     38     291     12,958     2  
                             

Net sales

                                     

North America

    3,290     91     15     (90 )   3,306     (3 )

Europe

    2,750     53     10     (54 )   2,759     (2 )

International

    2,286     21     9     311     2,627     13  

Asia Pacific

    910     101         7     1,018     1  

Corporate

    75     1         (6 )   70        
                             

Total net sales

    9,311     267     34     168     9,780     2  
                                 

Excise duties

    2,972                       3,178        
                                   

Total sales

    12,283                       12,958        
                                   

Marketing spend

                                     

North America

    431     12     1     28     472     6  

Europe

    429     9         (26 )   412     (6 )

International

    259     7     1     35     302     13  

Asia Pacific

    208     18         7     233     3  
                             

Total marketing spend

    1,327     46     2     44     1,419     3  
                             

55


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


 
  2009
Reported
  Exchange(1)   Acquisitions
and
disposals(2)
  Organic
movement
  2010
Reported
  Organic
movement
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  %
 

Operating profit

                                     

North America

    1,138     26     3     3     1,170      

Europe

    853     11     1     (6 )   859     (1 )

International

    649     (27 )   (6 )   155     771     25  

Asia Pacific

    159     14     (7 )   10     176     6  

Corporate

    (211 )   102         (116 )   (225 )      
                             

Total operating profit before exceptional items

    2,588     126     (9 )   46     2,751     2  
                                 

Exceptional items(3)

    (170 )                     (177 )      
                                   

Total operating profit

    2,418                       2,574        
                                   

Notes

(1)
The exchange adjustments for sales, net sales, marketing spend and operating profit are primarily the retranslation of prior year reported results at current year exchange rates and are principally in respect of the strengthening of the euro and the US dollar partially offset by the weakening of the Nigerian naira and the Venezuelan bolivar fuerte.

(2)
The impacts of acquisitions and disposals are excluded from the organic movement percentages. In the year ended 30 June 2010 there were no acquisitions or disposals impacting organic growth but adjustment is made to exclude the impact of the disposal of the Bordeaux wine agency business in the United States and the acquisitions of Stirrings LLC and the distribution rights of Grand Marnier and Windhoek completed in the year ended 30 June 2009. Adjustment is also made to exclude directly attributable transaction costs incurred in the year ended 30 June 2010 of £12 million primarily in respect of the acquisitions of an additional 4% equity stake in Quanxing and the acquisition of Serengeti Breweries.

(3)
Operating exceptional items in the year ended 30 June 2010 comprised charges of £85 million in respect of the global restructuring programme, £93 million (2009 – £166 million) for the restructuring of Global Supply operations, £12 million (2009 – £4 million) in respect of the restructuring of Irish brewing operations, £48 million net credit for the restructuring of wine business in the United States and £35 million charge in respect of impairment of the Ursus brand.

56


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

 
  Volume
movement*
  Organic
net sales
movement
  Reported
net sales
movement
 
 
  %
  %
  %
 

Brand performance overview

                   

Global priority brands

        (1 )   3  

Other brands**

    4     5     8  

Total

    2     2     5  

Global priority brands***

                   

Johnnie Walker

    11     7     12  

Smirnoff

    (1 )   (4 )    

Baileys

    (1 )   (4 )    

Captain Morgan

    3     2     6  

Jose Cuervo

    (13 )   (14 )   (12 )

JeB

    (7 )   (8 )   (3 )

Tanqueray

    1     (1 )   2  

Guinness

    (3 )        

Other brands

                   

Crown Royal – North America

        (1 )   2  

Buchanan's International

    11     15     13  

Ketel One vodka – North America

    2     4     6  

Windsor – Asia Pacific

            9  

*
Volume movement is both reported and organic.

**
Other brands consist of local priority brands and category brands. Movements in organic volume, reported volume, organic net sales and reported net sales for local priority brands are 2%, 2%, 1% and 4%, respectively, and for category brands 5%, 6%, 8% and 12%, respectively. The classification of brands as local priority brands and category brands has been discontinued for reporting purposes.

***
Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

Johnnie Walker:    Strong second half growth led by emerging markets was the key driver of the full year performance of the Johnnie Walker brand. Johnnie Walker Black Label was the fastest growing variant with double-digit net sales growth driven by GTME, Latin America and South East Asia.

        Marketing spend increased globally behind the 'Walk with Giants' campaign and visibility of the brand was increased in GTME. Four percentage points of negative price/mix resulted from the slower volume growth of super deluxe variants and an increase in price promotional activity.

Smirnoff:    In developed markets, which account for over 80% of Smirnoff's net sales, the vodka category was intensely competitive. In North America, Smirnoff net sales declined 7% mainly due to lapping the increase in stock levels of the prior year. Effective marketing campaigns continued to build the brand's equity and strong consumer offers during key selling periods led to volume share gains in the United States. There was a similar trend in promotional activity in Great Britain where volume grew ahead of net sales. In the brand's largest emerging markets of Brazil and South Africa, net sales grew solidly reflecting Diageo's confidence in the future growth of the vodka category in these key

57


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


markets. Globally, marketing spend was increased, accelerating in the second half behind flavour launches and activation of the global marketing programme 'Be There'.

Baileys:    After a difficult first half, the brand grew volume and net sales in the second half as markets increased visibility on shelf through the 'Baileys Bows' activation and flavours were launched into new markets. An increase in promotional activity, particularly in Europe over the Christmas period, led to 3 percentage points of negative price/mix.

Captain Morgan:    Very strong growth of Captain Morgan in Europe and International offset 3% net sales decline in North America. In the United States, growth of the rum category slowed during the year but Captain Morgan benefited from a range of successful innovations and grew volume and value share. The brand grew strongly in Canada with net sales up 7%. Marketing spend increased 25% in North America and 36% globally. This spend was weighted to the second half and drove net sales up 7% in that period.

Jose Cuervo:    The ongoing weakness of the North American on trade and aggressive pricing from competitors led to a sharp decline in Jose Cuervo. The new variant, Especial Silver continued to perform well and is now the fastest growing silver tequila in the US off trade. However, Jose Cuervo's super and ultra premium variants, Tradicional and Platino, were significantly impacted as consumers traded down to less expensive 100% agave tequilas.

JeB:    The majority of the brand's net sales decline stemmed from Iberia as the spirits market in that region continued to decline, particularly in the on trade. JeB grew share in the on trade in Spain but lost share in the off trade as consumers traded down to less expensive brands in that channel. There was improvement in the second half led by growth in emerging markets and a reduction in the rate of decline in Spain.

Tanqueray:    Double-digit net sales growth in Spain and Great Britain only partially offset 4% net sales decline in North America. Weakness of the higher priced Rangpur and Tanqueray No. 10 variants led to negative price/mix of 2 percentage points.

Guinness:    Guinness, comprising a little over half of total beer net sales, posted flat net sales with strong double-digit growth in South East Asia broadly offsetting a 2% decline in Europe and flat net sales in Africa. In Great Britain and Ireland, Guinness once again gained share but net sales declined as a result of the continued decline of beer in those markets. In Africa, where the brand typically sells at a significant price premium to local lagers, performance slowed as some consumers chose to trade down to less expensive lagers; Performance by market, however, was varied. Strong net sales growth in East Africa was offset by declines in Ghana, due to utility shortages and higher taxes, and in Nigeria where some consumers traded down to less expensive lager brands.

Marketing spend    Marketing spend was up 3% driven by major increases in proven campaigns behind Diageo's most important brands and categories in the second half. This resulted in double-digit increases in full year spend behind the vodka and rum categories. Spend on vodka was up 13% mainly behind Smirnoff in North America and International. Marketing spend was also up on Cîroc in the United States and on Ketel One vodka worldwide. Investment behind Captain Morgan grew 36% in the year, up 25% in North America, up over 60% in International and almost doubled in Europe. Marketing spend on scotch represents Diageo's biggest category spend and while the percentage increase was in single digits the absolute increase was similar to that in vodka and rum. Over half of the increase in spend on scotch was behind Johnnie Walker in International. Baileys marketing spend reduced in absolute terms and as a percentage of net sales as the brand team reviewed the marketing

58


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


campaign. Reduction in marketing spend behind Guinness in Europe was driven by media deflation and comparison against the prior year when spend was up behind innovation. This was broadly offset by increased marketing spend in beer in the other regions. Spend was down 2% on ready to drink and up 7% on wine.

Corporate revenue and costs    Net sales were £70 million in the year ended 30 June 2010, down £5 million from £75 million in the prior year. Net operating costs before exceptional items, increased by £14 million in the year ended 30 June 2010 to £225 million.

        Diageo undertakes the majority of its currency transaction hedging centrally and therefore £104 million of positive year on year transaction impact was taken to Corporate. In addition, there was a negative year on year translation impact of £2 million in Corporate. The geographical regions are reported using forecast transaction exchange rates with the difference between forecast and achieved rates being included in Corporate. This amounted to an incremental £82 million cost this year. There was a £34 million increase in underlying corporate net costs mainly due to higher systems investment and business development charges together with the legal and accounting costs associated with ongoing regulatory matters.

2010

North America

Key highlights

59


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

Performance

Key measures
  2010   2009   Organic
movement
  Reported
movement
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  %
  %
 

Volume

          (2 ) (2 )

Net sales

  3,306   3,290   (3 )  

Marketing spend

  472   431   6   10  

Operating profit before exceptional items

  1,170   1,138     3  

Operating profit

  1,132   1,115       2  

Reported performance    Net sales increased by £16 million in the year ended 30 June 2010 to £3,306 million, from £3,290 million in the prior year. Reported operating profit before exceptional items increased by £32 million in the year ended 30 June 2010 to £1,170 million, from £1,138 million in the prior year. Operating profit increased by £17 million in the year ended 30 June 2010 to £1,132 million, from £1,115 million in the prior year.

Organic performance    The weighted average exchange rate used to translate US dollar sales and profit moved from £1 = $1.60 in the year ended 30 June 2009 to £1 = $1.57 in the year ended 30 June 2010. Exchange rate impacts increased net sales by £91 million, acquisitions increased net sales by £15 million and there was an organic decrease in net sales of £90 million. Exchange rate impacts increased operating profit before exceptional items by £26 million, acquisitions and disposals increased operating profit before exceptional items by £3 million and there was an organic increase in operating profit of £3 million.

Brand performance
  Organic
volume
movement
  Organic
net sales
movement
  Reported
volume
movement
  Reported
net sales
movement
 
 
  %
  %
  %
  %
 

Global priority brands

  (4 ) (5 ) (4 ) (2 )

Other brands

  (1 )     4  

Total

  (2 ) (3 ) (2 )  

Key brands*

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

Johnnie Walker

  5   4   5   6  

Smirnoff

  (3 ) (7 ) (3 ) (4 )

Baileys

  (7 ) (7 ) (7 ) (4 )

Captain Morgan

  (2 ) (3 ) (2 )  

Jose Cuervo

  (15 ) (16 ) (15 ) (14 )

Tanqueray

  (2 ) (4 ) (2 ) (1 )

Crown Royal

    (1 )   2  

Guinness

  5   4   5   8  

Ready to drink

  (5 ) (7 ) (5 ) (2 )

*
Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

United States    Johnnie Walker continued to outperform a difficult scotch category. Net sales grew 5% and share grew 1.1 percentage points led by Johnnie Walker Red, Black and Gold Labels. Discounting in the first half and slower net sales growth of some of the higher priced variants led to negative

60


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


price/mix. Marketing spend increased 23% in the second half focused on the House of Walker mentoring programme, multicultural programmes and Father's Day media.

        The premium vodka segment in the United States continued to be highly competitive. Comparison against the prior fiscal year when stock levels rose, led to volume decline of Smirnoff. Smirnoff maintained its position as the leading vodka gaining 0.4 percentage points of volume share while value share declined 0.1 percentage points as a result of consumer promotions. Marketing spend behind the brand increased 24% behind the 'Be There' campaign and launch of the new 'I Choose' platform using television, digital, social networking and experiential programming.

        Despite continued consumer sentiment that liqueurs are luxury products, Baileys' performance markedly improved in the second half, driven by a reduction in the price gap against its leading competitor and targeted promotions. Baileys gained 0.4 percentage points of volume share and maintained its value share. Marketing spend reduced as focus was limited to the holiday season and a reduction in non-working dollars, which increased efficiency of the total marketing spend.

        Captain Morgan volume declined as stock levels were maintained against an increase in fiscal 2009 and a slowdown of growth in the rum category. Captain Morgan Original Spiced Rum posted strong share gains of 0.6 percentage points despite decline in net sales and volume. This was partially offset by the introduction of Captain Morgan Lime Bite. Increased discounting to meet consumer demand for lower priced alternatives contributed to the decline in net sales. Marketing spend increased dramatically behind the 'Calling All Captains' campaign, 'Captain and Cola' programming and the launch of Captain Morgan Lime Bite.

        Jose Cuervo continued to be impacted as the competitive tequila category and heavy discounting from the leading competitor drove the reduction in volume and net sales. This was partially offset by the strong performance of Especial Silver, which has become the fastest growing silver tequila in the US off trade. Although Jose Cuervo lost share overall in the United States, down 1.7 percentage points, Especial, its leading variant, extended its position and gained 0.8 percentage points of share.

        Tanqueray net sales declined 3% as the gin category continued to decline with domestic brands taking share from imports. There was some negative mix caused by the weak performance of Tanqueray 10. Marketing spend increased and brand image improved.

        Crown Royal net sales were flat for the full year, but the brand grew strongly in the second half driven by innovation and growth of some of the higher priced variants. Crown Royal Black quickly became the number 1 new product in IRI's new product tracker. Price/mix was flat as price reductions on Crown Royal Extra Rare and Crown Royal Cask 16 offset mix improvement from Crown Royal Black. Crown Royal outperformed the category and gained 0.3 percentage points of share. Marketing on the brand increased behind the NASCAR sponsorship, multicultural marketing programmes and the launch of Crown Royal Black.

        Guinness volume growth was driven by the performance of Guinness Draft in Can, Guinness Extra Stout and Guinness Kegs, as it lapped the planned destock of the prior year. Although imported beers declined, Guinness grew share by 0.1 percentage points. Marketing spend increased behind the '250th Celebration', Arthur's Day and the integrated campaign 'Fortune Favors the Bold'.

        The reserve brands performed strongly with volume up 7% and net sales up 9% as the super premium segment returned to growth.

        Net sales growth was driven predominantly by innovation in the year around Ketel One vodka up 4% and Cîroc up 48%, each supported by strong marketing campaigns. Bulleit Bourbon performed well

61


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


especially in the on trade with net sales up 23%. Buchanan's Special Reserve and Red Seal grew net sales 44% and 32% respectively and became the fastest growing blended scotch brand in the United States. Buchanan's is the clear leader in the US Hispanic market.

        Following the planned destock of the prior year, Diageo's beer brands grew volume 4% and net sales 4% driven predominantly by Guinness. Harp and Smithwick's also grew volume and net sales, albeit off a small base. The introduction of Red Stripe Light helped grow net sales of Red Stripe 3%.

        Diageo's wine business gained 0.1 percentage points of volume share and held value share. Volume growth in Sterling Vineyards, San Telmo and Stellani di Notte were offset by declines in Beaulieu Vineyard, Chalone Vineyard and Barton & Guestier. Net sales declined as consumers continued to trade down to lower price points. Diageo introduced nine new wine brands or varietals aimed at addressing the consumer demand for quality wines at value price points and the appeal for blends. In March 2010, Diageo announced the restructuring of the North American wine division (which included a sale and leaseback transaction and the intended sale of non-strategic brands) to reduce the cost base and improve returns.

        Ready to drink remains challenging for Diageo. Net sales were down 5% and Diageo lost share. Smirnoff malt-based products grew net sales 6% as the strong performance of Smirnoff Ice Mango, Smirnoff Ice Multipack and the introduction of Smirnoff Mixed Drinks, offset the decline of established products. Similarly in the ready to serve segment innovation offset a decline in existing products. In the second half innovation behind Jose Cuervo Margaritas drove improved performance with the introduction of pomegranate and mango flavoured margaritas but the segment remains highly competitive.

        Diageo launched over 30 innovations during the year spanning spirits, beer, wine and ready to drink and through the fiscal year averaged five of the top 10 new items in IRI. Innovation included extensions, which enhanced core brands such as Captain Morgan Lime Bite, Smirnoff Dark Roasted Espresso, Cîroc Coconut and Ketel One Oranje, as well as new brands such as Wily Jack wine and Moon Mountain vodka. Performance of innovation was led by Crown Royal Black, Cîroc Red Berry and Smirnoff mixed drinks.

        Marketing spend increased by 7%. In the second half spend was up 23%, focused behind innovation and up-weighted investment on key spirits brands, such as Captain Morgan, Johnnie Walker, Smirnoff, Crown Royal and Cîroc.

        Diageo has worked with key accounts at national, regional and local levels to bring shopper and category insights to optimise sales of beverage alcohol in their stores. In addition, Diageo has developed and rolled out shopper-insight driven programmes behind Diageo's brands. These programmes capture the shoppers' attention in off trade stores and on trade restaurants, bars and clubs, meeting shoppers' needs at the point of purchase. Focus on the customer marketing agenda resulted in improved visibility for Diageo's brands in thousands of on and off trade accounts.

Canada    Performance in Canada declined with volume down 1% and net sales down 4%. Spirits volume was impacted by destocking in the first half but Captain Morgan and JeB grew in the full year. Net sales declined as consumers continued to trade down and there was a shift from spirits to beer and ready to drink. Beer volume increased 17% and net sales grew 15% due to the good performance of Harp and Red Stripe. Wine grew volume 27% and net sales 31% on the strong growth of Sterling Vineyards. Ready to drink volume declined 15% and net sales declined 18% due to competition in the ready to serve segment.

62


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

2010

Europe

Key highlights

Performance

Key measures
  2010   2009   Organic
movement
  Reported
movement
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  %
  %
 

Volume

          1   1  

Net sales

  2,759   2,750   (2 )  

Marketing spend

  412   429   (6 ) (4 )

Operating profit before exceptional items

  859   853   (1 ) 1  

Operating profit

  806   801       1  

Reported performance    Net sales increased by £9 million in the year ended 30 June 2010 to £2,759 million, from £2,750 million in the prior year. Reported operating profit before exceptional items increased by £6 million in the year ended 30 June 2010 to £859 million, from £853 million in the prior year. Operating profit increased by £5 million in the year ended 30 June 2010 to £806 million, from £801 million in the prior year.

Organic performance    The weighted average exchange rate used to translate euro sales and profit moved from £1 = €1.17 in the year ended 30 June 2009 to £1 = €1.13 in the year ended 30 June 2010. Exchange rate impacts increased net sales by £53 million, acquisitions and disposals increased net sales by £10 million and there was an organic decrease in net sales of £54 million. Exchange rate impacts increased operating profit before exceptional items by £11 million, acquisitions and disposals increased

63


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


operating profit before exceptional items by £1 million and there was an organic decrease in operating profit before exceptional items of £6 million.

Brand performance
  Organic
volume
movement
  Organic
net sales
movement
  Reported
volume
movement
  Reported
net sales
movement
 
 
  %
  %
  %
  %
 

Global priority brands

  (1 ) (3 ) (1 ) (2 )

Other brands

  5     5   3  

Total

  1   (2 ) 1    

Key brands*

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

Johnnie Walker

  (6 ) (4 ) (6 ) (2 )

Smirnoff

    (6 )   (5 )

Baileys

  3   (3 ) 3   (1 )

JeB

  (8 ) (10 ) (8 ) (6 )

Guinness

  (4 ) (2 ) (4 ) (1 )

Ready to drink

  (6 ) (2 ) (6 ) (1 )

*
Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

Great Britain    A strong performance was delivered in Great Britain with volume up 9% and net sales up 5%, driven by double-digit volume growth from spirits and wine. Solid share gains were achieved in spirits in the key off trade channel through a continued promotional strategy although key Diageo brands continued to sell at a price premium relative to their category. The on trade, in contrast, continued to decline in the low single digits although the rate of pub closures slowed. In this context, Guinness outperformed the beer category with broadly flat net sales through the success of the 'Bring It to Life' and '250th Celebration' campaigns. Baileys and Pimm's both performed well with good volume, net sales and share growth driven by the continued strength of Baileys Flavours and distribution gains of Pimm's supported by a national television campaign. Smirnoff Flavours continued to grow strongly and have been particularly successful in the off trade, where it is now the best selling flavoured vodka range. The negative price/mix of 4 percentage points in Great Britain was driven by the faster growth of the grocery channel with its competitive promotional environment.

Ireland    Diageo's volume and net sales declined 6% and 8% respectively in Ireland, primarily driven by the weakness of the key on trade channel, but with share gains in beer and spirits. Guinness net sales decreased 5% but grew share, especially in the key Republic of Ireland on trade channel, where it has shown over 30 months of consecutive share growth, driven partly by the success of the '250th Celebration' campaign. Harp and Smithwick's also grew share following the successful launch of Harp Ice Cold and the repositioning of Smithwick's brand. Carlsberg performed broadly in line with the market while Budweiser lost share.

Iberia    Difficult economic conditions continued to impact Iberia, with consumer driven sectors still experiencing weakness. The rate of decline of spirits slowed but the category remained adversely affected by consumers trading down to less expensive brands and categories and the shift towards at home consumption. The off trade continued to grow and is now approaching 40% of the total market, although the majority of this growth is being driven by own label brands at lower price points. Diageo's volume and net sales were down 5% and 7% respectively. Aggressive pricing and on trade decline led to negative price/mix. JeB was impacted by the fall in scotch consumption in the on trade channel in

64


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


Spain and volume decreased 12%. In contrast, Johnnie Walker continued to capitalise on its great brand momentum and increased volume, net sales and share. Similarly, cocktail innovation including Cacique Mojito performed well in the off trade.

Eastern Europe    Double-digit volume and net sales growth were delivered in Russia, reflecting the successful introduction of lower priced scotch brands into the market to appeal to value conscious consumers and maintain category participation. White Horse and Bell's captured this momentum, delivering strong volume and net sales growth. Captain Morgan also achieved good growth following the introduction of smaller sized bottles. In Eastern Europe, net sales declined as distributors and wholesalers continued to reduce their inventories and consumer demand remained weak. However, growth was achieved in certain countries on key brands, such as the double-digit net sales increase on Johnnie Walker Red Label in Poland and Bushmills in Bulgaria.

Other European markets    In Greece, net sales declined 4% for the year. Growth in the first half and the resilience of Diageo's scotch brands partly offset the decline in the second half as the government introduced tough austerity measures and excise taxes on alcohol were increased 87%. In Northern Europe, net sales and volume declined 1%, driven by the competitive pricing environment in Germany. Captain Morgan grew volume and net sales strongly following the recent focus on the brand.

Brands and activities    Johnnie Walker volume and net sales declined 6% and 4% respectively, driven by a weak performance in the first half in Eastern Europe and Russia. Price increases in Greece and the growth of Johnnie Walker Black Label in Spain, Greece and Turkey, led to 2 percentage points of positive price/mix. Similarly, Johnnie Walker Red Label showed a very strong performance in Spain and in Poland, gaining share and significantly growing volume and net sales.

        Smirnoff volume was flat and net sales were down 6%. This performance was driven by the sharp decline of the vodka category in Ireland and heightened competition in Poland, where local vodka brands returned to popularity during the economic downturn. Despite the difficult context, Smirnoff grew share in Ireland, driven by the on trade and extending its market leading position. In Great Britain, Smirnoff's largest European market, the brand lost share in the on trade but remained the best selling vodka and made strong share gains in the growing off trade.

        Baileys increased volume 3% with net sales down 3%. A strong performance in Great Britain, its largest European market, with volume and net sales up 17% and 5% respectively, was driven by the double-digit growth in the off trade and the rapid growth of Baileys Flavours. The marketing strategy focused on in-store activity to improve visibility during key selling periods, such as the joint display of Baileys Original and Baileys Flavours. This performance was offset by weak results in Germany and the decline of the liqueurs category in Eastern Europe.

        JeB remained in decline with volume and net sales down 8% and 10% respectively, following the continued weakness of the scotch category in Spain and the increased competition by local and own label whisky brands in this market.

        Guinness volume and net sales declined across the region by 4% and 2% respectively, mainly caused by the decline of the on trade. In Great Britain, Guinness outperformed the beer category with broadly flat net sales and achieved its highest ever share of the on trade at 8% through the success of the 'Bring it to Life' and '250th Celebration' campaigns. Share gains were also achieved in Ireland, led by the performance in the key Republic of Ireland on trade channel. Price/mix was positive mainly because of a price increase on Guinness Draught in Great Britain.

65


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

        The ready to drink segment remained weak with volume and net sales down 6% and 2% respectively, reflecting the continued decline of the segment across the region and more particularly in the on trade. Smirnoff Ice remained in decline in larger markets, where investment in the brand was focused on improving visibility in the off trade.

        Premix cans delivered strong growth in Great Britain with volume and net sales up 23% and 28% respectively, making spirits more accessible to the at home consumer. The successful launch of Smirnoff & Cola in February 2010, supported by television and in-store activity, expanded the range of premix variants to eight. Cacique Mojito in Spain had a strong start and the introduction of Smirnoff Cocktails in Great Britain strengthened Diageo's offering in the growing ready to serve segment.

        As consumer behaviours evolved in Europe, innovation remained a crucial performance driver with particular success in Great Britain, Spain and Russia. In Great Britain performance was driven by a full rollout on Baileys with a hint of Coffee, premix cans and Smirnoff flavoured vodka. The launch of Cacique Mojito ready to serve cocktails in Spain addressed the at home consumption trend. In Russia the launch of Bell's in the scotch value segment provided a lower priced alternative as consumers traded down from higher priced scotch brands.

        The reserve brands grew in Europe focused on Diageo's single malt scotch brands and good growth was achieved on the Classic Malts range in France, Italy and Great Britain. Talisker and The Singleton of Dufftown also performed well, however Cardhu was impacted by the decline of the brand's principal on trade channel in Spain. Zacapa benefited from distribution gains across the region and grew net sales 19%.

        Marketing spend was down 6% in response to the challenging trading conditions across the region and more particularly in Ireland, Iberia and Eastern Europe. It was increased selectively behind proven campaigns on key brands such as Captain Morgan in Northern Europe, the launch of new flavours of Smirnoff in Great Britain and Johnnie Walker in Russia. Media rate deflation in the largest markets led to the realisation of savings on Guinness and Baileys.

        Customer marketing initiatives were designed to ensure the right products are supplied, available and merchandised in the most effective manner in order to win at the point of purchase. The successful collaboration with key grocery customers continued with seasonal campaigns to increase sales at these key occasions.

2010

International

Key highlights

66


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

Performance

Key measures
  2010   2009   Organic
movement
  Reported
movement
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  %
  %
 

Volume

          8   9  

Net sales

  2,627   2,286   13   15  

Marketing spend

  302   259   13   17  

Operating profit before exceptional items

  771   649   25   19  

Operating profit

  766   627       22  

Reported performance    Net sales increased by £341 million in the year ended 30 June 2010 to £2,627 million, from £2,286 million in the prior year. Reported operating profit before exceptional items increased by £122 million in the year ended 30 June 2010 to £771 million, from £649 million in the prior year. Operating profit increased by £139 million in the year ended 30 June 2010 to £766 million, from £627 million in the prior year.

Organic performance    Exchange rate impacts increased net sales by £21 million, acquisitions and disposals increased net sales by £9 million and there was an organic increase in net sales of £311 million. Exchange rate impacts decreased operating profit before exceptional items by £27 million, acquisitions and disposals decreased operating profit before exceptional items by £6 million and there was an organic increase in operating profit before exceptional items of £155 million.

Brand performance
  Organic
volume
movement
  Organic
net sales
movement
  Reported
volume
movement
  Reported
net sales
movement
 
 
  %
  %
  %
  %
 

Global priority brands

  7   9   7   11  

Other brands

  9   19   10   19  

Total

  8   13   9   15  

Key brands*

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

Johnnie Walker

  22   17   22   26  

Smirnoff

  7   7   7   18  

Baileys

  1   2   1   8  

Buchanan's

  11   15   11   13  

Guinness

  (6 ) (1 ) (6 ) (8 )

Ready to drink

  (7 ) 7   (7 ) 10  

*
Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

Latin America and the Caribbean    Net sales grew 17% in Venezuela driven by price increases taken to reflect inflation and the weaker Bolivar/US dollar exchange rate. However, volume decreased 4% as the slowdown of the economy resulted in category declines within international spirits. This was especially true of the higher priced scotch segments where many consumers either switched into lower priced categories such as rum or locally produced vodka, or traded down within the category to standard variants. Within this environment, Diageo maintained its clear leadership position of both the scotch and rum categories.

67


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

        Volume grew 22% and net sales 15% in the Brazil hub, led by Johnnie Walker and Smirnoff which both grew share and extended their category leadership positions. Negative price/mix was a result of price reductions made in the second half of fiscal 2009. Marketing spend increased behind global brand campaigns such as Johnnie Walker 'Walk with Giants', category marketing programmes such as the Whisky Festival and activation behind Smirnoff, Cîroc and Ketel One vodka during the 2010 football World Cup.

        In Mexico, the strong performance of Johnnie Walker Red Label and Buchanan's Deluxe extended Diageo's position as the clear leader in scotch and led to volume growth of 25% and net sales growth of 31%. Price increases across the scotch range and the faster growth of deluxe variants resulted in 6 percentage points of positive price/mix. Marketing spend was significantly increased behind Johnnie Walker 'Keep Walking' and the 'Buchanan's Forever' platform.

Africa    Despite a challenging economic environment in South Africa, volume and net sales grew 1%. The scotch category was most affected by the reduction in consumer confidence, however Bell's remained the best selling scotch in the market and Diageo's scotch brands grew share. Smirnoff delivered a strong performance, with net sales up 8%. Trading has generally improved in the second half, with signs of trading up starting to appear, particularly in scotch. Sales of beer through the brandhouse joint venture performed very well and grew share. The strong performance in Nigeria continued with net sales up 23% and Diageo gained share of the beer category. Harp, in particular, performed strongly as distribution gains and increased media activity led to excellent net sales growth for the brand. Guinness net sales declined 1% as a weaker economy led many consumers to trade down to lower priced beers. Marketing activity on Guinness was stepped up significantly, primarily behind television advertising of 'The Scout' and activation around the sponsorship of the Nigerian football team, the 'Super Eagles', during the 2010 football World Cup.

        In the East Africa hub, comprising Kenya, Uganda and Tanzania, trading conditions significantly improved in the second half as the domestic economies showed signs of recovery. Diageo's performance steadily improved and the hub delivered flat volume and net sales growth of 10% for the full year. The positive price/mix was due to price increases coupled with the faster growth of the higher margin Guinness brand, which grew net sales 21%. Tusker in Kenya was another highlight, growing net sales 26%.

        Elsewhere in Africa, net sales grew 1% in both Cameroon and Ghana. In Cameroon, growth of Malta Guinness and the introduction of Pilsner lager in November 2009 drove performance. Ghana faced a difficult year as water shortages and power outages reduced production volume while a significant increase in excise duties in January negatively impacted consumer demand. Marketing spend behind Guinness in both Cameroon and Ghana increased significantly.

Global Travel and Middle East    GTME recovered well from the travel reduction in 2009, with volume growth of 15% and net sales growth of 19%. Marketing spend was increased significantly reflecting the important role of GTME as a brand and category building channel. A greater focus on priority customers, increased resources behind shopper understanding and a step-up in programmes to encourage consumers into stores all contributed to the success. The stand out brand performance was from Johnnie Walker, particularly Black Label where net sales grew 38%. The largest non-scotch brands, Baileys, Smirnoff, Captain Morgan and Tanqueray, also grew net sales. Innovation played a significant role in driving growth, especially the launch of Johnnie Walker Double Black and the sustained momentum of Johnnie Walker King George V and The Singleton single malt scotch.

68


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

Brands and activities    Johnnie Walker volume grew 22% and net sales 17% with the rebound in performance from last year evident across Red, Black and Blue Labels. Negative price/mix reflected the reinstatement of promotional activity on scotch in Global Travel and price reductions on Johnnie Walker Red Label in Brazil. Johnnie Walker Red Label responded well to the 'Adventure in a Glass' global marketing programme activated across Latin America while improved trading with customers supplying the duty free outlets on the United States/Mexico border also contributed to the improved growth levels. The majority of growth of Johnnie Walker Black and Blue Labels was driven by GTME where the 'Walking with Giants' campaign was activated in 30 airports in the second half.

        Volume and net sales of Smirnoff grew 7%, with the three largest markets of Brazil, South Africa and GTME all posting single-digit increases. In Brazil, a price increase partially offset the reduction taken in fiscal 2009, while strong marketing spend behind the Smirnoff 'Be There' campaign contributed to the brand returning to growth.

        Baileys net sales were up 2% across the region as good growth in the largest markets of GTME and Mexico of 7% and 10% respectively were partly offset by a slowdown in the Caribbean and Central America and an initial adverse impact due to a change of route to market for spirits in Nigeria.

        Buchanan's volume and net sales grew 11% and 15% respectively and marketing spend was increased ahead of net sales supporting the 'Buchanan's Forever' programme, which, in its third year, featured sold out concerts in Caracas, Bogota and Mexico City. Father's Day and Whisky Festival promotions across Latin America contributed to improved net sales momentum in the second half.

        Guinness volume declined 6% and net sales 1% as some consumers in Africa traded down to lower priced beers. In the largest markets of Nigeria, Cameroon and Ghana, the brand commands a price premium of upwards of 75% compared to mainstream lager brands. To support brand equity and this strong pricing position, marketing spend was significantly increased behind the '250th Celebration' in the first half and in strengthening the brand's association with football in the second half.

        Ready to drink net sales grew 7% led by the strong performance of Smirnoff ready to drink in Nigeria and Brazil. In South Africa, Smirnoff Ice volume declined as consumers traded into less expensive mainstream beer but the launch of premix versions of Captain Morgan and JeB helped grow ready to drink net sales 8% in that market.

        Marketing spend increased in line with net sales at 13% and was focused behind the largest categories and proven campaigns. By category, the majority of the additional spend was behind scotch as the 'Walk with Giants' marketing programme on Johnnie Walker was activated at scale in both Latin America and GTME. Guinness also received significantly more support in fiscal 2010. Marketing spend increased between 30% and 70% in the largest markets of Nigeria, Cameroon and East Africa.

        International was the largest contributor to Diageo's innovation net sales growth mainly due to new beer formats in Nigeria and Kenya and the introduction of super deluxe variants of scotch brands in the domestic markets of Latin America. The launch of premix cans in South Africa and Johnnie Walker Double Black in GTME both showed encouraging early results.

        Reserve brands recovered from a difficult year in fiscal 2009 to deliver 9% net sales growth. GTME performed strongly as increased visibility of Johnnie Walker Blue Label, especially in Asian airports, led to strong growth. Higher up the price range, successful launch events for The John Walker gave the brand visibility in some of the most sought after top tier outlets across the region and most importantly attracted high net worth consumers to the brand. In Mexico, a focused strategy of

69


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


expanding reserve brand distribution into high-end bars and increasing distribution in department stores led to a 44% increase in net sales.

        Reflecting the region's focus on improving customer collaboration and shopper understanding, a dedicated customer marketing function was established in all three hubs. In Latin America and the Caribbean, the 'Ease of Shop' programme was rolled out across 3,500 stores. The Whisky Festival, activated in many markets across the region, was a great example of activating a category platform at scale. In South Africa, strategic partnerships were developed with key customers and Diageo now holds category captaincy positions in its top ten national accounts. Elsewhere in Africa the sales focus was on developing the capabilities of distributor partners. In Global Travel, Diageo has shown leadership in bringing together suppliers, airport authorities and retailers to deliver exciting category events to consumers, both in and out of store.

2010

Asia Pacific

Key highlights

Performance

Key measures
  2010   2009   Organic
movement
  Reported
movement
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  %
  %
 

Volume

          2   2  

Net sales

  1,018   910   1   12  

Marketing spend

  233   208   3   12  

Operating profit before exceptional items

  176   159   6   11  

Operating profit

  146   124       18  

Reported performance    Net sales increased by £108 million in the year ended 30 June 2010 to £1,018 million, from £910 million in the prior year. Reported operating profit before exceptional items increased by £17 million in the year ended 30 June 2010 to £176 million, from £159 million in the prior

70


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


year. Operating profit increased by £22 million in the year ended 30 June 2010 to £146 million, from £124 million in the prior year.

Organic performance    Exchange rate impacts increased net sales by £101 million and there was an organic increase in net sales of £7 million. Exchange rate impacts increased operating profit before exceptional items by £14 million and there was an organic increase in operating profit before exceptional items of £10 million.

Brand performance
  Organic
volume
movement
  Organic
net sales
movement
  Reported
volume
movement
  Reported
net sales
movement
 
 
  %
  %
  %
  %
 

Global priority brands

  5   3   5   14  

Other brands

  (2 ) (2 ) (2 ) 10  

Total

  2   1   2   12  

Key brands*

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

Johnnie Walker

  14   2   14   10  

Smirnoff

  (5 ) (1 ) (5 ) 11  

Bundaberg rum

  (8 )   (8 ) 22  

Windsor

        9  

Guinness

  2   13   2   27  

Ready to drink

    (4 )   15  

*
Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

Australia    In Australia net sales declined 1% as a result of a 5% decline in ready to drink net sales. In spirits the performance was stronger. The 'Strides' marketing campaign drove share gains and the strong performance of Johnnie Walker Red Label, with net sales growth of 19%, offset weakness in Baileys which was impacted by imports of the brand from outside Australia. Smirnoff volume was down 4%, however moderate price increases delivered flat net sales in a category that has seen increased competition from own label. Bundaberg volume declined 8% as growth slowed in dark spirits and a price increase held net sales flat. Marketing spend increased 2% and investment focused on the Smirnoff range.

Korea    The contraction of scotch in Korea during the global economic downturn combined with consumers trading down, led to a decline in volume and net sales of 8% and 3% respectively. A double-digit increase in marketing spend was focused on Windsor and Johnnie Walker Black Label and delivered 4 percentage points of volume share gain in the scotch category. Price increases on both Windsor 12 year old and Windsor 17 year old delivered price/mix improvement.

South East Asia    South East Asia, which includes Vietnam, Malaysia and Indonesia, performed well, delivering double-digit volume and net sales growth. Negative price/mix was driven by the increase in the level of business done through third party distributors, which led to a reduction in net sales per case and some destocking of super deluxe brands. Johnnie Walker performed well, as a result of a 15% increase in marketing spend which focused on the 'Keep Walking' campaign and Grand Prix sponsorship, and drove both share gains and increased brand equity. Guinness posted strong performance and the brand's price premium drove strong price/mix backed by a significant increase in marketing spend behind the '250th Celebration' and sponsorship of World Series Pool in Indonesia.

71


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

Thailand    In Thailand volume grew 9% as Johnnie Walker Black Label and Smirnoff both delivered good growth. However, the key growth driver in the market was Benmore, which delivered double-digit volume and net sales growth, and as a result of improved brand health grew share in a declining category as the uncertain political and economic environment led to trading down. The strong growth of Benmore at a lower price point to Johnnie Walker drove negative price/mix and net sales grew 4% in Thailand.

China    The second half performance in China was very strong although the destocking of Dimple in the first half of the year impacted overall performance, with volume down 1% and net sales down 2% for the full year. Global priority brands grew in China and the strong performance of Johnnie Walker Black Label, delivered over 2 percentage points of share in a scotch category which had returned to growth. Smirnoff and Baileys also performed well, albeit from a smaller base, as brand equity improved. Both brands increased share in their respective categories and trade investment efficiencies delivered positive price/mix. Increased focus behind Windsor delivered strong growth in volume and net sales. A double-digit increase in marketing spend focused on Johnnie Walker and Windsor increased Diageo's share of voice in the scotch category by 4 percentage points.

India    The business in India was impacted by destocking in the first half following inappropriate shipments in the prior year. As a result both volume and net sales were down. Marketing spend as a percentage of net sales was also below last year as the business was rebased. Marketing spend was focused behind Johnnie Walker, Smirnoff and Vat 69 and investment behind sales capabilities accelerated. Price increases on Smirnoff and Vat 69 in the second half delivered price/mix improvement.

Rest of Asia    Elsewhere in Asia there was strong growth of The Singleton of Glen Ord in Taiwan. In Japan net sales were down, however margins improved as the distribution of premium brands moved to the joint venture with Kirin.

Brands and activities    Johnnie Walker volume grew 14%. Negative price/mix was a result of an increase of competitively priced promotions at Easter in Australia and increased sales through third party distributors in South East Asia and therefore net sales grew 2%. Marketing spend increased behind 'Keep Walking', Grand Prix sponsorship and gifting occasions in China and South East Asia and a major television campaign to drive the quality perception of the brand in Taiwan.

        Smirnoff volume declined 5% driven by destocking in India and an increase in the competitive landscape in Australia. A price increase in Australia combined with a strong performance in Thailand and China broadly offset the volume decline with net sales down 1%. Marketing spend was directed towards the 'Be There' campaign and innovation. However total spend was down 9% as increased investment in South East Asia and Australia was offset by spend efficiencies in China and a reduction in line with the destock in India.

        Bundaberg rum volume was down 8% due to a slowdown in the growth in dark spirits in the second half of the year, which led to more intense competition. A price increase held net sales for the year flat. Growth of Bundaberg Red mitigated some volume decline on the core brand.

        Windsor volume and net sales were flat as increased distribution in China offset the decline caused by scotch contraction in Korea. The brand maintained category leadership in Korea, supported by increased investment in the new 'Diamond Jubilee Club' campaign, and grew volume share in China, as new packaging of Windsor XR combined with focused brand building activity increased brand equity, supporting further distribution expansion.

72


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

        Guinness performed well and volume increased 2%. Price/mix improvement was driven by its premium price positioning in South East Asia and net sales grew 13%. Marketing spend increased by over a third to support the brand's '250th Celebration' activity, the new 'Rise Together' campaign and sponsorship of World Series Pool in South East Asia.

        Ready to drink volume was broadly flat as the performance of Smirnoff Cocktails and Johnnie Walker ready to drink offset a 3% decline in Bundaberg ready to drink in Australia. Price competition intensified between beer and ready to drink in Australia and net sales declined 4% in the region.

        Marketing spend grew 3%, primarily driven by increases in Korea, South East Asia and China. Investment increased behind the Johnnie Walker Grand Prix sponsorship and 'Keep Walking' campaigns and the Windsor 'Diamond Jubilee Club' programme, driving share gains in those markets. Marketing spend also increased behind Guinness, including the '250th Celebration', delivering a strong performance and share gains in Indonesia. In addition, investment increased behind Smirnoff innovation in South East Asia and Australia, whilst Baileys and JeB spend declined in the region.

        Innovation was focused on increasing the accessibility of spirits with Smirnoff Cocktails in Australia and Johnnie Walker gift packs in key scotch markets. Bundaberg Red continued to perform well in Australia, a year after launch.

        The performance of reserve brands in the region was mixed. The Singleton of Glen Ord in Taiwan delivered double-digit growth supported by television advertising, but this was more than offset by the destocking of super deluxe scotch in South East Asia and India.

        Fiscal 2010 was the inaugural year for customer marketing in Asia Pacific and a dedicated team was established across the region. The strong on trade bias in the region was the focus of this customer marketing activity with investments behind bar staff training across the region, an on trade solutions website in Australia which was used by about 75% of Diageo's on trade accounts, and a Smirnoff versatility tool, 'Smirnoff Tower' in China and India. In the Thai off trade, 'Ease of Shop' was introduced and delivered increased spend per basket for customers and brand uplift for Diageo in the accounts where the programme was implemented.


Trend information

The following comments were made by Paul Walsh, chief executive of Diageo, in Diageo's preliminary announcement on 25 August 2011:

        'Diageo is a strong business as these results show. Our leading brands and superior routes to market have delivered volume growth, positive price/mix, gross margin expansion and strong cash flow. We have strengthened the business, investing more behind our brands and in our routes to market and we have deepened our leading brand and market positions in the fastest growing markets of the world. In addition we have implemented changes to drive further operational efficiencies.

        This is a strong platform. It is the basis of our medium term outlook for average top line growth of 6%, operating margin improvement, with the first 200 basis points achieved in the next three years, and double digit eps growth. Diageo is not immune from a fragile global economy, however achievement of these aims would underpin even stronger dividend growth.'

73


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

Liquidity and capital resources

Cash flows and movement in net borrowings    A summary of the cash flow and reconciliation to movement in net borrowings for the three years ended 30 June 2011 is as follows:

 
  Year ended 30 June  
 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Operating profit after exceptional items

    2,595     2,574     2,418  

Depreciation and amortisation

    352     372     300  

Movements in working capital

    (112 )   334     (253 )

Dividend income from associates

    138     111     179  

Other items

    (94 )   (207 )   10  
               

Cash generated from operations

    2,879     3,184     2,654  

Net interest paid

    (311 )   (305 )   (415 )

Dividends paid to equity non controlling interests

    (112 )   (107 )   (98 )

Taxation paid

    (365 )   (474 )   (522 )
               

Net cash from operating activities

    2,091     2,298     1,619  

Net investment in property, plant and equipment and computer software

    (372 )   (231 )   (341 )

Net disposal/(purchase) of other investments

    1     (43 )   (24 )

Payment into escrow in respect of the Diageo UK Pension Scheme

            (50 )
               

Free cash flow

    1,720     2,024     1,204  

Net acquisition of businesses

    (83 )   (205 )   (101 )

Proceeds from issue of share capital

    1          

Net (purchase)/sale of own shares for share schemes

    (9 )   85     (38 )

Own shares repurchased

            (354 )

Net (decrease)/increase in loans

    (414 )   (422 )   256  

Equity dividends paid

    (973 )   (914 )   (870 )
               

Net increase in net cash and cash equivalents

    242     568     97  

Net decrease/(increase) in loans

    414     422     (256 )

Exchange differences

    (17 )   (429 )   (784 )

Borrowings acquired through purchase of businesses

    (22 )        

Other non-cash items

    (113 )   (96 )   (29 )
               

Decrease/(increase) in net borrowings

    504     465     (972 )

Net borrowings at the beginning of the year

    (6,954 )   (7,419 )   (6,447 )
               

Net borrowings at the end of the year

    (6,450 )   (6,954 )   (7,419 )
               

The primary source of the group's liquidity over the last three financial years has been cash generated from operations. These funds have generally been used to pay interest, taxes and dividends, and to fund capital expenditure, acquisitions and share repurchases.

Net cash from operating activities    Cash generated from operations decreased from £3,184 million in the year ended 30 June 2010 to £2,879 million in the year ended 30 June 2011. This decrease of £305 million is primarily due to a lower increase in payables in the year compared with the prior year. Cash generated from operations is after exceptional restructuring costs of £118 million. Other items include £119 million of cash contributions to post employment schemes in excess of the income

74


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


statement charge and gains on sale of property, included in operating profit, of £20 million partly offset by the fair value charge in respect of share-based incentive plans of £34 million. Net interest paid includes cash receipts of £71 million following the renegotiation of the terms of certain interest rate swaps. Tax payments in the year ended 30 June 2011 were lower than in the year ended 30 June 2010 primarily as a result of beneficial timing of settlement payments agreed with tax authorities.

        Cash generated from operations increased from £2,654 million in the year ended 30 June 2009 to £3,184 million in the year ended 30 June 2010. This increase of £530 million primarily arose from an increase of £156 million in operating profit, an increase of £587 million in cash flows from net movements in working capital, partly offset by a reduction of £63 million in the dividend received from Moët Hennessy. Cash generated from operations was after exceptional restructuring costs of £145 million (2009 – £53 million). The reduction in working capital of £334 million (2009 – increase of £253 million) was mainly achieved through initiatives to improve the collection of receivables and by agreeing new payment terms with certain suppliers. In the year ended 30 June 2010 inventories increased by £104 million (2009 – £236 million) principally in respect of maturing inventories to satisfy forecast demand. Other items included £114 million of cash contributions to post employment schemes in excess of the income statement charge (2009 – £68 million higher contributions) and gains on sale of property, included in operating profit, of £89 million (2009 – £6 million) partly offset by the fair value charge in respect of share-based incentive plans of £31 million (2009 – £31 million). Net interest payable in the year ended 30 June 2010 was £110 million lower than the year ended 30 June 2009 primarily due to lower interest rates on floating rate debt and the receipt of £113 million following the renegotiation of the terms of certain interest rate swaps. Tax payments in the years ended 30 June 2010 and 2009 included settlements agreed with tax authorities and paid over two years.

Net cash from investing activities    The purchase of tangible fixed assets and computer software increased from £374 million in the year ended 30 June 2010 to £419 million in the year ended 30 June 2011. The expenditure was incurred on a number of projects throughout the world with the largest projects in Global Supply in Scotland and North America. Additional expenditure was invested in returnable bottles in Nigeria and casks in Scotland. Property disposals decreased from £143 million in the year ended 30 June 2010 to £47 million in the year ended 30 June 2011. Property disposals in the year ended 30 June 2011 included the receipt of £22 million (2010 – £134 million) on the sale and leaseback of land and buildings located in Napa Valley, California and £15 million on sale of certain non-strategic wine businesses.

        In the year ended 30 June 2011 expenditure of £117 million arose in respect of business acquisitions. This included £34 million on the purchase of a controlling stake in Serengeti Breweries in Tanzania, £34 million on the purchase of an equity stake in Halico, an associate company in Vietnam, an additional equity investment of £18 million in DHN Drinks, an associate company in South Africa and transaction costs on a number of acquisitions including Quanxing (£11 million) and Mey Içki (£7 million).

        In the year ended 30 June 2010 the group spent £206 million on acquisitions of which £123 million was deposited with China's securities depositary and clearing agency, Shanghai branch in connection with a possible tender offer to the shareholders of Sichuan ShuiJingFang Co., Ltd., £25 million in respect of the purchase of a further equity stake in the London Group, the owner of the Nuvo brand, and an additional equity investment in DHN Drinks in South Africa.

        In the year ended 30 June 2009 the group spent £102 million on acquisitions of which £35 million was in respect of the remaining 25% equity stake in the company that owns the Smirnov brand in

75


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


Russia, £18 million in respect of additional equity stake in Sichuan Chengdu Quanxing Group Company Ltd. in China and £19 million on Sedibeng Brewery, an associate company in South Africa.

Free cash flow    Free cash flow decreased by £304 million to £1,720 million in the year ended 30 June 2011.

Cash flows from financing activities    Cash flows from financing activities included payments of £76 million (2010 – £5 million; 2009 – £77 million) to purchase treasury shares for the future settlement of obligations under the employee share option schemes partly offset by exercise consideration receipts from employees on the exercise of share options of £67 million (2010 – £90 million; 2009 – £39 million). In the year ended 30 June 2010 Diageo also sold treasury shares of £24 million to purchase call options for £24 million. There were no share repurchases under the share buy back programme in the year ended 30 June 2011 and 30 June 2010. In the year ended 30 June 2009 under the share buy back programme 38 million ordinary shares were purchased for cancellation for a total consideration of £354 million including expenses. Equity dividends increased from £914 million in the year ended 30 June 2010 to £973 million in the year ended 30 June 2011.

Capital structure and targeted credit rating    The group's management is committed to enhancing shareholder value in the long term, both by investing in the businesses and brands so as to improve the return on investment and by managing the capital structure. Diageo manages its capital structure to achieve capital efficiency, maximise flexibility and give the appropriate level of access to debt markets at attractive cost levels. This is achieved by targeting a range of ratios which are currently broadly consistent with an A band credit rating. Diageo would consider modifying these ratios in order to effect strategic initiatives within its stated goals, which could have an impact on its rating.

Capital repayments    The group regularly assesses its debt and equity capital levels against its stated policy for capital structure.

        Authorisation was given by shareholders on 14 October 2010 to purchase a maximum of 250,554,000 shares at a minimum price of 28101/108 pence and a maximum price of the higher of (a) 105% of the average of the middle market quotations for an ordinary share for the five preceding business days and (b) the higher of the price of the last independent trade and the highest current independent bid on the London Stock Exchange at the time the purchase is carried out. The expiration date for the programme is 19 October 2011.

Borrowings    The group's net borrowings and gross borrowings in the tables below are measured at amortised cost with the exception of borrowings designated in fair value hedge relationships, interest rate hedging instruments and foreign currency forwards and swaps. For borrowings designated in fair value hedge relationships, Diageo recognises a fair value adjustment for the risk being hedged in the

76


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


balance sheet, whereas interest rate hedging instruments and foreign currency forwards and swaps are measured at fair value. Net borrowings, reported on this basis, comprise the following:

 
  30 June  
 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Overdrafts

    (12 )   (55 )   (68 )

Other borrowings due within one year

    (1,435 )   (532 )   (822 )
               

Borrowings due within one year

    (1,447 )   (587 )   (890 )

Borrowings due between one and three years

    (2,441 )   (2,189 )   (1,537 )

Borrowings due between three and five years

    (1,741 )   (2,732 )   (2,747 )

Borrowings due after five years

    (2,566 )   (3,256 )   (3,401 )

Fair value of foreign currency forwards and swaps

    182     227     170  

Fair value of interest rate hedging instruments

    58     191     93  

Finance lease liabilities

    (79 )   (61 )   (21 )
               

Gross borrowings

    (8,034 )   (8,407 )   (8,333 )

Offset by: Cash and cash equivalents

    1,584     1,453     914  
               

Net borrowings

    (6,450 )   (6,954 )   (7,419 )
               

Based on average monthly net borrowings and interest charge, the effective interest rate for the year ended 30 June 2011 was 4.9% (2010 – 4.8%; 2009 – 6.2%). For this calculation, net borrowings exclude interest rate related fair value adjustments and the interest charge excludes finance charges unrelated to net borrowings, the forward element on derivative financial instruments and fair value adjustments to interest rate swaps and borrowings.

        Net borrowings designated in net investment hedge relationships amounted to £5,409 million as at 30 June 2011 (2010 – £5,451 million; 2009 – £5,266 million).

        The group's gross borrowings – including the impact of foreign currency forwards and swaps – are denominated in the following currencies:

 
  Total   US dollar   Sterling   Euro   Other  
 
  £ million
  %
  %
  %
  %
 

Gross borrowings

                               

2011

    (8,034 )   46     22     25     7  

2010

    (8,407 )   46     20     22     12  

2009

    (8,333 )   39     25     25     11  

Cash and cash equivalents are denominated in the following currencies:

 
  Total   US dollar   Sterling   Euro   Other  
 
  £ million
  %
  %
  %
  %
 

Cash and cash equivalents

                               

2011

    1,584     66     8     4     22  

2010

    1,453     58     5     8     29  

2009

    914     29     9     30     32  

In the year ended 30 June 2011, the group repaid a $500 million (£313 million) bond.

77


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

        In the year ended 30 June 2010, the group borrowed $500 million (£305 million) in the form of a bond that matures in January 2015 with a coupon of 3.25%. A $300 million (£184 million) medium term note and a $750 million (£493 million) bond were repaid. In addition, $696 million (£466 million) of outstanding 7.375% notes due in January 2014 were exchanged in May 2010 for $696 million (£466 million) of 4.828% notes due in July 2020 plus an aggregate cash payment to holders of $125 million (£84 million). The debt exchange did not represent a substantial modification of the term of the existing liability and was therefore not treated as an extinguishment of the original debt.

        In the year ended 30 June 2009, the group borrowed $1,500 million (£909 million) in the form of a bond that matures in January 2014 with a coupon of 7.375% and €1,000 million (£855 million) in the form of a bond that matures in December 2014 with a coupon of 6.625%. A €500 million (£427 million) medium term note, a $400 million (£242 million) medium term note and a $250 million (£152 million) medium term note were repaid.

        When derivative transactions are undertaken with bank counterparties, Diageo may, where appropriate, enter into certain agreements with such bank counterparties whereby the parties agree to post cash collateral for the benefit of the other if the net valuations of the derivatives are above a pre-determined threshold. At 30 June 2011, the collateral held under these agreements amounted to $84 million (£52 million) and €44 million (£39 million) (2010 – $80 million (£54 million) and €32 million (£26 million); 2009 – $84 million (£51 million)).

        The group had available undrawn committed bank facilities as follows:

 
  As at
30 June
2011
 
 
  £ million
 

Expiring within one year

    776  

Expiring between one and two years

    727  

Expiring after two years

    671  
       

    2,174  
       

Commitment fees are paid on the undrawn portion of these facilities. Borrowings under these facilities are at prevailing LIBOR rates (dependent on the period of drawdown) plus an agreed margin. These facilities can be used for general corporate purposes and, together with cash and cash equivalents, support the group's commercial paper programmes. There are no financial covenants on the group's short and long term borrowings. Certain of these borrowings contain cross default provisions and negative pledges. The committed bank facilities are subject to a single financial covenant, being a minimum interest cover ratio of two times (defined as the ratio of operating profit before exceptional items aggregated with share of associates' profits to net interest). They are also subject to pari passu ranking and negative pledge covenants.

        Any non-compliance with covenants underlying Diageo's financing arrangements could, if not waived, constitute an event of default with respect to any such arrangements, and any non-compliance with covenants may, in particular circumstances, lead to an acceleration of maturity on certain notes and the inability to access committed facilities. Diageo was in full compliance with its financial, pari passu ranking and negative pledge covenants throughout each of the periods presented.

78


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


Capital commitments

Diageo's subsidiary undertaking, EABL, of which Diageo owns 50.03%, has agreed to purchase SABMiller Africa BV's 20% equity stake in Kenya Breweries Limited (KBL) for cash consideration of the US dollar equivalent of 19.5 billion Kenyan shillings at completion (£136 million), subject to EABL disposing of its 20% equity stake in Tanzania Breweries Limited by way of a public offer.

        Other capital commitments not provided for at 30 June 2011 are estimated at £148 million (2010 – £112 million; 2009 – £202 million). Diageo management believes that it has sufficient funding for its working capital requirements.


Other contractual obligations

 
  Payments due by period  
 
  Less than
1 year
  1-3 years   3-5 years   More than
5 years
  Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

As at 30 June 2011

                               

Long term debt obligations

    1,337     2,404     1,696     2,512     7,949  

Interest obligations

    438     723     405     1,081     2,647  

Credit support obligations

    91                 91  

Operating leases

    104     158     106     354     722  

Finance leases

    12     23     15     76     126  

Deferred consideration payable

    4     21             25  

Purchase obligations

    869     570     77     3     1,519  

Provisions and other non-current payables

    144     112     51     138     445  
                       

    2,999     4,011     2,350     4,164     13,524  
                       

Long term debt obligations comprise the principal amount of borrowings (excluding foreign currency swaps) with an original maturity of greater than one year. Interest obligations comprise interest payable on these borrowings. Where interest payments are on a floating rate basis, rates of each cash flow until maturity of the instruments are calculated based on the forward yield curve at the last business day of the year ended 30 June 2011. Credit support obligations represent liabilities to counterparty banks in respect of cash received as collateral under credit support agreements. Purchase obligations include various long term purchase contracts entered into for the supply of certain raw materials, principally bulk whisky, grapes, cans and glass bottles. The contracts are used to guarantee supply of raw materials over the long term and to enable more accurate predictions of future costs. Provisions and other non-current payables exclude £10 million in respect of vacant properties and £1 million for onerous contracts, which are included in operating leases and purchase obligations, respectively.

        Potential income tax exposures included within corporate tax payable of £381 million and deferred tax liabilities are not included in the table above, as the ultimate timing of settlement cannot be reasonably estimated.

        Post employment benefit liabilities are also not included in the table above. The group makes service-based cash contributions to the UK Scheme which in the year ending 30 June 2012, are expected to be approximately £50 million. In addition, the company agreed a deficit funding plan with the trustee of the UK Scheme based on the trustee's actuarial valuation at 31 March 2009 which provided for annual payments of approximately £25 million to be made to the UK Scheme. The first payment was made in the year ended 30 June 2011. In 2024 the group will be required, dependent

79


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


upon the funding position of the UK Scheme at that time, to pay an amount expected to be no greater than the deficit at that time, up to a maximum £430 million in cash, to the UK Scheme. In addition, as part of this funding plan the company agreed to make conditional contributions into escrow of up to £338 million if an equivalent reduction in the deficit is not achieved over the 10 year term of the funding plan. Diageo also agreed a deficit funding arrangement with the trustee in respect of the Guinness Ireland Group Pension Scheme (the Irish Scheme).

        This deficit funding arrangement is expected to result in additional annual contributions to the Irish Scheme of approximately €21 million (£19 million) over a period of 18 years from 2010, and provides for additional cash contributions into escrow of up to €188 million (£169 million) if an equivalent reduction in the deficit is not achieved over the 18 year period. The first contribution was made in the year ended 30 June 2011. Annual contributions to the GrandMet Irish Pension Fund of €6 million (£5 million) were agreed with the Irish trustee for seven years in the year ended 30 June 2010. Contributions to other plans in the year ending 30 June 2012 are expected to be approximately £110 million.

        Capital commitments at 30 June 2011 are excluded from the table above.


Post balance sheet events

Since the year end the group has completed the purchase of 100% of the equity of Mey Içki, a 50% equity stake in Zacapa rum and an additional 4% equity stake in Quanxing. The aggregate consideration for these acquisitions amounted to £1.5 billion. As a result of the acquisition of Quanxing Diageo expects to make a mandatory tender offer to all the other shareholders of SuiJingFang. Were all the other shareholders of ShuiJingFang to accept the tender offer the amount payable would be £606 million.


Off-balance sheet arrangements

Neither Diageo plc nor any member of the Diageo group has any off-balance sheet financing arrangements that currently have or are reasonably likely to have a material future effect on the group's financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditure or capital resources.


Risk management

The group's funding, liquidity and exposure to foreign exchange and interest rate risks are managed by the group's treasury department. The treasury department uses a range of financial instruments to manage these underlying risks.

        Treasury operations are conducted within a framework of board approved policies and guidelines, which are recommended and subsequently monitored by the finance committee. This committee is described in the Corporate governance report. These policies and guidelines include benchmark exposure and/or hedge cover levels for key areas of treasury risk. The benchmarks, hedge cover and overall appropriateness of Diageo's risk management policies are reviewed by the board following, for example, significant business, strategic or accounting changes. The framework provides for limited defined levels of flexibility in execution to allow for the optimal application of the board-approved strategies. Transactions arising on the application of this flexibility may give rise to exposures different from the defined benchmark levels that are separately monitored on a daily basis using value at risk

80


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


analysis. These transactions are carried at fair value and gains or losses are taken to the income statement as they arise.

        The finance committee receives monthly reports on the activities of the treasury department, including any exposures different from the defined benchmarks.

Currency risk    The group publishes its consolidated financial statements in sterling and conducts business in many foreign currencies. As a result, it is subject to foreign currency exchange risk due to exchange rate movements, which affect the group's transactions and the translation of the results and underlying net assets of its foreign operations. To manage the foreign exchange risk the group's treasury department uses certain financial instruments. Where hedge accounting is applied, hedges are documented and tested for hedge effectiveness on an ongoing basis. Diageo expects hedges entered into to continue to be effective and therefore does not expect the impact of ineffectiveness on the consolidated income statement to be material.

Hedge of net investment in foreign operations    The group hedges a substantial portion of its exposure to fluctuations in the sterling value of its foreign operations by designating net borrowings held in foreign currencies and by using foreign currency spots, forwards, swaps and other financial derivatives. The board reviewed and approved a revised policy, applicable from 3 December 2010, to manage hedging of foreign exchange risk arising from net investment in foreign operations. The group's revised policy is, where a liquid foreign exchange market exists, to aim to hedge currency exposure on its net investment in foreign operations by using gross debt in foreign currencies and foreign currency spots, forwards, swaps and other financial derivatives within the following percentage bands: 80% to 100% for US dollars and euros and, at management's discretion, 0% to 100% for other currencies. The group's previous policy was to aim where a liquid foreign exchange market existed, to hedge currency exposure on its net investment in foreign operations by using net debt in foreign currencies and foreign currency spots, forwards, swaps and other financial derivatives and within the following percentage bands: 80% to 100% for US dollars and euros and 50% to 100% for other currencies. Exchange differences arising on the re-translation of foreign currency borrowings (including foreign currency forwards, swaps and other financial derivatives), to the extent that they are in an effective hedge relationship, are recognised in other comprehensive income to offset exchange differences on net investments in foreign operations. Exchange differences on foreign currency borrowings not in a hedge relationship and any ineffectiveness are taken to the income statement.

Transaction exposure hedging    The board reviewed the group's transactional foreign exchange risk management policy and approved a revised policy on 1 October 2010. The group's revised policy is to aim to hedge 18 months forecast transactional foreign exchange rate risk in the three major currency pairs (US dollar/sterling, euro/sterling and euro/US dollar), up to 100% with a target range of between 75% and 100% once the relevant annual plan has been approved. In addition, at management's discretion, the group may decide to hedge other currencies for up to 18 months. The group's previous policy was to aim, for currencies in which there was an active market, to hedge between 60% and 100% of forecast transactional foreign exchange rate risk, for up to a maximum of 21 months forward, using foreign currency forward contracts with coverage levels increasing nearer to the forecast transaction date. The effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedge is recognised in other comprehensive income and recycled into the income statement at the same time as the underlying hedged transaction affects the income statement. Any ineffectiveness is taken to the income statement.

Hedge of foreign currency debt    The group uses cross currency interest rate swaps to hedge the foreign currency risk associated with certain foreign currency denominated borrowings. The effective portion of

81


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


the gain or loss on the hedge is recognised in other comprehensive income and recycled into the income statement at the same time as the underlying hedged transaction affects the income statement. Any ineffectiveness is taken to the income statement.

Interest rate risk    The group has an exposure to interest rate risk, arising principally on changes in US dollar, euro and sterling interest rates. To manage interest rate risk, the group manages its proportion of fixed to floating rate borrowings within limits approved by the board, primarily through issuing fixed and floating rate borrowing and commercial paper, and by utilising interest rate derivatives. These practices aim to minimise the group's net finance charges with acceptable year on year volatility. To facilitate operational efficiency and effective hedge accounting, the group's policy is to maintain fixed rate borrowings within a band of 40% to 60% of forecast net borrowings. For these calculations, net borrowings exclude interest rate related fair value adjustments. A template approved by the board specifies different duration guidelines and fixed/floating amortisation periods (time taken for the fixed element of debt to reduce to zero) depending on different interest rate environments. The majority of Diageo's existing interest rate derivatives are designated as hedges and these hedges are expected to be effective. Fair value of these derivatives is recognised in the income statement, along with any changes in the relevant fair value of the underlying hedged asset or liability.

Commodity price risk    The group is exposed to commodity price risk. The group primarily uses long term purchase contracts to secure prices with suppliers to protect against volatility in commodity prices.

Credit risk    Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the group. Credit risk arises from cash balances (including bank deposits and cash and cash equivalents), derivative financial instruments and credit exposures to customers, including outstanding loans, trade and other receivables, financial guarantees and committed transactions. Credit risk is managed separately for financial and business related credit exposures.

Financial credit risk    Diageo aims to minimise its financial credit risk through the application of risk management policies approved and monitored by the board. Counterparties are limited to major banks and financial institutions and the policy restricts the exposure to any one counterparty by setting credit limits taking into account the credit quality of the counterparty. The group's policy is designed to ensure that individual counterparty limits are adhered to and that there are no significant concentrations of credit risk. The board also defines the types of financial instruments which may be transacted. Financial instruments are primarily transacted with major international financial institutions with a long term credit rating within the A band or better. The credit risk arising through the use of financial instruments for interest rate and currency risk management is estimated with reference to the fair value of contracts with a positive value, rather than the notional amount of the instruments themselves.

        When derivative transactions are undertaken with bank counterparties, Diageo may, where appropriate, enter into certain agreements with such bank counterparties whereby the parties agree to post cash collateral for the benefit of the other if the net valuations of the derivatives are above a pre-determined threshold.

        Diageo annually reviews the credit limits applied and regularly monitors the counterparties' credit quality reflecting market credit conditions.

Business related credit risk    Trade and other receivables exposures are managed locally in the operating units where they arise and credit limits are set as deemed appropriate for the customer.

82


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


There is no concentration of credit risk with respect to trade and other receivables as the group has a large number of customers which are internationally dispersed.

Liquidity risk    Liquidity risk is the risk that Diageo may encounter in meeting its obligations associated with financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or other financial assets. The group's policy with regard to the expected maturity profile of borrowings is to limit the amount of such borrowings maturing within 12 months to 50% of gross borrowings less money market demand deposits, and the level of commercial paper to 30% of gross borrowings less money market demand deposits. In addition, it is group policy to maintain backstop facility terms from relationship banks to support commercial paper obligations.

Insurance    The group purchases insurance for commercial or, where required, for legal or contractual reasons. In addition, the group retains insurable risk where external insurance is not considered an economic means of mitigating these risks.


Critical accounting policies

This section on critical accounting policies forms part of the audited financial statements.

        The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS. Diageo's accounting policies are set out in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. In applying these policies, the directors are required to make estimates and subjective judgements that may affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date and reported profit for the year. The directors base these on a combination of past experience and any other evidence that is relevant to the particular circumstance. The actual outcome could differ from those estimates. Of Diageo's accounting policies, the directors consider that policies in relation to the following areas are particularly subject to estimates and the exercise of judgement.

Brands, goodwill and other intangibles    Acquired intangible assets are held on the consolidated balance sheet at cost. Where these assets are regarded as having indefinite useful economic lives, they are not amortised. Assessment of the useful economic life of an asset, or that an asset has an indefinite life, requires management judgement.

        Impairment reviews are carried out to ensure that intangible assets, including brands, are not carried at above their recoverable amounts. In particular, the group performs a discounted cash flow analysis at least annually to compare discounted estimated future operating cash flows to the net carrying value of each acquired brand. The analysis is based on forecast cash flows with terminal values being calculated using the long term growth rate (the real GDP growth rate of the country plus its inflation rate) of the principal markets in which the majority of the profits of each brand are or will be generated. The estimated cash flows are discounted at the group's weighted average cost of capital in the relevant country.

        In assessing whether goodwill is carried at above its recoverable amount, a discounted cash flow analysis is performed annually to compare the discounted estimated future operating cash flows of cash generating units of the group to the net assets attributable to the cash generating units including goodwill. The discounted cash flow review for goodwill is consistent with the brand review in its use of estimated future operating cash flows, weighted average cost of capital for the cash generating unit concerned and long term growth rates.

        The tests are dependent on management's estimates and judgements, in particular in relation to the forecasting of future cash flows, the discount rates applied to those cash flows and the expected

83


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


long term growth rates. Such estimates and judgements are subject to change as a result of changing economic conditions. Management attempts to make the most appropriate estimates, but actual cash flows and rates may be different.

        For some intangible assets, there is limited headroom as the recoverable amount has been affected by the slowdown in the worldwide economy. In the year ended 30 June 2011 there was an impairment loss of £39 million in respect of the Ursus brand (2010 – £35 million). One of the principal markets for Ursus is Greece where the economy has continued to suffer a significant downturn and shows no signs of recovery.

        For the Bushmills Irish whiskey and the Cacique rum a negative change in the assumptions used to calculate the recoverable amount would result in an impairment charge. For the Bushmills brand a 1 percentage point increase in the discount rate and a 1 percentage point decrease in the long term growth rate would result in an impairment charge of £6 million and £2 million, respectively. For the Cacique brand a 1 percentage point increase in the discount rate, a 1 percentage point decrease in the long term growth rate or a 5% decrease in forecast annual cash flows would result in an impairment charge of £4 million, £16 million and £28 million, respectively.

Post employment benefits    Diageo accounts for post employment benefits in accordance with IAS 19 – Employee benefits. Application of IAS 19 requires the exercise of judgement in relation to various assumptions including future pay rises in excess of inflation, employee and pensioner demographics and the future expected returns on assets.

        Diageo determines the assumptions to be adopted in discussion with its actuaries, and believes these assumptions to be in line with UK practice generally, but the application of different assumptions could have a significant effect on the amounts reflected in the income statement, other comprehensive income and balance sheet in respect of post employment benefits. The assumptions vary among the countries in which the group operates, and there may be an interdependency between some of the assumptions. The major assumptions used by the group for the three years ended 30 June 2011 are set out in note 4 to the consolidated financial statements. It would be impracticable to give the impact of the effect of changes in all of the assumptions used to calculate the post employment charges in the income statement, other comprehensive income and balance sheet, but the following disclosures are provided to assist the reader in assessing the impact of changes in the more critical assumptions.

        The finance income and charges included in the income statement for post employment benefits are partly calculated by assuming an estimated rate of return on the assets held by the post employment plans. For the year ended 30 June 2011, this was based on the assumption that equities would outperform fixed interest government bonds by four percentage points. A one percentage point increase in the expected return on plan assets would have increased profit before taxation by approximately £56 million.

        The rates used to discount the liabilities of the post employment plans are determined by using rates of return on high quality corporate bonds of appropriate currency and term. A half a percentage point increase in the discount rate assumption used to determine the income statement charge in the year ended 30 June 2011 would have increased profit before taxation by approximately £4 million. A half a percentage point increase in the discount rate assumption used to determine the post employment liability at 30 June 2011 would have decreased the liabilities before tax by £451 million.

        The net liability for post employment benefits is partly determined by the fair value at the end of the year of the assets owned by the post employment plans. A 10% movement in worldwide equity

84


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


values would increase/decrease the net post employment liability before tax at 30 June 2011 by approximately £250 million.

        The mortality assumptions used in the UK plan were reassessed in the year ended 30 June 2011 allowing for future improvements in life expectancy. For example, it is assumed that members who retire in 2031 at age 65 will live on average for a further 23 years if they are male and for a further 25 years if they are female. If assumed life expectancies had been one year greater, the charge to profit before taxation would have increased by approximately £14 million and the net post employment liability before tax would have increased by £219 million.

Exceptional items    These are items which, in management's judgement, need to be disclosed by virtue of their size or incidence in order for the user to obtain a proper understanding of the financial information. The determination of which items are separately disclosed as exceptional items requires a significant degree of judgement.

Taxation    The group is required to estimate the corporate tax in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. This requires an estimation of the current tax liability together with an assessment of the temporary differences which arise as a consequence of different accounting and tax treatments. These temporary differences result in deferred tax assets or liabilities which are included within the balance sheet. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated on the basis of taxation substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. Deferred tax assets are not recognised where it is more likely than not that the asset will not be realised in the future. This evaluation requires judgements to be made including the forecast of future taxable income.

        Tax benefits are not recognised unless it is probable that the tax positions are sustainable. Once considered to be probable, management reviews each material tax benefit to assess whether a provision should be taken against full recognition of the benefit on the basis of potential settlement through negotiation and/or litigation.

        The group operates in many countries in the world and is subject to many tax jurisdictions and rules. As a consequence the group is subject to tax audits, which by their nature are often complex and can require several years to conclude. Management judgement is required to determine the total provision for income tax. Amounts accrued are based on management's interpretation of country specific tax law and the likelihood of settlement. However the actual tax liabilities could differ from the provision and in such event the group would be required to make an adjustment in a subsequent period which could have a material impact on the group's profit and loss and/or cash position.


New accounting standards

During the year a number of IFRS standards and interpretations have been issued by the IASB or IFRIC. Those that are of relevance to the group are discussed in note 1 to the consolidated financial statements.

85


Table of Contents


Board of directors and company secretary

Dr Franz B Humer    Chairman, Non-executive director3*, Swiss/Austrian (65)

        Appointed chairman of Diageo plc in July 2008, having been a non-executive director since April 2005. He is also chairman of F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ltd in Switzerland and chairman of INSEAD's board of directors. He was formerly chief operating director of Glaxo Holdings plc and has held a number of other non-executive directorships.

Paul S Walsh    Chief executive officer, executive director2*, British (56)

        Appointed chief executive of Diageo plc in September 2000. He has served in a number of management roles since joining GrandMet's brewing division in 1982, including chief executive officer of The Pillsbury Company. He was appointed to the GrandMet board in October 1995 and to the Diageo plc board in December 1997. He is lead non-executive and deputy chair of the board of the Department of Energy and Climate Change, a non-executive director of Unilever PLC and a non-executive director of FedEx Corporation in the United States. He is also a member of the Business Advisory Group and chairman of the Scotch Whisky Association.

Deirdre Mahlan    Chief financial officer, executive director2, American (49)

        Appointed chief financial officer and a director of Diageo plc in October 2010, prior to which she was deputy chief financial officer, Diageo plc, and before that head of tax and treasury. She joined the company in 2001, having held various senior finance positions in Joseph E Seagram & Sons Inc since 1992, having formerly been a senior manager with Pricewaterhouse. She is also a member of the Main Committee of the 100 Group of Finance Directors.

Lord Hollick of Notting Hill    Senior non-executive director1,3,4*, British (66)

        Appointed a non-executive director of Diageo plc in December 2001 and senior non-executive director and chairman of the remuneration committee in September 2004. He is a member of the supervisory boards of ProSiebenSat.1 Media AG and BMG Music Rights GmbH, both in Germany, a non-executive director of Honeywell International Inc in the United States, a partner of GP Bullhound and a founding trustee of the Institute of Public Policy Research. He was formerly chief executive of United Business Media plc, a partner of KKR and has held a number of other non-executive directorships. Lord Hollick will retire as a director of Diageo plc immediately after the AGM.

Peggy B Bruzelius    Non-executive director1,3,4, Swedish (61)

        Appointed a non-executive director of Diageo plc in April 2009. She is chairman of Lancelot Asset Management and vice chairman of Electrolux AB, both in Sweden, and sits on the boards of Akzo Nobel NV in the Netherlands, Syngenta AG in Switzerland and Axfood AB and Husqvarna AB in Sweden. She was formerly managing director of ABB Financial Services AB and headed the asset management arm of Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB. She was also a non-executive director of Scania AB.

Laurence M Danon    Non-executive director1,3,4, French (55)

        Appointed a non-executive director of Diageo plc in January 2006. She is chairman of the executive board of Edmond de Rothschild Corporate Finance and a non-executive director of Groupe BPCE, Rhodia SA and TF1, all in France. Formerly she served with the French Ministry of Industry and Energy, held a number of senior management posts with Total Fina Elf and was chairman and chief executive officer of France Printemps. She was also a non-executive director of Experian Group Limited.

86


Table of Contents


Board of directors and company secretary (continued)

Lord Davies of Abersoch    Non-executive director1,3,4, British (58)

        Appointed a non-executive director of Diageo plc in September 2010. Lord Davies is a partner of Corsair Capital, non-executive chairman of Pinebridge Investments Limited, a non-executive director of Bharti Airtel Limited and chair of the advisory board of Moelis & Co. He is also a trustee of the Royal Academy of Arts and chair of the Council, University of Wales Bangor. Previously he was Minister for Trade, Investment and Small Business for the UK Government between January 2009 and May 2010. Prior to this role, Lord Davies was Chairman of Standard Chartered PLC.

Betsy D Holden    Non-executive director1,3,4, American (55)

        Appointed a non-executive director of Diageo plc in September 2009. She is a senior adviser to McKinsey & Company and holds non-executive directorships of MediaBank LLC, Tribune Company and Western Union Company, all in the United States. She is a member of the board of trustees at Duke University and a member of the Dean's advisory board at the Kellogg School of Management. She was formerly president, global marketing and category development and co-chief executive officer of Kraft Foods, Inc.

Philip G Scott    Non-executive director1*,3,4, British (57)

        Appointed a non-executive director of Diageo plc and chairman of the Audit Committee in October 2007. He is the president elect of the Council of the Institute and Faculty of Actuaries and is a non-executive director of the Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc. He was previously chief financial officer of Aviva plc.

H Todd Stitzer    Non-executive director1,3,4, American (59)

        Appointed a non-executive director of Diageo plc in June 2004. He is a non-executive director of Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company. He is also a member of the advisory board of Hamlin Capital Management, LLC, a New York based investment advisory firm, and a member of the advisory committee of Virgin Group Holdings Limited. He was previously chief executive of Cadbury plc.

Paul A Walker    Non-executive director1,3,4, British (54)

        Appointed a non-executive director of Diageo plc in June 2002. He is a non-executive director of Experian plc and chairman of The Perform Group Limited. During the year he stepped down as chief executive of The Sage Group plc. Paul Walker will retire as a director of Diageo plc immediately after the AGM.

Paul D Tunnacliffe    Company secretary, British (49)

        Appointed company secretary of Diageo plc in January 2008. He was formerly company secretary of Hanson PLC.


Key to committees:


1

 

Audit
2   Executive (comprising senior management)
3   Nomination
4   Remuneration
*   Chairman of committee

87


Table of Contents


Executive committee

Nicholas (Nick) Blazquez    President, Diageo Africa2, British (50)

        Appointed president, having been managing director, Diageo Africa since August 2004, prior to which he was managing director, Diageo Asia Key Markets. He held various managerial positions in United Distillers between 1989 and 1998.

Andrew (Andy) Fennell    Chief marketing officer2, British (44)

        Appointed chief marketing officer of Diageo plc in September 2008. He held a number of marketing roles in the UK and internationally with Guinness and Diageo, prior to which he worked in various sales and marketing roles with Britvic and Bass plc.

Gilbert Ghostine    President, Diageo Asia Pacific2, Lebanese (51)

        Appointed president, Diageo Asia Pacific in July 2009, having previously been managing director, Diageo Continental Europe, since July 2006. He was formerly managing director, Northern Europe, and president, US major markets and held various senior managerial positions in Africa, Asia, Europe and the United States, having joined International Distillers & Vintners in 1995.

David Gosnell    President, Global Supply and Global Procurement2, British (54)

        Appointed president, having been managing director, Global Supply and Global Procurement, Diageo plc since July 2003. He joined Diageo in 1998 as European supply director, then headed up Guinness & European RTD supply, prior to which he spent 20 years in various roles with Heinz. He was previously a non-executive director of Brambles plc.

James (Jim) Grover    Global Business Support director2, British (53)

        Appointed Global Business Support director in February 2004, having been strategy director since December 1997. Formerly he held a number of senior strategy positions in GrandMet and worked as a management consultant with Booz-Allen & Hamilton Inc and OC&C Strategy Consultants.

Ivan Menezes    President, Diageo North America, chairman, Diageo Asia Pacific, chairman, Latin America and Caribbean2, American (52)

        Appointed president, North America, in January 2004, having been chief operating officer, North America since July 2002. He was appointed chairman, Diageo Asia Pacific in October 2008 and chairman, Diageo Latin America and Caribbean in July 2011. Formerly he held various senior management positions with Guinness and then Diageo and worked across a variety of sales, marketing and strategy roles with Nestlé in Asia, Booz-Allen & Hamilton Inc in North America and Whirlpool in Europe. He is also a non-executive director of Coach Inc., in the USA.

John (Randy) Millian    President, Diageo Latin America and Caribbean2, American (58)

        Appointed president, having been managing director, Diageo Latin America and Caribbean since 2005, having joined United Distillers & Vintners Brazil in 1995 as its managing director. Prior to joining Diageo, he held senior management positions with American Express, Schering-Plough, Personal Care Group USA and Pepsi in a number of territories, including Latin America, Europe, Asia and the USA.


Key to committees:

2
Executive (comprising senior management)

88


Table of Contents


Executive committee (continued)

Andrew Morgan    President, Diageo Europe2, British (55)

        Appointed president, Diageo Europe in October 2004, having been president, Venture Markets since July 2002. He joined United Distillers in 1987 and held various senior management positions with Guinness and then Diageo, including group chief information officer and president, New Business Ventures for Guinness United Distillers & Vintners and director, global strategy and innovation for United Distillers & Vintners.

Timothy (Tim) Proctor    General counsel2, American/British (61)

        Appointed general counsel of Diageo plc in January 2000. Formerly he was director, worldwide human resources of Glaxo Wellcome and senior vice president, human resources, general counsel and secretary for Glaxo's US operating company. He has over 25 years' international legal experience, including thirteen years with Merck and six years with Glaxo Wellcome.

Larry Schwartz    President, Diageo USA2, American (58)

        Appointed president, Diageo USA in September 2008, prior to which he was president, Diageo North America key market hub, and president of Diageo's US spirits business. He joined the company in 2001, as president of Joseph E Seagram & Sons Inc, having held a variety of senior management positions with Seagram.

Gareth Williams    Human Resources director2, British (58)

        Appointed human resources director in January 1999. Formerly he held a number of senior personnel management positions with GrandMet and then United Distillers & Vintners and spent ten years with Ford of Britain in a number of personnel and employee relations positions.

Ian Wright    Corporate Relations director2, British (53)

        Appointed corporate relations director of Diageo plc in July 2004, having previously held positions with a number of public relations consultancies and The Boots Company.

Stuart Fletcher, formerly president, Diageo International, encompassing the Africa, Latin America and Caribbean and GTME hubs, ceased to be an Executive Committee member on 30 June 2011, following an operating model review which made Africa and Latin America and Caribbean autonomous regions.

Ron Anderson, formerly chief customer officer, also ceased to be an Executive Committee member on 30 June 2011.

        Stuart and Ron both decided that this is the right moment for them to leave Diageo but stayed with the business into the first half of the new financial year to support the transition to the new operating model.


Key to committees:


2

 

Executive (comprising senior management)

89


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report

Dear Shareholder

I am pleased to present the Directors' remuneration report for the year ended 30 June 2011 and highlight some of the key work of the remuneration committee during the financial year.

        We are committed to aligning executive remuneration with the creation of long term shareholder value. We believe that the majority of remuneration should be performance-related. We look carefully at risk management in an effort to safeguard the company's and shareholders' long-term interests. We regularly assess executive remuneration arrangements against these objectives. During financial year 2011, we addressed three main issues:

        The remuneration committee also reviewed base salaries for executives and senior management taking into account comparable companies, individual performance, and pay and employment conditions elsewhere in the company and concluded that it was appropriate to make modest increases following a pay freeze in the preceding fiscal year.

        The company's financial performance during financial year 2011, as reported in the 'Business review', has delivered sustained positive results in terms of volume growth, price/mix, gross margin expansion and cash flow and has resulted in performance ahead of target for the short term incentive plan measures. The remuneration committee is, therefore, satisfied that the financial year 2011 annual bonus outcomes for the executive directors described in the 'Remuneration summary' appropriately reflect these results and the value delivered for shareholders. Meanwhile, the performance shares that were due to vest in September 2010 lapsed in full upon failing the required TSR performance condition, and the awards due to vest in October 2011 will similarly lapse. This in part reflects the ongoing impact of recent currency volatility on the outcome for TSR measured in a common currency of US dollars (on a local currency basis returns for shareholder were above median against this group). By comparison, the company's consistent and strong TSR performance relative to the FTSE 100 can be seen in the performance graph on page 116. SESOP options for the corresponding periods vested in full in September 2010 upon exceeding the maximum adjusted EPS performance condition relative to the retail price index, while options will partially vest in October 2011 upon achieving compound

90


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)


annual growth in adjusted EPS of 7.6%, equivalent to a total of 24.5% growth over three years. The remuneration committee believes this level of return is appropriate given Diageo's ongoing delivery of growth while facing the challenges and opportunities characterised by the mixed performance of the global economy.

        The following report provides further details about the reviews undertaken during the year ended 30 June 2011 and the reward outcomes for performance in that financial year.

        The remuneration committee has enjoyed full and constructive dialogue with shareholders during the financial year, the outputs of which have positively influenced the committee's approach to the review of the PSP.

        We look forward to receiving your support at the AGM in October 2011.


Lord Hollick of Notting Hill

Independent non-executive director and chairman of the remuneration committee


Remuneration summary for the year ended 30 June 2011

Base salary

With effect from 1 October 2010, the base salary for the chief executive officer was increased by 2% to £1,178,100. Prior to this, the last salary increase for the chief executive was in October 2008. The chief financial officer was appointed to the board on 1 October 2010 on a base salary of £575,000. She has not received a salary increase since her appointment.


Summary of salary reviews for executive directors

Percentage increase in year ended 30 June
  2011   2010  

D Mahlan (appointed 1 October 2010)

    0 %    

NC Rose (retired from the board on 14 October 2010)

    0 %   0 %

PS Walsh

    2 %   0 %

Annual incentive plan    In the year ended 30 June 2011, 80% of the short term incentive plan for executive directors was based on stretching financial performance targets for net sales, profit and free cash flow measures, and 20% on individual business objectives related to the delivery of ambitious strategic and operational targets. Net sales performance was ahead of target, while performance for profit before exceptional items and tax was strongly ahead of target, and the company again delivered strong free cash flow results, substantially exceeding target. The remuneration committee also assessed performance against the individual business objectives and concluded that there had been above target performance against the operational and strategic goals set. The remuneration committee determined that awards under the annual incentive plan equivalent to 160% of salary as at 30 June 2011 for the chief executive and chief financial officer were appropriate given the performance delivered in the year. The award for the former chief financial officer was pro-rated to reflect service during the year and was equivalent to 77% of salary at retirement.

91


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)


Summary of short term incentive awards as a percentage of base salary for executive directors

Percentage award earned for year ended 30 June
  2011   2010  

D Mahlan (appointed 1 October 2010)

    160 %    

NC Rose (retired from the board on 14 October 2010)

    77 %   173 %

PS Walsh

    160 %   171 %

Long term incentive plans    During the year ended 30 June 2011, the executive directors received option grants and were awarded performance shares in the range of 300% to 375% of their salaries. No award was made to NC Rose in light of his retirement. The vesting of these awards is subject to the achievement of stretching relative and absolute performance conditions over a three-year period.

        The performance shares awarded in 2007 failed the required performance condition with Diageo's total shareholder return (TSR) ranking below the median of the TSR peer group of 14 other companies when measured on a common currency basis (increased to 15 other companies from 2008 onwards with the addition to the peer group of Kraft Foods). Consequently, the award lapsed in full in September 2010. In addition, the TSR target for awards granted in October 2008 was not met and these awards are due to lapse in October 2011.

        Share options granted in 2007 vested in full in September 2010 upon exceeding the required performance condition of adjusted EPS growth of RPI plus 15 percentage points. For share options granted in 2008, the adjusted measure exceeded target at threshold and the options will partially vest in October 2011.


Summary of long term incentive awards vesting for executive directors

Percentage vesting in year ended 30 June
  2011   2010  

Performance shares

    0 %   0 %

Share options

    100 %   100 %

Shareholding requirements    The executive directors are required to hold a minimum shareholding in order to participate fully in the long term incentive plans. The status of that requirement as at 30 June 2011 for D Mahlan and PS Walsh is shown below. Under the company's shareholding requirement policy, D Mahlan has five years in which to build up her shareholding to meet and maintain her new requirement.

 
  D Mahlan   PS Walsh  

Value of shareholdings (£000)

    984     7,841  

Minimum shareholding requirement as % of salary

    250 %   300 %

Actual shareholding as % of salary

    228 %   669 %

This information is based on the share interests disclosed in the table 'Share and other interests' in this report, base salary earned in the year ended 30 June 2011, and an average share price for the same period of 1175 pence.

Pensions    During the year, the executive directors, PS Walsh and NC Rose, participated in the UK Diageo Pension Scheme ('the UK Scheme'), which is a final salary pension scheme. With effect from 31 December 2010, NC Rose took early retirement from the company at the age of 53; his pension benefit was subject to actuarial reduction in line with the rules of the UK Scheme and was not

92


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)


augmented. Following the change to pension tax relief legislation, Mr Walsh opted out of future pension accrual as at 31 March 2011 and began to draw his pension on reaching age 56 (May 2011). This is in accordance with the company's general policy of 'flexible pension access' whereby an individual, over the age of 55, may request to draw his retirement benefits whilst continuing in employment. All impacted individuals have this option. Mr Walsh's pension benefit was subject to actuarial reduction in line with the rules of the UK Scheme and was not augmented. Savings in the future service pension cost, as a result of no longer providing Mr Walsh with any further pension provision or supplement in lieu of pension, will more than offset the cost of giving him 'flexible pension access'. No cash supplement will be payable and no other element of remuneration will be increased in lieu of further pension accrual.

        At 30 June 2011, NC Rose was receiving an annual pension of £334,000 and PS Walsh was receiving an annual pension of £558,000.

        D Mahlan does not participate in the UK scheme but instead receives a cash supplement of 40% of base pay in lieu of pension provision.

        In the event of death whilst in employment, a lump sum of four times base salary will be paid to the beneficiaries of the executive directors.

Chairman and non-executive directors' remuneration for the year ended 30 June 2011    During the year, the annual fee payable to the chairman was increased to £500,000 per annum (a 25% increase). This is the first increase to have been applied to the chairman's fee since his appointment in July 2008. The remuneration committee reviewed the chairman's fee in the context of market practice, time commitment and the chairman's level of experience and performance, and determined that this increase was appropriate. The next review of fees is anticipated to take place in December 2012 with any changes expected to take effect on 1 January 2013.

        During the year, the base fee for non-executive directors was increased by 4% to £78,000 per annum. No increase was applied to fees for the committee chairmen or senior independent director. The next review of fees is anticipated to take place in December 2011 with any changes expected to take effect on 1 January 2012.


Governance

The remuneration committee    The committee's principal responsibilities are:

        The remuneration committee consists of Diageo's non-executive directors, all of whom are independent pursuant to the UK Corporate Governance Code: PB Bruzelius, LM Danon, Lord Davies (appointed 1 October 2010), BD Holden, Lord Hollick, PG Scott, HT Stitzer and PA Walker. Lord

93


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)


Hollick is chairman of the remuneration committee. The chairman of the board and the chief executive may, by invitation, attend remuneration committee meetings except when their own remuneration is discussed.

        The remuneration committee met seven times during the year to consider, and approve, amongst other things:

        Further information on meetings held and director attendance is disclosed in the corporate governance report. The remuneration committee's terms of reference are available at www.diageo.com and on request from the company secretary.

Advice    During the year ended 30 June 2011, the remuneration committee appointed the following independent consultants:

        Additional remuneration survey data published by Aon Hewitt Associates, Towers Watson, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and Equilar were presented to the remuneration committee during the year.

        Diageo's human resources director and director of performance and reward were also invited by the remuneration committee to provide their views and advice. The human resources director is not present when his own remuneration is discussed.


Executive remuneration philosophy and principles

Alignment with strategy    The remuneration structures and performance measures used are designed to align with business strategy as follows:

94


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

Pay for performance    The board of directors sets stretching performance targets for the business and its leaders. To achieve these targets and deliver performance requires exceptional business management and strategic execution. This approach to target setting reflects the aspirational performance environment that Diageo wishes to create.

        The annual incentive plan aims to reward the delivery of short term financial and individual business performance goals with commensurate levels of remuneration. Long term incentive plans aim to reward long term sustained performance and create alignment with the delivery of value for shareholders. Under both sets of plans, if the demanding targets are achieved, high levels of reward may be earned. All incentives are capped in order that inappropriate business risk-taking is neither encouraged nor rewarded.

Risk management    The remuneration committee considers the management of risk to be important to the process of designing and implementing sustainable remuneration structures and to setting appropriate performance targets for incentive plans. The members of the remuneration committee also constitute the membership of the audit committee, thus ensuring full oversight of any risk factors that may be relevant to remuneration arrangements and target setting specifically. Before agreeing bonus payments and approving the vesting under long-term incentive plans, the remuneration committee, in conjunction with the audit committee, considers the underlying performance of the business during the relevant period to ensure that the level of reward is appropriate and aligned with shareholder interests.

        The plans in which Diageo's executive directors and senior management participate are designed to reflect the principles detailed below:

What   Why   How
Performance-related compensation   It influences and supports performance and the creation of a high-performing organisation.  

•       Short and long term incentives conditional upon achieving stretching performance targets.

Rewarding sustainable performance

 

It is at the heart of Diageo's corporate strategy and is vital to meeting investors' goals.

 

•       A balanced mix of absolute and relative performance measures for short and long term incentives that reflect sustainable profit and underlying financial performance.

95


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

What   Why   How
       

•       Shareholding requirements that align the interests of senior executives with those of shareholders and that are a condition of full participation in share award and share option plans.

Measuring performance over three years

 

It aligns with the time cycle over which management decisions are reflected in the creation of value in this business.

 

•       Long term incentives that comprise a combination of share option grants and share awards in each year and vary with three-year EPS, and, for awards made from September 2011, TSR, organic net sales and organic operating margin performance respectively.

Providing a balanced mix of remuneration

 

It enables focus on long term value creation while avoiding disproportionate risk-taking.

 

•       Base salary, benefits, pension, short term cash incentives and long term equity incentives.

Providing a competitive total remuneration opportunity

 

It helps Diageo attract and retain the best global talent.

 

•       Reward levels considered against the total remuneration packages paid in the top 30 companies in the FTSE 100 by market capitalisation, excluding those in the financial services sector. Total remuneration positioned between the median and upper quartile of this group, reflecting the size, complexity and global scope of Diageo's business.

Simplicity and transparency

 

It allows targets to be motivating and demonstrably linked to company performance.

 

•       Targets that are within a sphere of direct influence and that align with the company's short and long term goals.

Fixed and variable remuneration

The balance between fixed and variable elements of remuneration changes with performance. Based on expected values, the mix between fixed and variable remuneration for executive directors is that for £100 of remuneration earned, £31 will be fixed remuneration and £69 will be performance-related remuneration, excluding pensions and other benefits. This mix is illustrated in the following chart. The variable element may be higher or lower depending on the performance of the business.

96


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

Executive directors' remuneration mix

GRAPHIC

1 – Fixed base salary 31%
2 – Variable short term 31%
3 – Variable long term 38%

Remuneration review during 2011

During the year ended 30 June 2011, the remuneration committee undertook a review of the performance tests for the Performance Share Plan (PSP) with a view to broadening the success factors against which management is incentivised and measured to enhance the alignment between reward and the company's medium-term strategic goals. This has coincided with the board's review of the company's strategic priorities for the next few years enabling the remuneration committee to apply performance measures to future awards that are expected to fully support the delivery of the company's growth ambitions and the long term creation of shareholder value, and at the same time ensure the plan design is sustainable for the medium to long term.

        With effect from awards made in September 2011, the following changes to the performance measures will apply:

From   To   Why
100% based on relative total shareholder return over three years   One-third based on relative total shareholder return over three years.

One-third based on compound annual growth in organic net sales over three years.

One-third based on total organic operating margin improvement over three years.
 

•       To focus on key enablers to achieving the company's growth ambitions while maintaining alignment with shareholders' interests.

•       To give participants greater line of sight to the performance outcomes required to deliver rewards.

Vesting schedule and targets    Beginning with awards made in September 2011, the initial award will be apportioned equally across the three different measures and the performance outcome for each will be assessed independently of the other measures. However, an underpin will be established by the remuneration committee requiring minimum acceptable performance in organic net sales and organic operating margin before any of the award is released under either of these two measures at the end of the three-year performance period.

97


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

        Under the plan, 25% of the award will be released for achieving threshold performance, upto a maximum of 100% for achieving the upper targets set by the remuneration committee. Reckitt Benckiser has been added to the TSR peer group taking the total number of companies in the group to 17 (including Diageo). The remuneration committee decided to include Reckitt Benckiser as it is one of the companies against which shareholders benchmark Diageo's performance. Given the increase in the size of the comparator group and to incentivise superior performance against peer companies, the vesting schedule has been re-calibrated. Under the TSR measure, threshold will be set at the median of the peer group (9th out of 17 companies, including Diageo), with maximum vesting occurring for achieving 3rd position or above in the peer group (changed from second in the peer group of 16 companies). The remuneration committee also determined that it would be reasonable to reduce the existing averaging period for the calculation of TSR from 12 to six months at this time. This is considered appropriate for a company of Diageo's size and relative share price stability.

        For organic net sales and organic operating margin, the remuneration committee proposes to set performance targets that are in line with the company's medium-term strategic objectives. The remuneration committee recognises that shareholders typically prefer to have sight of targets at the start of the performance period but, given commercial sensitivities, the committee does not consider it appropriate to disclose specific targets for organic net sales and organic operating margin at the time of grant. However, the company will disclose how vesting outcomes relate to performance at the end of the three-year performance period in the relevant directors' remuneration report.

        In addition, the remuneration committee will monitor performance throughout the performance period in order to be satisfied that the eventual outcome fairly reflects achievement against the targets as originally intended, and the creation of shareholder value over the relevant period. The remuneration committee will review the vesting outcome of an award to ensure that it fairly reflects the company's actual underlying performance and may adjust vesting levels if it considers it appropriate.

Summary of current remuneration policy for executive directors

A breakdown of the reward programmes in which Diageo's executive directors participate, the remuneration strategy that they support and the policy governing their execution is detailed in the table below:

What   Why   How
Base salary   Reflects the value of the individual, their skills and experience, and performance.  

•       Reviewed annually with changes usually taking effect from 1 October.

•       Benchmarked against the top 30 companies in the FTSE l00 by market capitalisation excluding those in the financial services sector.

•       Generally positioned at the median of the relevant market or, in exceptional circumstances, positioned above median if justified by the requirement to recruit or retain key executives.

98


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

What   Why   How
Annual incentive plan   Incentivises year on year delivery of short term performance goals.
 
Provides focus on key financial metrics including profit growth and cash performance.
 

•       Targets set by reference to the annual operating plan.

•       Level of award determined by Diageo's overall financial performance.

•       Annual incentive plan awards based 80% on financial measures (net sales, profit and cash flow) and 20% on specific individual business objectives related to business strategy and operational targets.

•       Up to 100% of salary earned for on target performance with a maximum of 200% of salary payable for outstanding performance.

Share options (SESOP 2008)

 

Incentivises three-year earnings growth above a minimum threshold.
  
Provides focus on increasing Diageo's share price over the medium to longer term.

 

•       A discretionary annual grant of market price share options subject to a performance test based on absolute annual compound growth in adjusted EPS over three years.

•       Stretching growth targets set annually by the remuneration committee.

•       Maximum annual grant of 375% of salary.

•       Threshold vesting level of 30% (October 2008 awards) and 25% (September 2009 awards onwards), with pro rata vesting up to 100% maximum.

•       No re-test facility.

99


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

What   Why   How
Performance share awards (PSP 2008)   Incentivises three-year total shareholder return relative to a selected peer group of companies and the achievement of organic net sales and organic operating margin targets that support the delivery of the company's medium-term growth ambitions.
  
Provides focus on delivering superior returns to shareholders.
 

•       A discretionary annual award of shares subject to a three-year performance test.

•       Maximum annual award of 375% of salary.

•       Threshold vesting of 25% up to a maximum of 100%.

•       Notional dividends accrue on awards, delivered as shares or cash at the discretion of the remuneration committee.


 

 

 

 

Performance conditions for awards made up to September 2010:
       

•       Based on TSR performance against a peer group of companies.

•       Threshold vesting for median TSR performance (8th position), up to 100% vesting for achieving 2nd or above in the peer group.


 

 

 

 

Performance conditions for awards made from September 2011:
       

•       Based on three equally weighted measures: TSR performance against a peer group of companies, organic net sales growth (compound annual growth) and total organic operating margin improvement.

•       Threshold vesting for median TSR performance (9th position), up to 100% vesting (equivalent to 33.3% of the total award) for achieving 3rd or above in the peer group.

•       Organic net sales and organic operating margin targets set annually by the remuneration committee for each new award.

100


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

What   Why   How

Pension

 

Provides competitive post-retirement benefits.

 

•       Accrual rate of 1/30 of pensionable pay.

       

•       Bonus and other benefits excluded from pensionable pay.

       

•       Maximum pension is restricted to 2/3 of final remuneration minus retained benefits.

       

•       Normal retirement age is 62.

       

•       Subject to company consent, no actuarial reduction applied upon early retirement from age 57.

       

•       Member's contributions of 6% of pensionable pay.

       

•       Subject to election, up to 12 April 2011, benefits in excess of the lifetime allowance provided through unfunded non-registered arrangement.

       

•       The company operates a policy of 'flexible pension access' which allows individuals over the age of 55 to draw their pension early while remaining in employment. This policy enables the ongoing retention of high-calibre individuals.

Cash supplement in lieu of pension provision

 

Provides competitive alternative to pension provision.

 

•       Percentage of base pay.

•       Bonus and other benefits excluded from calculation of cash supplement.

Base salary    The summary table starting on page 98 sets out the policy on base salary for the executive directors. Base salaries are generally determined with reference to the median of the relevant market for each role taking into account the experience and performance of the individual, the level and structure of remuneration for other employees and the external environment.

        The table 'Summary of salary reviews for executive directors' in the section 'Remuneration summary for the year ended 30 June 2011' at the beginning of this report shows the salary increases that have been applied to the executive directors in the years ended 30 June 2011 and 30 June 2010.

        After the year-end, the remuneration committee reviewed base salaries for senior management and agreed new salaries which will apply from 1 October 2011. The remuneration committee reviewed

101


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)


salaries for this population in the context of the importance of each role in delivering the company's strategy, the performance of the individual, and market positioning. The remuneration committee also considered the pay and employment conditions of the general employee population with a view to determining increases for senior management that are broadly aligned with the increases for other employees.

        With effect from 1 October 2011, the base salary for the chief executive officer will increase by 4.5%, to £1,231,000. In determining this salary, the remuneration committee considered the importance of the chief executive officer to the delivery of the company's key strategic goals and long term shareholder value creation, as well as his level of experience and performance. The remuneration committee also considered this increase in the context of an overall full-year budget increase of 3.5% for general staff and a collective agreement of 5.1% for negotiated groups in the UK. The remuneration committee additionally took into account historic increases for the chief executive of 0% and 2% in 2009 and 2010, respectively. On the basis of these considerations, the remuneration committee concluded that this salary level was appropriate.

        The chief financial officer was appointed to the board on 1 October 2010. On her appointment, the chief financial officer's salary was initially set at below typical market levels for comparable roles reflecting her level of experience at the time. In setting this initial salary level, the remuneration committee's intention was to allow scope for future increases to both recognise performance and bring her closer in line with the market with increasing experience. The remuneration committee has awarded an increase that recognises her strong performance since appointment and that also provides progression towards a market-competitive package in line with the company's policy on base salary positioning; with effect from 1 October 2011, the base salary for the chief financial officer will increase by 8.7%, to £625,000.

Annual incentive plan    The annual incentive plan is designed to incentivise year on year delivery of short term performance goals that are determined by pre-set stretching targets and measures agreed by the remuneration committee with reference to the annual operating plan. The remuneration committee determines the level of performance achieved based on Diageo's overall financial performance at the financial year end. The business results for the year ended 30 June 2011 are described in the Business review.

        The targets for the year ended 30 June 2011 were a combination of measures including net sales, profit before exceptional items and tax and free cash flow. These measures focus on key drivers of Diageo's growth strategy while supporting sustainability and the underlying financial health of the company. The executive directors were also measured against a set of individual business objectives (IBO) that were relevant to their specific area of accountability. These were determined with reference to a set of collective business priorities that support the long term growth and sustainability of the business. Net sales results were ahead of target and profit and cash flow targets were significantly exceeded. The remuneration committee assessed the performance of the chief executive and both the current and retired chief financial officers against their specific IBOs and concluded that the objectives were exceeded. The overall level of performance achieved resulted in an annual incentive plan award equating to 160% of base salary for both the chief executive and the chief financial officer. The pro-rated award for the former chief financial officer was equivalent to 77% of base salary. The actual awards received by the executive directors are shown in this report in the table 'Directors' remuneration for the year ended 30 June 2011'.

Long term incentive plans (LTIPs)    Current long term incentives are a combination of share options under the SESOP and performance share awards under the PSP and are designed to incentivise

102


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)


executive directors and senior managers to strive for long term sustainable performance. These awards are made on an annual basis with the level of award considered each year in light of individual and business performance. Awards made under both sets of plans are subject to performance conditions normally measured over a three-year period. The regular review of the performance measures and the vesting schedule used in each plan are designed to ensure that the LTIPs continue to support business objectives and are in line with current best practice. All of Diageo's share plans operate within the Association of British Insurers' dilution guidelines for share-based remuneration.

Senior executive share option plan 2008 (SESOP 2008)    Options granted under the SESOP 2008 are subject to a performance condition based on compound annual growth in adjusted EPS over a three-year period, with growth targets set by the company's remuneration committee for each grant. For the purpose of the SESOP, an underlying measure of EPS is used to ensure that items such as exceptional items and movements in exchange rates are excluded from year on year comparisons of performance. Options will only vest when stretching adjusted EPS targets are achieved. Vesting is on a pro rata basis currently ranging from a threshold level of 25% to a maximum level of 100%. The remuneration committee reviewed the targets for 2011 SESOP awards and decided to increase their stretch to ensure that they remain aligned with long-term shareholder value creation.

        The adjusted EPS growth targets for the current outstanding awards are set out below:

 
  Award
2011
  Award
2010
  Award
2009
  Award
2008
 
 
  %
  %
  %
  %
 
Compound annual growth                          
Threshold     6     3     3     6  
Max     10     7     7     10  
Equivalent total over three years                          
Threshold     19     9     9     19  
Max     33     23     23     33  
Percentage of award vesting                          
Threshold     25     25     25     30  
Max     100     100     100     100  

The maximum annual grant under the plan is 375% of base salary. However, the remuneration committee has the discretion to grant awards in excess of the maximum limit in exceptional circumstances.

        The following chart shows the performance targets, minimum and maximum vesting percentages for awards made in 2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011. It also shows the compound annual growth performance for adjusted EPS for the performance years ended 30 June 2009, 30 June 2010 and 30 June 2011. On the basis of this performance, the 2008 award, which is due to vest in October 2011, has met the performance condition and consequently, the shares under award will vest at 58% of the initial award.

103


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

Adjusted EPS compound annual growth (%)

GRAPHIC

Annual adjusted EPS performance    

Year ending
  Adjusted
EPS
growth
 

30 June 2009

    4.1%  

30 June 2010

    5.9%  

30 June 2011

    12.9%  

Senior executive share option plan 1999 (SESOP 1999)    The last grant of options made under the expired SESOP 1999 vested in September 2010. These options were subject to satisfying a performance condition based on adjusted EPS growth relative to RPI over a three-year period. The vesting schedule that applied is shown in the table below:

Adjusted EPS growth relative to RPI
  % option
grant
released
 

RPI + 15%

    100%  

RPI + 12%

    50%  

Less than RPI + 12%

    0%  

Under both the 1999 and 2008 plans, the remuneration committee has discretion to extend the option exercise period from 12 to 18 months for share options awarded to qualifying leavers. The remuneration committee did not exercise this discretion during the year ended 30 June 2011.

Performance share plan (PSP 2008)    Under this plan, participants are granted a discretionary, conditional right to receive shares. All conditional rights awarded vest after a three-year period subject to the achievement of specified performance tests. As discussed in the 2010 Directors' Remuneration Report, and as described in the section 'Remuneration review during 2011', the remuneration committee undertook a review during the year ended 30 June 2011 of the performance tests for the PSP with a view to broadening the success factors against which management is incentivised and measured to enhance strategic alignment with the company's medium-term strategic goals. The

104


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)


outcome of this review has resulted in the introduction of two new measures to the performance condition for awards made from September 2011 onwards.

        For outstanding awards made up to and including September 2010, the primary performance test is a comparison of Diageo's three-year TSR – the percentage growth in Diageo's share price (assuming all dividends and capital distributions are reinvested) – with the TSR of a peer group of international drinks and consumer goods companies. TSR calculations are converted to a common currency (US dollars). The second performance test requires that there has been an underlying improvement in Diageo's three-year financial performance, typically measured by an adjusted EPS measure, for the remuneration committee to recommend the release of awards.

        For awards made from September 2011 onwards, the primary performance test will be split equally between three performance measures – TSR, as defined above, growth in organic net sales on a compound annual basis and total organic operating margin improvement. For any of the award apportioned to the TSR condition to be released, there must be an improvement in the underlying performance of the company. In addition, the remuneration committee will require a minimum level of performance in both organic net sales and organic operating margin before any of the award apportioned to these measures can be released. For organic net sales and organic operating margin, 25% of the award will be released for achieving threshold performance up to a maximum of 100% for achieving the upper targets. The vesting schedule for the portion of the award subject to the TSR measure is shown in the table below. The company will disclose how vesting outcomes relate to performance at the end of the three-year performance period in the relevant directors' remuneration report. The remuneration committee will review the vesting outcome of an award to ensure that it fairly reflects the company's actual underlying performance and may adjust vesting levels if it considers it appropriate.

        The remuneration committee has considered the strategic goals for the company over the next 3-5 years and the role of the chief executive officer in the delivery of shareholder value. In light of this the committee proposes to enable vesting of PSPs granted to the chief executive officer from 2011 to be based entirely on the delivery of that performance. Accordingly awards will be capable of vesting in full at the end of the performance period, if performance goals are delivered in full, without providing time pro-rating to the point of retirement. Such consideration would be at the sole discretion of the remuneration committee, taking into account all the circumstances it considers relevant at the time.

        Notional dividends accrue on awards and are paid out either in cash or shares in accordance with the vesting schedule shown in the table below. The maximum annual award under the plan is 375% of salary. However, the remuneration committee has discretion to grant awards in excess of this maximum in exceptional circumstances.

Total shareholder return plan (TSR 1998)    The final award of performance shares made under the expired TSR plan lapsed in full in September 2010 upon failing to meet the performance condition based on TSR performance relative to the selected peer group as described above.

105


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

Vesting schedule and TSR peer group for the PSP

TSR ranking
  From 2011
awards
% vesting
  From 2008
awards
% vesting
 

1st

    100%     100%  

2nd

    100%     100%  

3rd

    100%     95%  

4th

    95%     75%  

5th

    75%     65%  

6th

    65%     55%  

7th

    55%     45%  

8th

    45%     25%  

9th

    25%     0%  

10th or below

    0%     0%  

 

TSR peer group(a)
   
AB InBev   Kraft Foods
Brown-Forman   Nestlé
Carlsberg   PepsiCo
Coca-Cola   Pernod Ricard
Colgate-Palmolive   Procter & Gamble
Groupe Danone   Reckitt Benckiser (2011 onwards)
Heineken   SABMiller
HJ Heinz   Unilever

Note

(a)
As part of the plan review undertaken during the year, the TSR peer group was reviewed and the remuneration committee determined that it would be appropriate to add Reckitt Benckiser to the peer group from the company's reserve list of peer group companies, such that the three-year TSR performance for awards made from September 2011 onwards would be measured on the basis of a peer group of 17 companies, including Diageo. The TSR measurement for outstanding awards made up to and including September 2010 is based on a peer group of 16 companies, including Diageo.

Long term incentive plans and change of control    In the event of a change of control and at the remuneration committee's discretion, outstanding PSP awards would be released and outstanding share options would become exercisable based on the extent to which the relevant performance conditions had been met and, if the remuneration committee determines, the time elapsed since the initial award or grant respectively.

All employee share plans    The executive directors are eligible to participate in the UK HM Revenue & Customs approved share incentive and sharesave plans that Diageo operates on the same terms as for all eligible employees.

Share ownership    Senior executives are currently required to build up significant holdings of shares in Diageo from their own resources over a defined period of time. Full participation in the share option and share award plans is conditional upon meeting this requirement. This policy reflects Diageo's belief that its most senior leaders should also be shareholders. The chief executive and chief financial officer

106


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)


are required to hold company shares equivalent to 300% and 250% of their base salary, respectively. The current status of their shareholding requirement is shown in the shareholding table in the remuneration summary at the beginning of this report.

Pension provision    NC Rose and PS Walsh are members of the UK Scheme. D Mahlan is not a member of the UK Scheme and instead receives a cash supplement in lieu of pension provision equivalent to 40% of base pay. During the year, NC Rose and PS Walsh accrued pension rights at the rate of one-thirtieth of pensionable pay, until the point that they stopped accruing further pension as at 31 December 2010 and 31 March 2011, respectively. Bonus payments and other benefits are not included in pensionable pay. The pension at normal retirement age may not exceed two-thirds of final remuneration minus retained benefits. Subject to the consent of the company, no actuarial reduction is currently applied upon early retirement on or after the age of 57. Under the rules of the UK Scheme, pensions in payment are increased each year in line with increases in the RPI, subject to a maximum of 5% per year and a minimum of 3% per year. The minimum of 3% per year only applies to pension earned up to 31 March 2011.

        On death in service, a lump sum of four times pensionable pay becomes payable, together with a spouse's pension of two-thirds of the member's prospective pension. Upon death after retirement, a spouse's pension of two-thirds of the member's pension before commutation is payable. Accordingly, D Mahlan will receive a lump sum of four times base pay and PS Walsh will receive a lump sum of four times pensionable pay in the event of death whilst employed by Diageo.

        NC Rose and PS Walsh made employee contributions of 6% of pensionable pay during the year until they stopped accruing benefits and began to draw their pension benefit under early retirement and flexible pension access, respectively.

        As a result of changes introduced by the UK Finance Act 2004 affecting the taxation of pensions from 6 April 2006, NC Rose and PS Walsh were offered the option of having benefits in excess of their lifetime allowance provided by an unfunded non-registered arrangement. Both opted to have part of their benefits provided from this unfunded arrangement, if appropriate. Total pension benefits remain subject to the HM Revenue & Customs limits that were in force on 5 April 2006.

        As a result of the remuneration committee's review of pension provision in the light of changes in the UK pension taxation legislation applicable from 1 April 2011, the option of the unfunded non-registered arrangement was removed and no further benefits can build up in this arrangement. In addition, members directly impacted by the pension taxation legislation changes have been given the option to either remain in the UK Scheme and pay the additional tax or opt out and receive a cash supplement in lieu of future pension accrual.

Service contracts

The executive directors have rolling service contracts which provide for six months' notice by the director or 12 months' notice by the company and contain non-compete obligations. In the event of early termination by the company without cause, the agreements provide for a termination payment to be paid (in respect of that part of the notice period not provided to the director by the company) to PS Walsh equivalent to 12 months' base salary for the notice period and an equal amount in respect of all benefits, and to D Mahlan equivalent to 12 months' base salary for the notice period and the cost to the company of providing contractual benefits (excluding incentive plans). Any such payments would be subject to tax and other statutory deductions. The remuneration committee may exercise its discretion to require half of the termination payment to be paid in monthly instalments and, upon the executive

107


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)


commencing new employment, to be subject to mitigation. If the board determines that the executive has failed to perform his or her duties competently, the remuneration committee may exercise its discretion to reduce the termination payment on the grounds of poor performance. PS Walsh's service contract with the company is dated 1 November 2005. D Mahlan's service contract with the company is dated 1 July 2010.

External appointments

Executive directors may accept external appointments as non-executive directors of other companies and retain any related fees paid to them, subject to the specific approval of the board in each case.

        During the year ended 30 June 2011, PS Walsh served as a non-executive director of Unilever PLC and FedEx Corporation and retained the fees paid to him for his services. On 16 February 2011, PS Walsh was also appointed as lead non-executive director and deputy chair on the board of the Department of Energy and Climate Change (DECC). PS Walsh has committed to donating all fees that he receives for this directorship to a charitable educational trust. The total amounts of such fees paid in the year ended 30 June 2011 are set out in the table below. D Mahlan did not hold any external appointments during the year ended 30 June 2011.

 
  PS Walsh  
 
  £000
 

Unilever PLC(a)

    77  

FedEx Corporation(a)

    65  

DECC

    7  
       

    149  
       

Note

(a)
Fees paid in currencies other than sterling are converted using average exchange rates for the year ended 30 June 2011.

In line with the FedEx Corporation policy for outside directors, PS Walsh is eligible to be granted share options. During the year ended 30 June 2011, he was granted 4,600 options at an option price of $84.41. He exercised 4,000 FedEx options during the year, which were granted at an option price of $35.88 and sold at an average price of $95.78.

Chairman and non-executive directors – policy, terms, conditions and fees

Diageo's policy on chairman's and non-executive directors' fees is as follows:

108


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

        The chairman of the board, Dr FB Humer, commenced his appointment on 1 July 2008. Dr FB Humer has a letter of appointment for an initial five-year term from 1 July 2008. It is terminable on six months' notice by either party or, if terminated by the company, by payment of six months' fees in lieu of notice.

        The chairman's fee is normally reviewed every two years and any changes would normally take effect from 1 January. As recommended by the UK Corporate Governance Code, any changes to this fee have to be approved by the remuneration committee. The last scheduled review of fees was undertaken in December 2010. At this time, fees were reviewed in the light of market practice in large UK companies and anticipated workload, tasks and potential liabilities. As a result of this review, the annual fee payable to Dr FB Humer was increased to £500,000 (a 25% increase). In line with Diageo's policy, a proportion of the chairman's annual fee is used for the monthly purchase of Diageo ordinary shares, which have to be retained until the chairman retires from the company or ceases to be a director for any other reason. The next review of the chairman's fee is anticipated to take place in December 2012 with any changes expected to take effect on 1 January 2013.

        All non-executive directors have letters of appointment. A summary of their terms and conditions of appointment is available at www.diageo.com.

        The fees paid to non-executive directors are reviewed annually with any changes normally taking effect from 1 January. The last scheduled review of fees was undertaken in December 2010. At this time, fees were benchmarked against market practice in large UK companies and reviewed in light of anticipated workload, tasks and potential liabilities. As a result of this review, the base fee paid to non-executive directors was increased by 4% to £78,000 per annum. The next review of the non-executive director fees is anticipated to take place in December 2011 with any changes expected to take effect on 1 January 2012.

Per annum fees effective from
  January 2011   January 2010  

Base fee

    £78,000     £75,000  

Senior non-executive director

    £20,000     £20,000  

Chairman of audit committee

    £25,000     £25,000  

Chairman of remuneration committee

    £15,000     £15,000  

The emoluments received by the non-executive directors in the year ended 30 June 2011 are shown in the table 'Directors' remuneration for the year ended 30 June 2011'.

109


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

Directors' remuneration for the year ended 30 June 2011

 
  2011   2010  
Emoluments
  Base
salary
  Annual
incentive
plan
  Share
incentive
plan
  Cash in
lieu of
pension(b)
  Other
benefits(c)
  Total   Total  
 
  £000
  £000
  £000
  £000
  £000
  £000
  £000
 

Chairman – fees

                                           

Dr FB Humer(a)

    450                 9     459     406  

Executive directors

                                           

D Mahlan (appointed 1 October 2010)

    431     690     3     172     57     1,353      

NC Rose (retired from the board on 14 October 2010)

    194     518     3         17     732     1,872  

PS Walsh

    1,172     1,884     3     49     75     3,183     3,178  
                               

    1,797     3,092     9     221     149     5,268     5,050  
                               

Non-executive directors – fees

                                           

PB Bruzelius

    76                 1     77     76  

LM Danon

    76                 1     77     76  

Lord Davies (appointed 1 October 2010)

    64                 1     65      

BD Holden

    76                 1     77     63  

Lord Hollick

    111                 1     112     111  

PG Scott

    101                 1     102     101  

HT Stitzer

    76                 1     77     76  

PA Walker

    76                 1     77     76  

Former non-executive directors – fees

                                           

M Lilja (retired 14 October 2009)

                            21  
                               

    656                 8     664     600  
                               

Total

    2,903     3,092     9     221     166     6,391     6,056  
                               

Notes

(a)
£180,000 of Dr FB Humer's remuneration in the year ended 30 June 2011 was used for the monthly purchase of Diageo ordinary shares, which must be retained until he retires from the company or ceases to be a director for any other reason.

(b)
D Mahlan does not participate in the company's pension scheme and instead receives a monthly cash supplement equivalent to 40% of base pay. For the month of April 2011 (between opting out of future pension accrual and beginning to draw his pension under the company's general policy of 'flexible pension access', as described in the 'Remuneration Summary for the year ended 30 June 2011'section of this report), PS Walsh received a cash supplement in lieu of pension provision equivalent to 50% of base pay.

(c)
Other benefits may include company car and driver, fuel, product allowance, financial counselling and medical insurance.

110


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

Long term incentive plans

Payments and gains

In the year ended 30 June 2011, the executive directors received payments and made gains under long term incentive plans as follows:

 
  2011   2010  
 
  Executive
share option
exercises
  September
2007
TSR award
  Total   Total  
 
  £000
  £000
  £000
  £000
 

Executive directors

                         

D Mahlan(a) (appointed 1 October 2010)

    215         215      

NC Rose (retired from the board on 14 October 2010)

                984  

PS Walsh

    1,225         1,225     2,859  
                   

Total

    1,440         1,440     3,843  
                   

Notes

(a)
D Mahlan exercised options that were awarded in the form of American Depository Shares (ADS) and the gain value was converted from US dollars into sterling using the exchange rate on the date of exercise.

111


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

Directors' share options over ordinary shares

The following table shows the number of options held under all executive share option plans and savings-related schemes for the directors who held office during the year.

 
  UK option
plan
  30 June
2010(b)
  Granted   Exercised   30 June
2011(c)
  Option
price in
pence
  Market price
at date of
exercise in
pence
  Date from
which first
exercisable
  Expiry date

D Mahlan

    DSOP 1999(d)(e)     49,576           (48,000 )   1,576     815     1263   20 Sep 2008   20 Sep 2015

    DSOP 1999(d)(e)     45,352                 45,352     930         19 Sep 2009   19 Sep 2016

    DSOP 1999(d)(e)     37,560                 37,560     1051         18 Sep 2010   18 Sep 2017

    DSOP 1999(d)(e)     52,588                 52,588     1035         16 Sep 2011   16 Sep 2018

    SESOP 2008(e)     83,160                 83,160     952         17 Sep 2012   17 Sep 2019

    SESOP 2008           199,652           199,652     1080         20 Sep 2013   20 Sep 2020
                                           

          268,236     199,652     (48,000 )   419,888                    
                                           

NC Rose

    SESOP 1999     226,569                 226,569     1051         18 Sep 2010   18 Sep 2017

    SESOP 2008(a)     287,770                 287,770     877         27 Oct 2011   27 Oct 2018

    SESOP 2008     265,099                 265,099     952         17 Sep 2012   17 Sep 2019
                                           

          779,438             779,438                    
                                           

PS Walsh

    SESOP 1999     270,553           (150,000 )         759     1207   11 Oct 2005   11 Oct 2012

    SESOP 1999                 (100,000 )   20,553     759     1300   11 Oct 2005   11 Oct 2012

    SESOP 1999     455,521                 455,521     815         20 Sep 2008   20 Sep 2015

    SESOP 1999     423,387                 423,387     930         19 Sep 2009   19 Sep 2016

    SESOP 1999     392,483                 392,483     1051         18 Sep 2010   18 Sep 2017

    SAYE(e)     2,465           (2,465 )       653     1147   01 Dec 2010   31 May 2011

    SESOP 2008(a)     493,871                 493,871     877         27 Oct 2011   27 Oct 2018

    SESOP 2008     454,963                 454,963     952         17 Sep 2012   17 Sep 2019

    SESOP 2008           409,062           409,062     1080         20 Sep 2013   20 Sep 2020

    SAYE(f)           1,617           1,617     941         01 Dec 2015   31 May 2016
                                           

          2,493,243     410,679     (252,465 )   2,651,457                    
                                           

Notes

(a)
The performance condition in respect of this SESOP grant was measured after 30 June 2011. The compound annual growth in Diageo's EPS over the three years ended 30 June 2011 met the performance condition and 58% of these options will become exercisable in October 2011.

(b)
As at 1 October 2010 for D Mahlan.

(c)
As at 14 October 2010 for NC Rose. These awards were subject to pro-rating after the executive retired from the company to reflect time worked between the date of grant and the date of cessation of employment. The pro-rated balance will only vest to the extent that the performance condition is met at the end of the performance period.

(d)
Options granted under the Diageo Executive Share Option Plan prior to the executive's appointment to the board.

(e)
US options were granted over ADSs at dollar prices (one ADS is equivalent to four ordinary shares); the option holdings and prices in the table are stated as ordinary share equivalents in pence.

(f)
Options granted under the UK savings-related share option scheme.

(g)
On 1 September 2011, PS Walsh exercised an option over 20,553 ordinary shares granted on 11 October 2002 at a price per share of £7.59 under the Senior Executive Share Option Plan.

112


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

The mid-market price for ordinary shares at 30 June 2011 was 1273 pence (2010 – 1060 pence; 15 August 2011 – 1189 pence). The highest mid-market price during the year was 1300 pence and the lowest mid-market price was 1032 pence.

Directors' interests in PSP and TSR plan awards

The following table shows the directors' interests in the PSP and the TSR plan. Details of executive share options are shown separately above.

 
   
   
  Interests at
30 June 2010(g)
  Awards
made
during
year
  Awards released
during year
   
 
 
  Performance
period
  Date of award   Target
award(a)
  Maximum
award(b)
  Maximum
award(b)
  Number
of shares
vested(c)
  Number
of shares
lapsed
  Market price
at date of
vesting in
pence(d)
  Interests at
30 June
2011(e)(f)
 

D Mahlan (j)

    2008 – 2011   27 Oct 08(h)(k)     27,056     27,056                             27,056  

    2009 – 2012   17 Sep 09(k)     81,380     81,380                             81,380  

    2010 – 2013   20 Sep 10(i)                 167,964                       167,964  
                                           

              108,436     108,436     167,964                   276,400  
                                           

NC Rose

    2007 – 2010   18 Sep 07     127,895     191,843               (127,895 )   1091      

    2008 – 2011   27 Oct 08(h)     194,321     194,321                             194,321  

    2009 – 2012   17 Sep 09     226,599     226,599                             226,599  
                                           

              548,815     612,763             (127,895 )         420,920  
                                           

PS Walsh

    2007 – 2010   18 Sep 07     276,938     415,407               (276,938 )   1091      

    2008 – 2011   27 Oct 08(h)     416,867     416,867                             416,867  

    2009 – 2012   17 Sep 09     486,111     486,111                             486,111  

    2010 – 2013   20 Sep 10(i)                 430,172                       430,172  
                                           

              1,179,916     1,318,385     430,172         (276,938 )         1,333,150  
                                           

Notes

(a)
This is the number of shares initially awarded. In accordance with the plan rules, the number of shares awarded is determined based on the average of the daily closing price for the preceding financial year. Of this number of shares initially awarded, 25% under the PSP and 35% under the TSR plan would be released for achieving position eight in the peer group. No shares would be released for achievement of position nine or below.

(b)
This number reflects the maximum number of shares that could be awarded based on the vesting schedule. Under the PSP, the maximum would be 100% of the target award. Under the TSR plan, this would be 150% of the number of shares initially awarded. The entire amount of these shares would only be released for achieving position one or two in the peer group.

(c)
The three-year performance period for the September 2007 TSR plan award ended on 30 June 2010. The number of shares released in September 2010 was 0% of the initial award. This was based on a relative TSR ranking of position 14 in the peer group at the end of the performance period. Kepler Associates independently verified the TSR increase and ranking.

(d)
The price on 20 September 2010, the release date. The market price was 1069 pence when the award was made on 18 September 2007.

(e)
The directors' interests at 15 August 2011 were the same as at 30 June 2011.

113


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

(f)
As at 14 October 2010 for NC Rose. These awards were subject to pro-rating after the executive retired from the company to reflect time worked between the date of grant and the date of cessation of employment. The pro-rated balance will only vest to the extent that the performance condition is met at the end of the performance period.

(g)
As at 1 October 2010 for D Mahlan.

(h)
The three-year performance period for the October 2008 PSP award ended on 30 June 2011. The number of shares that will be released in October 2011 is 0% of the initial award. This was based on a relative TSR ranking of position 12 in the peer group at the end of the performance period. Kepler Associates independently verified the TSR increase and ranking.

(i)
The market price on 20 September 2010 was 1091 pence.

(j)
D Mahlan also has outstanding interests in the Discretionary Incentive Plan of 10,432 ordinary shares which are due to vest in full in September 2011.

(k)
US share awards were granted in ADS (one ADS is equivalent to four ordinary shares); the share holdings in the table are stated as ordinary share equivalents.

Executive directors' pension benefits

The accrued pension figures at 30 June 2010 shown in the following table represent the annual pension to which the chief executive officer, PS Walsh, and the former chief financial officer, NC Rose, would have been entitled at normal retirement age. As both are now in receipt of their pension, the pension figures at 30 June 2011 represent the annual pension they are currently receiving. The transfer values of the pensions calculated at 30 June 2010 and 30 June 2011 are also shown. The transfer value is broadly the cost to Diageo if it had to provide the equivalent pension benefit. The transfer values shown in the following table have been calculated on a basis set by the Trustee of the UK Scheme.

        The current chief financial officer, D Mahlan, does not participate in the final salary pension scheme, but receives a cash supplement in lieu of pension provision equivalent to 40% of base pay. The cash in lieu supplement received between the date of D Mahlan's appointment to the board on 1 October 2010 up to 30 June 2011, was £172,500. PS Walsh also received a cash supplement in lieu of pension provision between 1 April 2011 and 30 April 2011, relating to the period from when he ceased accruing further pension to the time when he commenced drawing his pension under the company's policy of flexible pension access; the amount received was £49,088.

 
  Age at
30 June
2011
  Pensionable
service at
30 June
2010
  Accrued
pension at
30 June
2010
  Additional
pension
accrued
in the
year(a)
  Accrued
pension at
30 June
2011(a)(b)
  Transfer
value at
30 June
2010
  Change in
transfer
value during
the year(c)
  Transfer
value at
30 June
2011(c)
 
 
  Years
  Years
  £000 pa
  £000 pa
  £000 pa
  £000
  £000
  £000
 

NC Rose

    53     18.6     396     (62 )   334     7,310     2,581     9,891  

PS Walsh

    56     28.5     670     (112 )   558     13,481     2,315     15,796  

Notes

(a)
Whilst both NC Rose and PS Walsh accrued pension in the year as a result of additional months of pensionable service, this was offset by the early retirement reduction factors applied to the pension in accordance with the Rules of the UK Scheme and the fact that both directors commuted part of their pension for a tax free cash lump sum.

114


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

(b)
Part of the pension NC Rose receives is provided from the unfunded non-registered arrangement. As at 30 June 2011, the percentage of pension provided from this arrangement was 84% (2010 – 79%). PS Walsh does not receive any pension from this arrangement. In addition NC Rose received a tax free payment of £223,777 in respect of his benefits from the funded non-registered retirement benefits scheme.

(c)
The change in the transfer values during the year attributable to additional pensionable service and pay rises was an increase of £203,000 for NC Rose and £593,000 for PS Walsh. The change in the transfer values during the year as a result of both directors starting to receive their pension was an increase of £1,726,000 for NC Rose and an increase of £747,000 for PS Walsh. These increases reflect the change in the calculation method used when a member retires and the impact of the early retirement terms offered under the UK Scheme. These increases have been offset by the pension payments received to date and the fact both directors commuted part of their pension for a tax free cash lump sum resulting in a lower residual pension. The remainder of the change in the transfer values was mainly attributable to changes in market conditions and interest earned on the transfer value and changes in index-linked gilt markets over the year.

(d)
During the year, NC Rose made pension contributions of £20,190 (2010 – £40,380) and PS Walsh made pension contributions of £52,668 (2010 – £69,300).

Share and other interests

The beneficial interests of the directors in office at 30 June 2011 in the ordinary shares of the company are shown in the table below.

 
  Ordinary shares  
 
  15 August
2011
  30 June
2011
  30 June 2010
or appointment
 

Chairman

                   

Dr FB Humer

    33,734     32,386     23,354  

Executive directors

                   

D Mahlan

    83,755     83,755     22,392  

PS Walsh

    667,377     667,346     728,413  

Non-executive directors

                   

PB Bruzelius

    5,000     5,000     5,000  

LM Danon

    5,000     5,000     5,000  

Lord Davies

             

BD Holden

    8,100     8,100     2,000  

Lord Hollick

    5,000     5,000     5,000  

PG Scott

    25,000     25,000     25,000  

HT Stitzer

    8,319     8,319     7,872  

PA Walker

    44,250     44,250     44,250  
               

Total

    885,535     884,156     868,281  
               

Notes

(a)
At 30 June 2010, NC Rose (retired from the board on 14 October 2010) held 478,878 shares.

(b)
At 30 June 2011, there were 9,014,858 shares (30 June 2010 – 2,030,340; 15 August 2011 – 8,847,978) held by trusts to satisfy grants made under Diageo incentive plans and savings-related

115


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

(c)
D Mahlan and BD Holden have share interests in ADSs (one ADS is equivalent to four ordinary shares); the share interests in the table are stated as ordinary share equivalents.

(d)
On 26 August 2011, BD Holden purchased an additional 1,300 ADSs (representing 5,200 ordinary shares), and as such held 3,325 ADSs (representing 13,300 ordinary shares) as at 26 August 2011.

(e)
On 1 September 2011, PS Walsh exercised an option over 20,553 ordinary shares granted on 11 October 2002 at a price per share of £7.59 under the Senior Executive Share Option Plan. PS Walsh subsequently sold 16,726 ordinary shares on 1 September 2011 at a price per share of £12.47 and retained the balance of 3,827 ordinary shares. As a result of these transactions, the interests of PS Walsh in the ordinary shares (excluding options, awards under Diageo's LTIPs and interests as potential beneficiaries of Diageo's Employee Benefit Trusts) have increased to 671,204.

Performance graph

The graph below shows the total shareholder return for Diageo and the FTSE 100 Index since 30 June 2006. The FTSE 100 Index reflects the 100 largest UK quoted companies by market capitalisation and has been chosen because it is a widely recognised performance benchmark for large UK companies.

Total shareholder return – value of hypothetical
£100 holding (based on spot share prices)

GRAPHIC

Source: Bloomberg

Notes: TSR based on end of year prices. FTSE 100 dividends based on the average 12 month dividend yield of constituents.

Additional information

Emoluments and share interests of senior management    The total emoluments for the year ended 30 June 2011 of the executive directors, the executive committee members and the company secretary (together, the senior management) of Diageo comprising base salary, annual incentive plan, share incentive plan, termination payments and other benefits were £21,636,952 (2010 – £21,116,825). The

116


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

termination payments included in the total emoluments will be paid in September 2011 to two executive committee members and are made with respect to pay in lieu of notice and compensation for loss of office. A portion of the termination payments may be subject to mitigation.

        The aggregate amount of gains made by the senior management from the exercise of share options and from the vesting of awards during the year was £3,695,724. In addition, they were granted 2,039,657 options under the SESOP during the year at a weighted average share price of 1081 pence, exercisable by 2020. They were also initially awarded 1,895,294 shares under the PSP in September 2010, which will vest in three years subject to the performance tests described above. Five members of the executive committee were also awarded an exceptional grant of 212,487 deferred shares under the Discretionary Incentive Plan (DIP) in September 2010 and March 2011. There are performance conditions attached to the release of these awards and they will vest, subject to achievement of the performance conditions, in two equal instalments in the 3rd and 4th year after grant.

Senior management options over ordinary shares    At 15 August 2011, the senior management had an aggregate beneficial interest in 2,027,262 ordinary shares in the company and in the following options over ordinary shares in the company:

 
  Number
of options
  Weighted
average
exercise price
in pence
  Option period

D Mahlan

    419,888     1029   Sep 08 – Sep 20

PS Walsh

    2,651,457     944   Oct 05 – Sep 20

Other*

    7,270,403     1038   Oct 04 – Sep 19
               

    10,341,748          
               

*
Other members of the executive committee and the company secretary.

Key management personnel related party transactions    Key management personnel of the group comprises the executive and non-executive directors, the members of the executive committee and the company secretary. As previously disclosed, Lord Hollick, PS Walsh, NC Rose and G Williams have informed the company that they have purchased seasonal developments at Gleneagles from a subsidiary of the company, Gleneagles Resort Developments Limited. The transactions were priced on the same basis as all the external seasonal development transactions and were at arm's length. The values of the transactions at the date of purchase were as follows: Lord Hollick – £25,000, PS Walsh – £43,000, NC Rose – £11,600 and G Williams – £19,400. Each director continued to hold these seasonal developments at 30 June 2011.

        Diageo plc has granted rolling indemnities to the directors and the company secretary, uncapped in amount, in relation to certain losses and liabilities which they may incur in the course of acting as directors or company secretary (as applicable) of Diageo plc or of one or more of its subsidiaries. These indemnities continue to be in place at 30 June 2011.

        Other than disclosed in this report, no director had any interest, beneficial or non-beneficial, in the share capital of the company. Save as disclosed above, no director has or has had any interest in any transaction which is or was unusual in its nature, or which is or was significant to the business of the group and which was effected by any member of the group during the financial year, or which having been effected during an earlier financial year, remains in any respect outstanding or unperformed. There have been no material transactions during the last three years to which any director or officer, or

117


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)


3% or greater shareholder, or any relative or spouse thereof, was a party. There is no significant outstanding indebtedness to the company from any directors or officer or 3% or greater shareholder.

Statutory and audit requirements    This report was approved by the board of directors, on 23 August 2011 and was signed on its behalf by Lord Hollick of Notting Hill who is senior non-executive director and chairman of the remuneration committee. As required by the Companies Act 2006, a resolution to approve the directors' remuneration report will be proposed at the AGM and will be subject to an advisory shareholder vote.

        The board has followed and complied with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 with reference to Schedules 5 and 8 of the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 and section D of the UK Corporate Governance Code in preparing this report and in designing performance-related remuneration for senior executives.

        KPMG Audit Plc has audited the report to the extent required by the Regulations, being the sections headed 'Directors' remuneration for the year ended 30 June 2011', 'Long term incentive plans', 'Directors' share options over ordinary shares', 'Directors' interests in PSP and TSR plan awards' and 'Executive directors' pension benefits'. In addition, the following sections form part of the audited financial statements: 'Share and other interests' and 'Key management personnel related party transactions'.

        Terms defined in this remuneration report are used solely herein.

Definitions

AGM – annual general meeting of shareholders.

Adjusted EPS – for the purpose of the SESOP, an underlying measure of EPS is used, calculated as reported EPS adjusted to exclude exceptional items and the impact of changes in exchange rates, to apply a tax rate before exceptional items for each year and to exclude the impacts of IAS 19, 21 and 39 from net finance charges.

Normal retirement age – for pension purposes this is age 62.

Organic net sales growth – for the purpose of the PSP, the growth in the group's sales net of excise duties and calculated on a constant currency basis excluding the impact of acquisitions, in the year in which they arise, and disposals.

Organic operating margin improvement – for the purpose of the PSP, the movement in the group's organic operating profit, calculated on a constant currency basis excluding the impact of exceptional items, acquisitions, in the year in which they arise, and disposals, divided by organic net sales.

RPI – the retail prices index is a UK government index that measures changes in cost of living.

TSR – for the purpose of the PSP, total shareholder return is the percentage growth in Diageo's share price assuming all dividends and capital distributions are reinvested.

118


Table of Contents


Corporate governance report

Dear Shareholder

On behalf of the board, I am pleased to present the corporate governance report for the year ended 30 June 2011.

        Boards of directors are responsible for the governance of their companies, that is to say, the way in which companies are directed and controlled. The responsibilities of the board include setting the company's strategic aims and its values, providing the leadership to put them into effect, supervising and constructively challenging the management who are responsible for the day to day operational running of the business and reporting to shareholders on their stewardship. We continue to believe that Diageo has a board with the appropriate balance of diverse skills, experience, independence and knowledge of the company to enable them to discharge these responsibilities effectively. The description in this report of Diageo's corporate governance structures and procedures and of the work of the board and the executive committee is intended to give a sense of how this is approached.

        The principal corporate governance rules applying to UK companies listed on the London Stock Exchange (LSE) for the year ended 30 June 2011 are contained in The UK Corporate Governance Code as updated and published by the Financial Reporting Council (FRC) in May 2010 (the Code) and the UK Financial Services Authority (FSA) Listing Rules, which require companies listed on the Main Market of the LSE to describe, in their annual report, their corporate governance from two points of view: the first dealing generally with their application of the Code's main principles and the second dealing specifically with non-compliance with any of the Code's provisions. The two descriptions together are designed to give shareholders a picture of governance arrangements in relation to the Code as a criterion of good practice. Diageo has complied with all relevant provisions set out in the Code throughout the year. The Code is publicly available under the heading 'Corporate Governance' at the website of the FRC, www.frc.org.uk.

        Diageo must also comply with corporate governance rules contained in the FSA Disclosure and Transparency Rules as well as certain related provisions in the Companies Act 2006 (the Act).

        As well as being subject to UK legislation and practice, as a company listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE), Diageo is subject to the listing requirements of the NYSE and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Compliance with the provisions of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (SOX), as it applies to foreign issuers, is continually monitored. Whilst the directors believe that the group's corporate governance policies continue to be robust, changes have been and will continue to be made in light of the rules that are in place at any point in time. Diageo follows UK corporate governance practice; differences from the NYSE corporate governance standards are summarised below within this report and on the company's website at www.diageo.com.

        The way in which the Code's principles of good governance and relevant provisions of SOX are applied is described within this corporate governance report.

PD Tunnacliffe
Company Secretary

Board of directors

Membership of the board and board committees, other directorships and attendance at meetings    The chairmen, senior non-executive director and other members of the board, audit committee, nomination committee and remuneration committee are as set out above in the biographies of directors and members of the executive committee.

119


Table of Contents


Corporate governance report (continued)

        The directors' biographies also show the significant other commitments of the chairman and other directors and whether there have been any changes to them during the year. Directors' attendance during the year at board meetings, meetings of the audit, nomination and remuneration committees and at the annual general meeting was as set out in the table at the end of this report.

        The board considers that it is beneficial for the executive directors to hold an external directorship to broaden their experience and normally this would be limited to one company. The chief executive, PS Walsh, holds a UK non-executive directorship in Unilever PLC and a US non-executive directorship in FedEx Corporation. The board considers that, given the importance of the United States to the company's business, the FedEx directorship is of benefit to Mr Walsh in terms of market awareness, US business practices and networking and that the time commitment is not onerous as the meetings can be combined with other business trips to the United States. The chief financial officer, D Mahlan currently holds no non-executive directorships.

        There is a clear separation of the roles of the chairman and the chief executive. The chairman, Dr FB Humer, is responsible for the running of the board and for ensuring all directors are fully informed of matters sufficient to make informed judgements. As chief executive, PS Walsh has responsibility for implementing the strategy agreed by the board and for managing the group. He is supported in this role by the executive committee.

        The non-executive directors, all of whom the board has determined are independent, are experienced and influential individuals from a range of industries and countries. Their mix of skills and business experience is a major contribution to the proper functioning of the board and its committees, ensuring that matters are fully debated and that no individual or group dominates the board's decision-making processes.

        Through the nomination committee, the board ensures that plans are in place for the succession of the executive and non-executive directors.

        A summary of the terms and conditions of appointment of the non-executive directors is available at www.diageo.com or on request from the company secretary.

Activities of the board    It is the responsibility of the chairman and the company secretary to work closely together in planning the annual programme and agendas for meetings. During the year, six scheduled board meetings were held, five in the United Kingdom and one in the USA, which incorporated a specific North American business focus and involved visits to distributors and customers. In addition, an annual strategy conference with the full executive committee was held offsite at which the group's strategy was reviewed in depth.

        When directors are unable to attend a meeting, they are advised of the matters to be discussed and take advantage of the opportunity to make their views known to the chairman prior to the meeting. The board manages overall control of the company's affairs with reference to the formal schedule of matters reserved for the board for decision. The schedule was last revised in June 2009.

        The board makes decisions and reviews and approves key policies and decisions of the company, in particular in relation to: group strategy and operating plans; corporate governance; compliance with laws, regulations and the company's code of business conduct; business development, including major investments and disposals; financing and treasury; appointment or removal of directors and the company secretary; risk management; financial reporting and audit; corporate citizenship, ethics and the environment; and pensions.

120


Table of Contents


Corporate governance report (continued)

        The Act sets out directors' general duties concerning conflicts of interest and related matters. The board have agreed an approach and adopted guidelines for dealing with conflicts of interest and have added responsibility for authorising conflicts of interest to the schedule of matters reserved for the board. The board confirmed that it was aware of no situations that may or did give rise to conflicts with the interests of the company other than those that may arise from directors' other appointments as disclosed in their biographies above. In accordance with the articles, the board authorised the chairman or the company secretary, as appropriate, to receive notifications of conflicts of interest on behalf of the board and to make recommendations as to whether the relevant matters should be authorised by the board. The company has complied with these procedures during the year.

        All directors are equally accountable for the proper stewardship of the company's affairs.

        The non-executive directors have a particular responsibility for ensuring that the business strategies proposed are fully discussed and critically reviewed. This enables the directors to promote the success of the company for the benefit of its shareholders as a whole, whilst having regard to, among other matters, the interests of employees, the fostering of business relationships with customers, suppliers and others, and the impact of the company's operations on the communities in which the business operates and the environment.

        The non-executive directors also oversee the operational performance of the whole group. To do this they have full and timely access to all relevant information, with updates also provided on governance and regulatory matters affecting the company. In addition, executive committee members and other senior executives are invited, as appropriate, to board and strategy meetings to make presentations on their areas of responsibility. The chairman and non-executive directors are also invited to attend the executive committee members' senior leadership meetings to gain further insight into different aspects of the business.

        In order to fulfil their duties, procedures are in place for directors to seek both independent advice and the advice and services of the company secretary who is responsible for advising the board, through the chairman, on all governance matters.

        The non-executive directors meet independently without the chairman present, and also meet with the chairman independently of management, on a regular basis.

        The non-executive directors fulfil a key role in corporate accountability. The remits of the audit, the nomination and the remuneration committees of the board are set out below and membership of these committees is as set out above in the 'Board of directors and executive committee' section of this annual report. The company secretary acts as secretary to all of these committees. The terms of reference of the committees are available on the company's website at www.diageo.com/ourbusiness/aboutus/corporategovernance.

Training    There is a formal induction programme for new directors; they meet with the executive committee members individually and receive orientation training from the relevant senior executive in relation to the group and its business, for example in relation to its assurance processes, environmental and social policies, corporate responsibility policies and practices and governance matters.

        All directors are provided with the opportunity, and encouraged to go, for training to ensure they are kept up to date on relevant legal developments or changes and best practice and changing commercial and other risks. Typical training experience for directors includes attendance at seminars, forums, conferences and working groups and during the year also included training on compliance, risk, legal and tax matters. Training for directors is kept under review during the year and forms part of the

121


Table of Contents


Corporate governance report (continued)


chairman's individual meetings held with each director, with feedback sought from directors on areas and topics that they want to be covered.

Performance evaluation    During the year, an evaluation of the board's effectiveness, including the effectiveness of the audit committee, nomination committee and the remuneration committee was undertaken by external consultants by way of a written questionnaire followed by individual meetings with all directors. The consultants had no other connection with the company. The board questionnaire focussed on the performance of the board throughout the past year in the areas of strategy, performance management, management succession, risk management and boardroom dynamics. The questionnaire for the committees focussed on the performance of the respective committees throughout the past year, how the performance could be enhanced and areas of focus for the forthcoming year. A report was prepared for the board on its and its committees' effectiveness. The report concluded that the board and its committees continued to operate effectively, meeting the requirements and the spirit of the Code, with a climate within the boardroom that creates the optimum conditions for good decision making and sound guidance. There were nevertheless areas identified for the board and committees to enhance effectiveness. These will result in a continuing review of the process for ensuring effective meetings and the annual agendas of the board and its committees to ensure they are updated to reflect the feedback received.

        Given the context of two independent non-executive directors retiring at the upcoming annual general meeting, the importance of ensuring appropriate succession to the board to maintain the boardroom dynamics and the appropriate balance of skills and experience was also recognised.

        The performance of each director, who met individually with the chairman, was evaluated by the chairman based on self-analysis and input from the other directors. The chairman's performance was evaluated by the directors, using an internally produced questionnaire which was completed and returned to the senior non-executive director, who discussed the feedback in a meeting with the executive and non-executive directors and then privately with the chairman. A report on the individual performance evaluation process was given to the nomination committee. Following the performance evaluation of individual directors, the chairman has confirmed that the non-executive directors standing for re-election at this year's annual general meeting continue to perform effectively and demonstrate commitment to their roles. It is the board's intention to continue to review annually its performance and that of its committees and individual directors. A decision is taken each year on the performance evaluation process to be used. In respect of the coming year's evaluation process, no decision has yet been made whether to continue with the same method of facilitation or to revert to internal evaluation.

Audit committee

Role of the audit committee    The audit committee is responsible for monitoring and reviewing:

122


Table of Contents


Corporate governance report (continued)

For the purposes of the Code and the relevant rule under the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act), the board has determined that PG Scott is independent and may be regarded as an audit committee financial expert.

        The chairman, the chief financial officer, the group controller, the head of global audit and risk, the director of technical accounting and the external auditor are normally invited to attend meetings.

        The audit committee met privately with the external auditor and with the head of global audit and risk as appropriate.

Work of the audit committee    During the year, the audit committee formally reviewed the annual reports and associated preliminary year-end results announcement, focusing on key areas of judgement, provisioning and complexity, critical accounting policies and any changes required in these areas or policies. In addition, the audit committee also reviewed the interim results announcement and the company's interim management statements. The audit committee also reviewed the work of the filings assurance committee described below and was updated on litigation risks by the group's general counsel.

        The audit committee received detailed presentations from certain senior executives on the management of key risk and control issues in their respective business areas, reviewed the effectiveness and findings from internal control and risk management processes described below and reviewed the work of the compliance programme and the work of the audit and risk committee, described below.

        The audit committee had available to it the resources of the global audit and risk function, the activities of which are described below.

        During the year, the audit committee reviewed the external audit strategy and the findings of the external auditor from its review of the interim announcement and its audit of the annual financial statements. The audit committee also met privately with the external auditor.

        The audit committee reviews annually the appointment of the auditor and, on the audit committee's recommendation, the board agreed in August 2011 to recommend to shareholders at the annual general meeting in 2011, the re-appointment of the external auditor for a period of one year. The current overall tenure of the external auditor dates from 1997. Any decision to open the external auditor to tender is taken on the recommendation of the audit committee, based on the results of the effectiveness review described below. There are no contractual obligations that restrict the company's current choice of external auditor.

        The audit committee assessed the ongoing effectiveness of the external auditor and audit process on the basis of meetings and a questionnaire-based internal review with finance, global audit and risk staff and other senior executives. In reviewing the independence of the external auditor, the audit committee considered a number of factors. These include: the standing, experience and tenure of the external audit director; the nature and level of services provided by the external auditor; and confirmation from the external auditor that it has complied with relevant UK and US independence standards.

123


Table of Contents


Corporate governance report (continued)

        The group has a policy on auditor independence and on the use of the external auditor for non-audit services, which is reviewed annually, most recently in June 2011. Under this policy the provision of any non-audit service must be approved by the audit committee, unless the proposed service is both expected to cost less than £250,000 and also falls within one of a number of service categories which the audit committee has pre-approved. These pre-approved service categories may be summarised as follows:

Fees paid to the auditor for audit related and non-audit related services are analysed in note 3 (c) to the financial statements. The main non-audit related services provided by the auditor during the year were in respect of due diligence work for potential acquisitions and tax advice. The auditor was considered to be best placed to provide these services and was the provider that offered the best value. The nature and level of all services provided by the external auditor is a factor taken into account by the audit committee when it reviews annually the independence of the external auditor.

Nomination committee

Role of the nomination committee    The nomination committee is responsible for keeping under review the composition of the board and succession to it, and succession planning for senior management positions. It makes recommendations to the board concerning appointments to the board, whether of executive or non-executive directors, having regard to the balance and structure of the board and the required blend of skills and experience.

        The nomination committee also makes recommendations to the board concerning the re-appointment of any non-executive director at the conclusion of his or her specified term and the re-election of any director by shareholders under the retirement provisions of the company's articles of association. No director is involved in determining his or her own re-appointment or re-election.

        Any new directors are appointed by the board and, in accordance with the company's articles of association, they must be elected at the next AGM to continue in office. All existing directors retire by rotation every year, as required by the Code.

Activities of the nomination committee    The principal activities of the nomination committee during the year were: the review of individual performance; a review of the executive committee structure, membership and succession planning for it; the consideration of potential non-executive directors; and succession to the role of chief financial officer.

        In respect of the appointment of Lord Davies to the board during the year, the recruitment process included the development of a candidate profile and the engagement of a professional search agency specialising in the recruitment of high calibre non-executive directors. Reports on potential appointees were provided to the committee, which, after careful consideration, made a recommendation to the board.

124


Table of Contents


Corporate governance report (continued)

        Diageo supports diversity within its board of directors, including gender diversity. Currently there are four female directors, out of a total of eleven board members. We believe that all four bring a wealth of international business experience and are an asset to the company and the board.

        Without seeking to set a specific goal for female representation on the board, it remains our aspiration to maintain a high level of diversity, including gender diversity, within the boardroom, appropriate to and reflecting the global nature of the company and the strategic imperatives the board has agreed upon.

        For similar reasons, Diageo has set itself a goal to increase the number of women in leadership positions in the company and is making good progress towards this objective with 27% currently filling the leadership positions. The aim of the board is to continue to ensure that the company has the right balance of skills, diversity, in all forms, and experience.

        This approach has led us to be well represented by women on the board and having fully considered the succession to the executive committee and to leadership positions over the ensuing years, the board is confident it will continue to be able to report progress on the gender diversity agenda.

Remuneration committee

Role of the remuneration committee    The role of the remuneration committee and details of how the company applies the principles of the Code in respect of directors' remuneration are set out in the directors' remuneration report.

        The chairman and the chief executive may, by invitation, attend remuneration committee meetings, except when their own remuneration is discussed. No director is involved in determining his or her own remuneration.

Executive direction and control

Executive committee    The executive committee, appointed and chaired by the chief executive, consists of the individuals responsible for the key components of the business: for the year ended 30 June 2011, North America, Europe, International and Asia Pacific markets, global supply and global functions. With effect from 1 July 2011, the structure has been revised, as set out in the 'Business description' section of this annual report. The members of the committee and their biographies are set out above in the 'Board of directors and executive committee' section of this annual report. It met, fully, four times during the year, and spent most of its time discussing strategy, people, performance (including brands) and governance. Meetings were held in the USA, Russia, the UK and Hungary. In addition, scheduled interim update meetings were held by teleconference throughout the year. Responsibility and authority (within the financial limits set by the board) are delegated by the chief executive to individual members of the executive committee who are accountable to him for the performance of their business units.

        Executive direction and control procedures include approval of annual strategic plans submitted by each business unit executive and periodic business reviews. These reviews are generally attended by the regional president responsible for the market (and in certain cases additional members of the executive committee) and are held in the relevant market. The reviews focus on business performance management and specific issues around brands, people, key business decisions and risk management.

125


Table of Contents


Corporate governance report (continued)

        The chief executive has created several executive working groups to which are delegated particular tasks, generally with specific time spans and success criteria. He has also created committees, intended to have an ongoing remit, including the following.

Audit and risk committee    Chaired by the chief executive and responsible for: overseeing the approach to securing effective internal control and risk management in the group; reviewing the adequacy of the group's sources of assurance over the management of key risks; reviewing management's self-assessment process over internal controls; reviewing the effectiveness of the group's compliance programme; and reporting periodically on the above to the audit committee or to the board. In addition, the audit and risk committee is responsible for promoting the culture and processes that support effective compliance with the group's codes of conduct, business guidelines and marketing practices throughout the business and supports the audit committee, board and executive committee in satisfying its corporate governance responsibilities relating to internal control and risk management within the group.

Corporate citizenship committee    Chaired by the chief executive and responsible for making decisions or, where appropriate, recommendations to the board or executive committee concerning policies, issues and measurement and reporting for the following impacts across Diageo's value chain: alcohol in society, water, broader environmental sustainability, community, our people and governance and ethics. Progress in these areas is reported periodically to the board and publicly through a separate Sustainability & Responsibility Report, selected aspects of which are subject to external assurance. This report and the group's social, ethical and environmental policies are published on the Diageo website.

        Two executive working groups (one on alcohol in society, chaired by the corporate relations director, and one on environmental performance, chaired by the president, global supply) assist the committee with decisions on specific issues.

Finance committee    Chaired by the chief financial officer and including the chief executive, this committee is responsible for making recommendations to the board on funding strategy, capital structure and management of financial risks and the policies and control procedures (including financial issues relating to treasury and taxation) required to implement the company's financial strategy and financial risk management policies. In certain specific circumstances, the board has delegated authority to the finance committee to make decisions in these areas. Treasury activity is managed centrally within tightly defined dealing authorities and procedures recommended by the finance committee and approved by the board.

Filings assurance committee    Chaired by the chief financial officer and including the chief executive, this committee is responsible for implementing and monitoring the processes which are designed to ensure that the company complies with relevant UK, US and other regulatory reporting and filing provisions, including those imposed by SOX or derived from it. As at the end of the period covered by this report, the filings assurance committee, with the participation of the chief executive and chief financial officer, carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of disclosure controls and procedures. These are defined as those controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports filed under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarised and reported within specified time periods. As of the date of the evaluation, the chief executive and the chief financial officer concluded that the design and operation of these disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that the company files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to

126


Table of Contents


Corporate governance report (continued)


the management, including the company's principal executive and principal financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure.

Additional information

Internal control and risk management

Diageo's aim is to manage risk and to control its business and financial activities cost-effectively and in a manner that enables it to: exploit profitable business opportunities in a disciplined way; avoid or reduce risks that can cause loss, reputational damage or business failure; support operational effectiveness; and enhance resilience to external events. To achieve this, an ongoing process has been established for identifying, evaluating and managing risks faced by the group. This process, which complies with the requirements of the Code, has been in place for the full financial year and up to the date the financial statements were approved and accords with the guidance issued by the Financial Reporting Council in October 2005,'Internal Control: Revised Guidance for Directors on the Combined Code', also known as the Turnbull guidance (as amended by the Flint review).

        The board acknowledges that it is responsible for the company's systems of internal control and risk management and for reviewing their effectiveness. The board confirms that, through the activities of the audit committee described above, it has reviewed the effectiveness of the company's systems of internal control and risk management described below.

        All significant business units and the executive committee are required to maintain a process to ensure key risks are identified, evaluated and managed appropriately. This process is also applied to major business decisions or initiatives, such as systems implementations, new product development, business combination activity or significant business strategy implementation. Additional risk management activity is focused directly towards operational risks within the business, including health and safety, product quality and environmental risk management.

        Business unit risk assessments, and the activities planned to manage those risks, are reviewed by relevant executives, for example at periodic business reviews. The oversight of primary risks, as detailed in the executive committee risk assessment, is allocated as appropriate between the board, board committees and the executive committee. The executive committee risk assessment, and selected key risk assessments, are reviewed by the audit and risk committee and by the audit committee.

        In addition, business units are required to self-assess the effectiveness of the design of their internal control framework. Relevant executives review the results of these self-assessments and summary reporting is provided to the audit and risk committee and audit committee. Risk management and internal control processes encompass activity to mitigate financial, operational, compliance and reputational risk. Specific processes are also in place to ensure management maintain adequate internal control over financial reporting, as separately reported on below.

        A network of risk management committees is in place, which has overall accountability for supporting the audit and risk committee in its corporate governance responsibilities by working with business units to proactively and effectively manage risk and monitor the effectiveness of internal controls.

        Processes are in place to ensure appropriate action is taken, where necessary, to remedy any deficiencies identified through the group's internal control and risk management processes.

        The global audit and risk function gives the audit committee, board and executive committee visibility and understanding of the group's key risks and risk management capability and provides

127


Table of Contents


Corporate governance report (continued)


assurance over the quality of the group's internal control and management of key risks in line with a plan agreed by the audit committee.

        The above risk management processes and systems of internal control, together with the filings assurance processes, are designed to manage, rather than eliminate, the risk of failure to achieve the group's strategic objectives. It should be recognised that such systems can only provide reasonable, not absolute, assurance against material misstatement or loss.

        During the year, in line with the revised principles of the Code, the board considered the nature and extent of the risks it was willing to take to achieve its strategic goals and adopted an internal statement of risk appetite, which describes existing risk behaviours and identifies a set of high level risk statements underpinning them. The statement of risk appetite serves as a complement to Diageo's risk policy and was considered and recommended to the board by both the audit and risk committee and the audit committee.

        The company has in place internal control and risk management systems in relation to the company's financial reporting process and the group's process for preparation of consolidated accounts. These systems are described above and under the headings 'Filings assurance committee', 'Audit and risk committee' and 'Management's report on internal control over financial reporting'. Diageo's filings assurance committee and audit and risk committee are each responsible for overseeing elements of these internal control and risk management systems. Furthermore, a review of the consolidated financial statements is completed by management to ensure that the financial position and results of the group are appropriately reflected therein.

Compliance and ethics programme

Diageo is committed to conducting its business responsibly and in accordance with all laws and regulations to which its business activities are subject. The board has a comprehensive training and education programme for both employees and the network of compliance and ethics ambassadors, whose role it is to be the key point of contact for compliance within each market and function. The code of business conduct is also supported by a set of global policies. Work commenced during the year to simplify these policies and to make access and governance of the policies easier.

        The Diageo marketing code together with Diageo's digital code of practice remain the principles that Diageo follows in relation to marketing and promotional activities of its brands and products.

        In addition, in accordance with the requirements of SOX (and related SEC rules), Diageo has adopted a code of ethics covering its chief executive, chief financial officer, regional presidents and other identifiable persons in the group, including those performing senior accounting and controller functions. No amendments to, or waivers in respect of, the code of ethics were made during the year. The full texts of the code of ethics, code of business conduct, marketing code and other Diageo policies that comprise the compliance programme are available on the company's website at www.diageo.com/ourbusiness/aboutus/corporategovernance.

        Compliance and ethics programme guidelines specify the manner in which any potential violations of these codes should be dealt with, including line manager reporting and an independent 'SpeakUp' employee help line. The latter is operated independently and all reports are sent, in confidence, to the global compliance and ethics director and head of corporate security for review, and where appropriate, investigation and escalation to the audit committee as required. There is an annual certification requirement for all management level employees to confirm compliance with the code of business conduct and to identify areas of possible non-compliance to the global compliance and ethics director.

128


Table of Contents


Corporate governance report (continued)


With the UK Bribery Act coming into force on 1 July 2011, the compliance and ethics director, together with group legal, reviewed the company's compliance and ethics programme and as a result of the review, no material changes to the compliance and ethics programme or planned workstreams were proposed.

        Both the audit and risk committee and the audit committee review the operation of the compliance programme.

Relations with shareholders

The company values its dialogue with both institutional and private investors. The board's primary contact with institutional shareholders is through the chief executive and chief financial officer.

        The chief executive and chief financial officer are supported by the investor relations department, who are in regular contact with institutional shareholders and sell-side analysts. Coverage of the company by sell-side analysts is circulated to the board. The board also ensures that all directors develop an understanding of the views of major institutional shareholders through an independent survey of shareholder opinion. In addition, major shareholders are invited to raise any company matters of interest to them at an annual meeting with the chairman and senior non-executive director. The chief executive and chief financial officer are normally also present and available to take questions and the chairman reports on the meeting to the board.

        Investor seminars and analyst presentations, including those following the announcement of interim results and preliminary year end results, are webcast and other presentations made to institutional investors are available on the company's website.

        For the year ended 30 June 2011, Diageo produced an annual report, which is available to all shareholders on its website, or in paper form by election or on request. As an alternative to receiving a paper notification through the post, shareholders may elect to receive email notification that the documents are available to be accessed on the company's website. Shareholders can also choose to receive email notification when new company information is published on www.diageo.com. The website also provides private shareholders with the facility to check their shareholdings online and to send any questions they may have to the company.

        Private shareholders are invited to write to the chairman or any other director and express their views on any issues of concern at any time and the AGM provides an opportunity for private shareholders to put their questions in person. The company also holds an annual presentation to the UK Shareholders' Association.

        The chairmen of the audit, nomination and remuneration committees are normally available at the AGM to take any relevant questions and all other directors attend, unless illness or another pressing commitment precludes them from doing so. At general meetings, a schedule of the proxy votes cast is made available to all shareholders and is published on www.diageo.com. The company proposes a separate resolution on each substantially separate issue and does not bundle resolutions together inappropriately. Resolutions on the receipt of the reports and accounts and the approval of the directors' remuneration report are put to shareholders at the AGM.

Charitable and political donations

During the year, total charitable donations made by the group were £28 million (2010 – £24.9 million). UK group companies made donations of £10.5 million (2010 – £12.0 million) to charitable organisations

129


Table of Contents


Corporate governance report (continued)


including £1.1 million (2010 – £1.1 million) to the Diageo Foundation and £7.7 million (2010 – £7.4 million) to the Thalidomide Trust. In the rest of the world, group companies made charitable donations of £17.5 million (2010 – £12.9 million) including £3.0 million to the Thalidomide Foundation Ltd in Australia (2010 – £nil).

        The group has not given any money for political purposes in the United Kingdom and made no donations to EU political organisations and incurred no EU political expenditure during the year. The group made contributions to non-EU political parties totalling £0.6 million during the year (2010 – £0.5 million). These were all made, consistent with applicable laws, to federal and state candidates and committees in North America, where it is common practice to make political contributions. No particular political persuasion was supported and contributions were made with the aim of promoting a better understanding of the group and its views on commercial matters, as well as a generally improved business environment.

Supplier payment policies and performance

Given the international nature of the group's operations, there is no group standard in respect of payments to suppliers. The group has moved to a standard term of 60 days in respect of payments to the majority of suppliers. Where this standard term does not yet apply, operating companies are responsible for agreeing terms and conditions for their business transactions when orders for goods and services are placed, so that suppliers are aware of the terms of payment and the relevant terms are included in contracts where appropriate. Creditor days have not been calculated, as Diageo plc had no material trade creditors at 30 June 2011. The company's invoices for goods and services are settled by subsidiaries acting on behalf of the company.

Going concern

The group's business activities together with significant risk factors are set out above in the 'Business description' section of this annual report. The liquidity position, capital resources and risk management processes covering exposure to currency, interest rate, credit, liquidity and price risk are described above in the 'Business review' section of this annual report.

        The group has significant financial resources, strong cash generation from operations and good access to debt markets. Consequently, the directors believe that the group is well placed to manage its business risks despite the current uncertain economic outlook.

        The directors confirm that, after making appropriate enquiries, they have reasonable expectation that the group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements.

Management's report on internal control over financial reporting

Management, under the supervision of the chief executive and chief financial officer, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate control over the group's financial reporting. Diageo's internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that: pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect transactions and dispositions of assets; provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit the preparation of financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as endorsed and adopted for use in the European Union (EU) and IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB); provide reasonable assurance that receipts and expenditures are

130


Table of Contents


Corporate governance report (continued)


made only in accordance with authorisation of management and the directors of the company; and provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of any unauthorised acquisition, use or disposition of assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

        Management has assessed the effectiveness of Diageo's internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13(a)-13(f) and 15(d)-15(f) under the Exchange Act) based on the framework in 'Internal Control – Integrated Framework', issued by the committee of Sponsoring Organisations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on this assessment, management concluded that, as at 30 June 2011, internal control over financial reporting was effective.

        Any internal control framework, no matter how well designed, has inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of controls and procedures and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or because the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

        During the period covered by this report, there were no changes in internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting.

        KPMG Audit Plc, an independent registered public accounting firm, who also audit the group's consolidated financial statements, has audited the effectiveness of the group's internal control over financial reporting, and has issued an unqualified report thereon, which is included on pages 235 and 236 of this document.

Directors' responsibilities in respect of the annual report and financial statements

The directors are responsible for preparing the annual report, the information filed with the SEC on Form 20-F and the group and parent company financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

        Company law requires the directors to prepare group and parent company financial statements for each financial year. Under that law they are required to prepare the group financial statements in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the EU and applicable law and have elected to prepare the parent company financial statements in accordance with UK Accounting Standards and applicable law (UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice). The directors have taken responsibility to prepare the group financial statements also in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. The directors have also presented certain additional information required by the SEC for the purposes of the company's Form 20-F.

        The group financial statements are required by law and IFRS to present fairly the financial position and the performance of the group; the Act provides in relation to such financial statements that references in the relevant part of the Act to financial statements giving a true and fair view are references to their achieving a fair presentation.

        The parent company financial statements are required by law to give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the parent company.

        In preparing each of the group and parent company financial statements, the directors are required to:

131


Table of Contents


Corporate governance report (continued)

The directors are responsible for keeping proper accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the parent company's transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the parent company and enable them to ensure that its financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006 and, as regard to group consolidated accounts, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. They have general responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets of the group and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities.

        Under applicable UK and US law and regulations, the directors are also responsible for preparing a directors' report, a directors' remuneration report and a corporate governance report that comply with that law and those regulations.

        In addition, the directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the company's website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Responsibility statement

Each of the directors, whose names are set out above in the 'Board of directors and executive committee' section of this annual report, confirms that to the best of his or her knowledge:

The responsibility statement was approved by the board of directors on 24 August 2011.

New York Stock Exchange corporate governance rules

Under applicable SEC rules and the NYSE's corporate governance rules for listed companies, Diageo must disclose any significant ways in which its corporate governance practices differ from those followed by US companies under NYSE listing standards.

132


Table of Contents


Corporate governance report (continued)

        Diageo believes the following to be the significant areas in which there are differences between its corporate governance practices and NYSE corporate governance rules applicable to US companies. This information is also provided on the company's website at www.diageo.com.

133


Table of Contents


Corporate governance report (continued)

 
  Annual
General
Meeting
2010
  Board
(maximum 6)
  Audit
committee
(maximum 6)
  Nomination
committee
(maximum 3)
  Remuneration
committee
(maximum 7)
 

Dr FB Humer

  ü     6/6     6/6 *   3/3     7/7 *

PS Walsh

  ü     6/6     4/6 **   3/3 *   7/7 *

DA Mahlan

  ü     6/6     6/6 *   3/3     n/a  

Lord Hollick

  ü     6/6     6/6     3/3     7/7  

PB Bruzelius

  ü     6/6     6/6     3/3     6/7  

LM Danon

  ü     6/6     6/6     3/3     7/7  

Lord Davies***

  ü     3/5     3/5     2/3     5/6  

BD Holden

  ×     6/6     6/6     3/3     7/7  

PG Scott

  ü     5/6     5/6     3/3     7/7  

HT Stitzer

  ü     6/6     6/6     3/3     7/7  

PA Walker

  ü     6/6     6/6     3/3     6/7  

*
Attended by invitation.

**
Attended by invitation, for part only.

***
Lord Davies was appointed during the year. He was unable to attend some meetings, as a result of prior commitments which were made before he joined the board.

134


Table of Contents


Directors' report

The directors have pleasure in submitting their Annual Report for the year ended 30 June 2011.

Annual General Meeting

The AGM will be held at The Institution of Engineering and Technology, Savoy Place, London WC2R 0BL at 2.30pm on Wednesday, 19 October 2011.

Dividends

Diageo paid an interim dividend of 15.50 pence per ordinary share on 6 April 2011. The directors recommend a final dividend of 24.90 pence per ordinary share. Subject to approval by shareholders, the final dividend will be paid on 24 October 2011 to ordinary shareholders on the register on 9 September 2011. Payment to US ADR holders will be made on 28 October 2011. A dividend reinvestment plan, which enables ordinary shareholders to invest their dividends in ordinary shares, is available in respect of the final dividend and the plan notice date is 3 October 2011.

Directors

The directors of the company who served during the year are shown in the section 'Board of directors and executive committee' above.

        In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code, all the directors retire by rotation at the AGM and offer themselves for re-election, with the exception of Lord Hollick and P Walker who will retire immediately after the AGM and will therefore not seek re-election. The non-executive directors proposed for re-election do not have service contracts.

        Further details of directors' contracts, remuneration and their interests in the shares of the company at 30 June 2011 are given in the directors' remuneration report above.

Auditor

The auditor, KPMG Audit Plc, is willing to continue in office and a resolution for its re-appointment as auditor of the company will be submitted to the AGM.

Disclosure of information to the auditor

The directors who held office at the date of approval of this directors' report confirm that, so far as they are each aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the company's auditor is unaware; and each director has taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a director to make themselves aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the company's auditor is aware of that information.

Business review

The review of the business of the company and the description of the principal risks and uncertainties facing the company, prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006, comprises the following sections of the Annual Report: the Chief executive's review, the Business description and the Business review.

135


Table of Contents


Directors' report (continued)

Corporate governance statement

The corporate governance statement, prepared in accordance with rule 7.2 of the FSA's Disclosure and Transparency Rules, comprises the following sections of the Annual Report: the Corporate governance report and the Additional information for shareholders.

Significant agreements – change of control

The following significant agreements contain certain termination and other rights for Diageo's counterparties upon a change of control of the company.

        Under the agreement governing the company's 34% investment in Moët Hennessy SNC (MH) and Moët Hennessy International SAS (MHI), if a competitor (as defined therein) directly or indirectly takes control of the company (which, for these purposes, would occur if such competitor acquired more than 34% of the voting rights or equity interests in the company), LVMH Moët Hennessy – Louis Vuitton SA (LVMH) may require the company to sell its shares in MH and MHI to LVMH.

        The master agreement governing the operation of the group's regional joint ventures with LVMH states that upon a change of control of the company (being, for these purposes, the acquisition by a third party of 30% or more of the issued share capital having voting rights in the company), LVMH may either appoint and remove the chairman of each joint venture entity governed by such master agreement, who shall be given a casting vote, or require each joint venture entity to be wound up.

        Agreements for the distribution of the Jose Cuervo tequila brands allow Casa Cuervo SA de CV (Cuervo) the right to terminate such agreements upon a change of control of the company, if Cuervo's advance written consent to the change of control is not obtained.

136


Table of Contents


Directors' report (continued)

Other information

Other information relevant to the directors' report may be found in the following sections of the Annual Report:

Information
  Location in Annual Report
Amendment of articles of association   Additional information for shareholders – Articles of association
Charitable and political donations   Corporate governance report
Corporate citizenship   Corporate governance report
Directors – appointment and powers   Additional information for shareholders – Articles of association
Directors' indemnities and compensation   Directors' remuneration report for loss of office
Employment policies   Business description – Premium drinks – Employees
Events since 30 June 2011   Financial statements – note 35 Post balance sheet events
Future developments   Business review – Trend information
Purchase of own shares   Business review – Liquidity and capital resources and Financial statements – note 28 Share capital and reserves
Principal activities of the company and its subsidiary undertakings in the course of the year   Financial statements – Principal group companies
Research and development   Business description – Premium drinks – Research and development
Share capital – structure, voting and other rights   Additional information for shareholders – Share capital and Articles of association
Share capital – employee share plan voting rights   Financial statements – note 34 Employee share compensation
Shareholdings in the company   Additional information for shareholders – Share capital
Supplier payment policies and performance   Corporate governance report

        The directors' report of Diageo plc for the year ended 30 June 2011 comprises these pages and the sections of the Annual Report referred to under 'Directors', 'Business review', 'Corporate governance statement' and 'Other information' above, which are incorporated into the directors' report by reference.

        The directors' report was approved by a duly appointed and authorised committee of the board of directors on 24 August 2011 and signed on its behalf by PD Tunnacliffe, the company secretary.

137


Table of Contents


Financial statements – contents

139   Report of independent registered public accounting firm

140

 

Consolidated income statement

141

 

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

142

 

Consolidated balance sheet

143

 

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

144

 

Consolidated statement of cash flows

145

 

Accounting policies of the group

153

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

234

 

Principal group companies

138


Table of Contents


Report of independent registered public accounting firm

The board of directors and shareholders
Diageo plc:

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Diageo plc and subsidiaries as of 30 June 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated income statements, consolidated statements of comprehensive income, consolidated statements of changes in equity and consolidated statements of cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended 30 June 2011 on pages 140 to 233, and including the disclosures identified as 'part of the audited financial statements' within the 'Critical accounting policies' section on pages 83 to 85 and the 'Principal group companies' on page 234. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Diageo plc and subsidiaries as of 30 June 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended 30 June 2011, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and IFRS as adopted by the European Union.

        We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Diageo plc's internal control over financial reporting as of 30 June 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organisations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated 24 August 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the company's internal control over financial reporting.

GRAPHIC

KPMG Audit Plc
London, England
24 August 2011

139


Table of Contents


Consolidated income statement

 
  Notes   Year ended
30 June
2011
  Year ended
30 June
2010
  Year ended
30 June
2009
 
 
   
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Sales

    2     13,232     12,958     12,283  

Excise duties

    3     (3,296 )   (3,178 )   (2,972 )
                     

Net sales

    2     9,936     9,780     9,311  

Cost of sales

    3,5     (4,010 )   (4,099 )   (3,893 )
                     

Gross profit

          5,926     5,681     5,418  

Marketing

    3     (1,538 )   (1,419 )   (1,327 )

Other operating expenses

    3,5     (1,793 )   (1,688 )   (1,673 )
                     

Operating profit

    2     2,595     2,574     2,418  

Sale of businesses

    5     (14 )   (15 )    

Interest receivable

    6     278     469     252  

Interest payable

    6     (647 )   (844 )   (768 )

Other finance income

    6         4     2  

Other finance charges

    6     (28 )   (91 )   (78 )

Share of associates' profits after tax

    7     176     142     164  
                     

Profit before taxation

          2,360     2,239     1,990  

Taxation

    8     (343 )   (477 )   (286 )
                     

Profit from continuing operations

          2,017     1,762     1,704  

Discontinued operations

    9         (19 )   2  
                     

Profit for the year

          2,017     1,743     1,706  
                     

Attributable to:

                         

Equity shareholders of the parent company

          1,900     1,629     1,605  

Non-controlling interests

          117     114     101  
                     

          2,017     1,743     1,706  
                     

Basic earnings per share

    10                    

Continuing operations

          76.2p     66.3p     64.5p  

Discontinued operations

              (0.8)p     0.1p  
                     

          76.2p     65.5p     64.6p  
                     

Diluted earnings per share

    10                    

Continuing operations

          76.0p     66.2p     64.3p  

Discontinued operations

              (0.8)p     0.1p  
                     

          76.0p     65.4p     64.4p  
                     

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

140


Table of Contents


Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

 
  Notes   Year ended
30 June
2011
  Year ended
30 June
2010
  Year ended
30 June
2009
 
 
   
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Other comprehensive income

                         

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations excluding borrowings

                         

– group

          (133 )   494     684  

– associates and non-controlling interests

          93     37     246  

Exchange differences on borrowings and derivative net investment hedges

          (51 )   (429 )   (773 )

Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges

                         

– gains/(losses) taken to other comprehensive income

          25     (27 )   90  

– transferred to income statement

          56     (26 )   (71 )

Hyperinflation adjustment

          6     25      

Fair value gains on available-for-sale investments

                  4  

Net actuarial gain/(loss) on post employment plans

    4     272     8     (1,007 )

Tax on other comprehensive income

    27     (65 )   (16 )   254  
                     

Other comprehensive income, net of tax, for the year

          203     66     (573 )

Profit for the year

          2,017     1,743     1,706  
                     

Total comprehensive income for the year

          2,220     1,809     1,133  
                     

Attributable to:

                         

Equity shareholders of the parent company

          2,167     1,628     940  

Non-controlling interests

          53     181     193  
                     

Total comprehensive income for the year

          2,220     1,809     1,133  
                     

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

141


Table of Contents


Consolidated balance sheet

 
  Notes   30 June 2011   30 June 2010  
 
   
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Non-current assets

                               

Intangible assets

    11     6,545           6,726        

Property, plant and equipment

    12     2,552           2,404        

Biological assets

    13     33           30        

Investments in associates

    14     2,385           2,060        

Other investments

    16     102           117        

Other receivables

    18     118           115        

Other financial assets

    22     305           472        

Deferred tax assets

    26     516           529        

Post employment benefit assets

    4     60           49        
                         

                12,616           12,502  

Current assets

                               

Inventories

    17     3,473           3,281        

Trade and other receivables

    18     1,977           2,008        

Assets held for sale

    19     38           112        

Other financial assets

    22     89           98        

Cash and cash equivalents

    20     1,584           1,453        
                         

                7,161           6,952  
                             

Total assets

                19,777           19,454  
                             

Current liabilities

                               

Borrowings and bank overdrafts

    21     (1,447 )         (587 )      

Other financial liabilities

    22     (90 )         (186 )      

Trade and other payables

    24     (2,838 )         (2,615 )      

Liabilities held for sale

    19     (10 )         (10 )      

Corporate tax payable

    8     (381 )         (391 )      

Provisions

    25     (149 )         (155 )      
                         

                (4,915 )         (3,944 )

Non-current liabilities

                               

Borrowings

    21     (6,748 )         (8,177 )      

Other financial liabilities

    22     (147 )         (155 )      

Other payables

    24     (41 )         (76 )      

Provisions

    25     (266 )         (318 )      

Deferred tax liabilities

    26     (777 )         (744 )      

Post employment benefit liabilities

    4     (898 )         (1,254 )      
                         

                (8,877 )         (10,724 )
                             

Total liabilities

                (13,792 )         (14,668 )
                             

Net assets

                5,985           4,786  
                             

Equity

                               

Called up share capital

    28     797           797        

Share premium

          1,343           1,342        

Other reserves

          3,300           3,245        

Retained deficit

          (195 )         (1,377 )      
                         

Equity attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company

                5,245           4,007  

Non-controlling interests

                740           779  
                             

Total equity

                5,985           4,786  
                             

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

These consolidated financial statements were approved by a duly appointed and authorised committee of the board of directors on 24 August 2011 and were signed on its behalf by PS Walsh and D Mahlan, directors.

142


Table of Contents


Consolidated statement of changes in equity

 
   
   
   
  Fair
value,
hedging
and
exchange
reserve
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
  Retained earnings/(deficit)   Equity
attributable
to parent
company
shareholders
   
   
 
 
  Share
capital
  Share
premium
  Capital
redemption
reserve
  Own
shares
  Other
retained
earnings
  Total   Non-
controlling
interests
  Total
equity
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

At 30 June 2008

    816     1,342     3,127     34     (2,559 )   703     (1,856 )   3,463     670     4,133  

Total comprehensive income

                99         841     841     940     193     1,133  

Employee share schemes

                    33     (8 )   25     25         25  

Share-based incentive plans

                        31     31     31         31  

Share-based incentive plans in respect of associates

                        3     3     3         3  

Tax on share-based incentive plans

                        (6 )   (6 )   (6 )       (6 )

Own shares repurchased

    (19 )       19         184     (601 )   (417 )   (417 )       (417 )

Dividends paid

                        (870 )   (870 )   (870 )   (98 )   (968 )

Acquisitions

                                    (2 )   (2 )

Acquisition adjustment

                                    (58 )   (58 )
                                           

At 30 June 2009

    797     1,342     3,146     133     (2,342 )   93     (2,249 )   3,169     705     3,874  

Total comprehensive income

                (34 )       1,662     1,662     1,628     181     1,809  

Employee share schemes

                    89     (3 )   86     86         86  

Share-based incentive plans

                        31     31     31         31  

Share-based incentive plans in respect of associates

                        3     3     3         3  

Tax on share-based incentive plans

                        4     4     4         4  

Dividends paid

                        (914 )   (914 )   (914 )   (107 )   (1,021 )
                                           

At 30 June 2010

    797     1,342     3,146     99     (2,253 )   876     (1,377 )   4,007     779     4,786  

Total comprehensive income

                55         2,112     2,112     2,167     53     2,220  

Employee share schemes

                    (4 )   (5 )   (9 )   (9 )       (9 )

Share-based incentive plans

                        34     34     34         34  

Share-based incentive plans in respect of associates

                        3     3     3         3  

Tax on share-based incentive plans

                        15     15     15         15  

Shares issued

        1                         1         1  

Dividends paid

                        (973 )   (973 )   (973 )   (112 )   (1,085 )

Acquisitions

                                    20     20  
                                           

At 30 June 2011

    797     1,343     3,146     154     (2,257 )   2,062     (195 )   5,245     740     5,985  
                                           

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

143


Table of Contents


Consolidated statement of cash flows

 
  Notes   Year ended
30 June 2011
  Year ended
30 June 2010
  Year ended
30 June 2009
 
 
   
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Cash flow from operating activities

                                           

Cash generated from operations

    29           2,879           3,184           2,654  

Interest received

                213           307           63  

Interest paid

                (524 )         (612 )         (478 )

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

                (112 )         (107 )         (98 )

Taxation paid

                (365 )         (474 )         (522 )
                                       

Net cash from operating activities

                2,091           2,298           1,619  

Cash flows from investing activities

                                           

Disposal of property, plant and equipment and computer software

          47           143           14        

Purchase of property, plant and equipment and computer software

          (419 )         (374 )         (355 )      

Net disposal/(purchase) of other investments

          1           (43 )         (24 )      

Payment into escrow in respect of the UK Pension Scheme

                              (50 )      

Sale of businesses

          34           1           1        

Acquisition of businesses

    30     (117 )         (206 )         (102 )      
                                 

Net cash outflow from investing activities

                (454 )         (479 )         (516 )

Cash flows from financing activities

                                           

Proceeds from issue of share capital

          1                            

Net (purchase)/sale of own shares for share schemes

          (9 )         85           (38 )      

Own shares repurchased

                              (354 )      

Net (decrease)/increase in loans

          (414 )         (422 )         256        

Equity dividends paid

          (973 )         (914 )         (870 )      
                                 

Net cash outflow from financing activities

                (1,395 )         (1,251 )         (1,006 )
                                       

Net increase in net cash and cash equivalents

                242           568           97  

Exchange differences

                (68 )         (16 )         66  

Net cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year

                1,398           846           683  
                                       

Net cash and cash equivalents at end of the year

                1,572           1,398           846  
                                       

Net cash and cash equivalents consist of:

                                           

Cash and cash equivalents

    20           1,584           1,453           914  

Bank overdrafts

    21           (12 )         (55 )         (68 )
                                       

                1,572           1,398           846  
                                       

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

144


Table of Contents


Accounting policies of the group

Basis of preparation

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as endorsed and adopted for use in the European Union (EU) and IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). References to IFRS hereafter should be construed as references to both IFRS as adopted by the EU and IFRS as issued by the IASB. No reconciliation to US GAAP is included in the financial statements in accordance with a rule adopted by the US Securities and Exchange Commission accepting financial statements from foreign private issuers prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB without that reconciliation.

        The consolidated financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis under the historical cost convention, except that biological assets and certain financial instruments are stated at their fair value.

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the year. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

        The critical accounting policies, which the directors consider are of greater complexity and/or particularly subject to the exercise of judgement, are set out under 'Critical accounting policies' in the Business review section of this Annual Report.

        The information set out in these accounts does not constitute the statutory accounts of the group within the meaning of the Companies Acts for the years ended 30 June 2011, 2010 or 2009. KPMG Audit Plc has reported on those accounts; their audit reports were (i) unqualified, (ii) did not include a reference to any matters to which the auditors drew attention by way of emphasis without qualifying their report and (iii) did not contain a statement under section 498(2) or (3) of the Companies Act 2006 in respect of the accounts for the year ended 30 June 2011, 2010 or 2009. The accounts for 2010 and 2009 have been delivered to the registrar of companies and those for 2011 will be delivered in due course.

Basis for preparation of financial statements on a going concern basis

Information on the business environment that the group operates in, the group's strategy and the principal risk factors that the group faces is contained in the Business review. The financial position of the group, its cash flows, borrowings, borrowing facilities, commitments and the group's policies to manage its financial risk are described in the Business review under 'Liquidity and capital resources', 'Contractual obligations' and 'Risk management'. Further information is disclosed in notes 21, 22 and 23 to the consolidated financial statements.

        At 30 June 2011 the group has cash and cash equivalents of £1,584 million and committed bank facilities of £2,174 million, with borrowings and bank overdrafts due within one year of £1,447 million. The group owns a diverse portfolio of beverage alcohol assets and operates in numerous countries around the world. The group also has a wide diversity of customers and suppliers. The directors believe that the group is well positioned to manage its business and financial risks successfully.

        The directors have a reasonable expectation that the group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the consolidated financial statements.

145


Table of Contents


Accounting policies of the group (continued)

Business combination

The consolidated financial statements include the results of the company and its subsidiaries together with the group's attributable share of the results of associates and joint ventures. The results of subsidiaries sold or acquired are included in the income statement up to, or from, the date that control passes. A subsidiary is an entity controlled, directly or indirectly, by Diageo plc. Control is the power to govern the operating and financial policies of the subsidiary so as to obtain benefits from its activities.

        On the acquisition of a business, or of an interest in an associate or joint venture, fair values, reflecting conditions at the date of acquisition, are attributed to the net assets including identifiable intangible assets and contingent liabilities acquired. Adjustments to fair values include those made to bring accounting policies into line with those of the group.

Sales

Sales comprise revenue from the sale of goods, royalties receivable and rents receivable. Revenue from the sale of goods includes excise and other duties which the group pays as principal but excludes amounts collected on behalf of third parties, such as value added tax. Sales are recognised depending upon individual customer terms at the time of despatch, delivery or some other specified point when the risk of loss transfers. Provision is made for returns where appropriate. Sales are stated net of price discounts, allowances for customer loyalty and certain promotional activities and similar items.

Advertising and promotion costs

Advertising costs, point of sale materials and sponsorship payments are charged to operating profit when the company has a right of access to the goods or services acquired.

Research and development

Research expenditure in respect of new drinks products and package design is written off in the year in which it is incurred. Any subsequent development expenditure in the period leading up to product launch that meets the recognition criteria set out in the relevant standard is capitalised. If capitalised, any intangible asset is amortised on a straight-line basis over the period of the expected benefit.

Share-based payments – employee benefits

The fair value of equity settled share options and share grants is initially measured at grant date based on the binomial or Monte Carlo models and is charged in the income statement over the vesting period. For equity settled shares the credit is included in retained earnings in equity whereas for cash settled share-based payments a liability is recognised in the balance sheet, measured initially at the fair value of the liability. For cash settled share options and share grants, the fair value of the liability is remeasured at the end of each reporting period until the liability is settled, and at the date of settlement, with any changes in the fair value recognised in the income statement. Cancellations of share options are treated as an acceleration of the vesting period and any outstanding charge is recognised in operating profit immediately. Shares of Diageo plc held by the company for the purpose of fulfilling obligations in respect of various employee share plans around the group are deducted from equity in the consolidated balance sheet. Any surplus or deficit arising on the sale of the Diageo plc shares held by the group is included as a movement in equity.

146


Table of Contents


Accounting policies of the group (continued)

Pensions and other post employment benefits

The group's principal pension funds are defined benefit plans. In addition, the group has defined contribution plans, unfunded post employment medical benefit liabilities and other unfunded defined benefit post employment liabilities. For defined benefit plans, the amount charged in the income statement is the cost of accruing pension benefits promised to employees over the year, plus any fully vested benefit improvements granted to members by the group during the year. The income statement also includes a credit equivalent to the group's expected return on the pension plans' assets over the year, offset by a charge equal to the expected increase in the plans' liabilities over the year. The difference between the fair value of the plans' assets and the present value of the plans' liabilities is disclosed as an asset or liability on the consolidated balance sheet. Any differences between the expected return on assets and those actually achieved, and any changes in the liabilities over the year due to changes in assumptions or experience within the plans, are recognised in other comprehensive income. The amount of any pension fund asset recognised on the balance sheet is limited to any future refunds from the plan or the present value of reductions in future contributions to the plan.

        Contributions payable by the group in respect of defined contribution plans are charged to operating profit as incurred.

Capitalisation of finance costs

Finance costs attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset, being an asset that necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale, are added to the cost of that asset. All other finance costs are recognised as charges in the income statement for the period in which they are incurred.

Exceptional items

Exceptional items are those that in management's judgement need to be disclosed by virtue of their size or incidence. Such items are included within the income statement caption to which they relate, and are separately disclosed either in the notes to the consolidated financial statements or on the face of the consolidated income statement.

Foreign currencies

Items included in the financial statements of the group's subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which each entity operates (its functional currency). The consolidated financial statements are presented in sterling, which is the functional currency of the parent company.

        The income statements and cash flows of overseas entities are translated into sterling at weighted average rates of exchange, other than substantial transactions that are translated at the rate on the date of the transaction. The adjustment to closing rates is taken to the exchange reserve.

        Balance sheets are translated at closing rates. Exchange differences arising on the retranslation at closing rates of the opening balance sheets of overseas entities are taken to the exchange reserve, as are exchange differences arising on foreign currency borrowings and financial instruments designated as net investment hedges, to the extent that they are effective. Tax charges and credits arising on such items are also taken to the exchange reserve. Gains and losses accumulated in the exchange reserve are recycled to the income statement when the foreign operation is sold. Other exchange differences are taken to the income statement.

147


Table of Contents


Accounting policies of the group (continued)

        The results of operations in hyperinflationary economies are adjusted to reflect the changes in the purchasing power of the local market currency of the entity before being translated to sterling.

        Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rate of exchange at the date of the transaction. If hedged forward, the impact of hedging is recognised, where permitted, under hedge accounting (refer to accounting policy for derivative financial instruments).

Brands, goodwill and other intangible assets

When the cost of an acquisition exceeds the fair values attributable to the group's share of the net assets acquired, the difference is treated as purchased goodwill. Goodwill arising on acquisitions prior to 1 July 1998 was eliminated against reserves, and this goodwill has not been restated. Goodwill arising subsequent to 1 July 1998 has been capitalised.

        Acquired brands and other intangible assets are recognised when they are controlled through contractual or other legal rights, or are separable from the rest of the business, and the fair value can be reliably measured.

        Intangible assets that are regarded as having limited useful economic lives are amortised on a straight-line basis over those lives and reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Goodwill and intangible assets that are regarded as having indefinite useful economic lives are not amortised. These assets are reviewed for impairment at least annually or when there is an indication that the assets may be impaired. To ensure that assets are not carried at above their recoverable amounts, the impairment reviews compare the net carrying value with the recoverable amount, where the recoverable amount is the value in use. Amortisation and any impairment writedowns are charged to other operating expenses in the income statement.

        Computer software is amortised on a straight-line basis to estimated residual value over its expected useful life. Residual values and useful lives are reviewed each year. Subject to these reviews, the estimated useful lives are up to five years.

Property, plant and equipment

Land and buildings are stated at cost less depreciation. Freehold land is not depreciated. Leaseholds are depreciated over the unexpired period of the lease. Other property, plant and equipment are depreciated on a straight-line basis to estimated residual values over their expected useful lives, and these values and lives are reviewed each year. Subject to these reviews, the estimated useful lives fall within the following ranges: industrial and other buildings – 10 to 50 years; plant and machinery – 5 to 25 years; fixtures and fittings – 5 to 10 years; casks and containers – 15 to 50 years; and returnable bottles and crates – 5 to 10 years.

        Reviews are carried out if there is some indication that impairment may have occurred, to ensure that property, plant and equipment are not carried at above their recoverable amounts.

Government grants

Government grants are not recognised until there is reasonable assurance that the group will comply with the conditions pursuant to which they have been granted and that the grants will be received. Government grants in respect of property, plant and equipment are deducted from the asset that they relate to and reduce the depreciation expense charged to the income statement.

148


Table of Contents


Accounting policies of the group (continued)

Leases

Where the group has substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of an asset subject to a lease, the lease is treated as a finance lease. Assets held under finance leases are recognised as assets of the group at their fair value at the inception of the lease. The corresponding liability to the lessor is included in other financial liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. Lease payments are apportioned between interest expense and a reduction of the lease obligation so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Other leases are treated as operating leases, with payments and receipts taken to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease.

Biological assets

Grape cultivation by the group's wine business is accounted for as an agricultural activity. Accordingly, the group's biological assets (grape vines and grapes on the vine) are carried at fair value which, in the absence of third party valuations, is computed on the basis of a discounted cash flow calculation. Agricultural produce (harvested grapes) is valued at market value on transfer into inventory.

Associates and joint ventures

An associate is an undertaking in which the group has a long term equity interest and over which it has the power to exercise significant influence. The group's interest in the net assets of associates is included in investments in the consolidated balance sheet and its interest in their results is included in the consolidated income statement below the group's operating profit. Investments in associates are reviewed for impairment at least annually or whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The impairment review compares the net carrying value with the recoverable amount, where the recoverable amount is the value in use calculated as the present value of the group's share of the associate's future cash flows or its fair market value. Joint ventures, where there is contractual joint control over the entity, are accounted for by including on a line-by-line basis the attributable share of the results, assets and liabilities.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost includes raw materials, direct labour and expenses, an appropriate proportion of production and other overheads, but not borrowing costs. Cost is calculated on an actual usage basis for maturing inventories and on a first in, first out basis for other inventories.

Assets held for sale

Non-current assets and disposal groups are classified as held for sale if their net book value is expected to be recovered through sale rather than continuing use. This condition is only met when the sale is highly probable and the non-current asset, or disposal group, is available for immediate sale in its present condition. Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of the fair value less selling costs and net book value.

Financial assets

Trade receivables are non-interest bearing and are stated at their nominal amount which is usually the original invoiced amount less any provisions made for bad and doubtful receivables. Estimated

149


Table of Contents


Accounting policies of the group (continued)

irrecoverable amounts are based on the ageing of the receivable balances and historical experience. Individual trade receivables are provided against when management deems them not to be fully collectable.

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand and deposits which are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to insignificant risk of changes in value and have an original maturity of three months or less at acquisition, including money market deposits, commercial paper and investments.

Available-for-sale financial assets are non-derivatives that are either designated in this category or not classified in any of the other categories. They are included in non-current assets unless management intends to dispose of the investment within 12 months of the balance sheet date.

Financial liabilities

Borrowings are initially measured at cost, which is equal to fair value at inception, and are subsequently measured at amortised cost. Any difference between the proceeds, net of transaction costs, and the settlement or redemption amount is recognised over the term of the borrowing using the effective interest rate method.

        The fair value adjustments for all loans designated as hedged items in a fair value hedge are disclosed, as a net figure, separately. The fair value adjustment is calculated using a discounted cash flow technique based on market data applied consistently for similar types of instruments.

Trade payables are non-interest bearing and are stated at their nominal value.

Derivative financial instruments

Derivative financial instruments are carried at fair value that is calculated using a discounted cash flow technique based on market data applied consistently for similar types of instruments. Gains and losses on derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment are taken to the income statement as they arise.

        The purpose of hedge accounting is to mitigate the impact of potential volatility in the income statement due to changes in exchange or interest rates, by matching the impact of the hedged item and the hedging instrument in the income statement. To qualify for hedge accounting, the hedging relationship must meet several conditions with respect to documentation, probability of occurrence, hedge effectiveness and reliability of measurement. At the inception of the transaction, the group documents the relationship between hedged items and hedging instruments, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge transaction. This process includes linking all derivatives designated as hedges to specific assets and liabilities or to specific firm commitments or forecast transactions. The group also documents its assessment, at hedge inception and at least on a quarterly basis, as to whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have been, and are likely to continue to be, effective in offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows of hedged items.

        The group designates derivatives which qualify for hedge accounting as either: (a) a hedge of the fair value of a recognised asset or liability (fair value hedge); (b) a hedge of a forecast transaction or the cash flow risk from a change in exchange or interest rates (cash flow hedge); or (c) a hedge of a net investment in foreign operations.

150


Table of Contents


Accounting policies of the group (continued)

        The method of recognising the resulting gains or losses from movements in fair values is dependent on whether the derivative contract is designated to hedge a specific risk and qualifies for hedge accounting.

        Fair value hedges are used to manage the currency and/or interest rate risks to which the fair value of certain assets and liabilities are exposed. Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are fair value hedges are recognised in the income statement, along with any changes in the relevant fair value of the underlying hedged asset or liability. If such a hedge relationship is de-designated, fair value movements on the derivative continue to be taken to the income statement while any fair value adjustments made to the underlying hedged item to that date are amortised through the income statement over its remaining life using the effective interest rate method.

        Cash flow hedges are used to hedge the foreign currency risk of highly probable future foreign currency cash flows, as well as the cash flow risk from changes in exchange or interest rates. The effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedges is recognised in other comprehensive income, while any ineffective part is recognised in the income statement. Amounts recorded in other comprehensive income are recycled to the income statement in the same period in which the underlying foreign exchange or interest exposure affects the income statement.

        Net investment hedges take the form of either foreign currency borrowings or derivatives. All foreign exchange gains or losses arising on translation of net investments are recorded in other comprehensive income and included in the exchange reserve. Liabilities used as hedging instruments in a net investment hedge are revalued at closing exchange rates and the resulting gains or losses are recognised in other comprehensive income to the extent that they are effective, with any ineffectiveness taken to the income statement. Foreign exchange contracts hedging net investments in foreign operations are carried at fair value. Effective fair value movements are recognised in other comprehensive income, with any ineffectiveness taken to the income statement.

Provisions

Provisions are liabilities of uncertain timing or amount. A provision is recognised if, as a result of a past event, the group has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be estimated reliably, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. Provisions are calculated on a discounted basis, where the difference from the original undiscounted provision is material. The carrying amounts of provisions are reviewed at each balance sheet date and adjusted to reflect the current best estimate.

Taxation

Current tax is based on taxable profit for the year. This requires an estimation of the current tax liability together with an assessment of the temporary differences which arise as a consequence of different accounting and tax treatments.

        Full provision for deferred tax is made for temporary differences between the carrying value of assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial statements and their tax bases. The amount of deferred tax reflects the expected recoverable amount and is based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using the basis of taxation enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. Deferred tax assets are not recognised where it is more likely than not that the asset will not be realised in the future. No deferred tax liability is provided in respect of any future remittance of earnings of foreign subsidiaries where the group is

151


Table of Contents


Accounting policies of the group (continued)


able to control the remittance of earnings and it is probable that such earnings will not be remitted in the foreseeable future, or where no liability would arise on the remittance.

        Tax benefits are not recognised unless it is probable that the tax positions are sustainable. Once considered to be probable, management reviews each material tax benefit to assess whether a provision should be taken against full recognition of the benefit on the basis of potential settlement through negotiation and/or litigation. Any interest and penalties on tax liabilities are provided for in the tax charge.

Discontinued operations

Discontinued operations comprise disposal groups where they represent a major line of business or geographical area of operations or business activities that the group no longer participates in or did not form part of the group's operations.

152


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements

1.     New accounting policies

(a)   Adopted by the group    The following accounting standards, amendments and interpretations, issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) or International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFRIC), are effective for the first time in the current financial year and have been adopted by the group with no impact on its consolidated results or financial position:

Amendment to IAS 1 – Classification of the liability component of a convertible instrument

Amendment to IAS 7 – Classification of expenditures on unrecognised assets

Amendment to IAS 17 – Classification of leases of land and buildings

Amendment to IAS 27 – Consolidated and separate financial statements

Amendment to IAS 32 – Financial instruments: presentation – Classification of rights issues

Amendment to IAS 36 – Cash generating units

Amendments to IAS 39 – Financial instruments: recognition and measurement

Amendment to IFRS 2 – Group cash-settled share-based payment transactions

Amendments to IFRS 3 – Business combinations

Amendment to IFRS 5 – Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations

Amendment to IFRS 8 – Segment information with respect to total assets

IFRIC 19 – Extinguishing financial liabilities with equity instruments

(b)   Not adopted by the group    The following standards, amendments and interpretations, issued by the IASB or IFRIC and endorsed by the EU, unless stated otherwise, have not yet been adopted by the group. Unless stated otherwise, the standards or interpretations do not have to be adopted by the group until the year ending 30 June 2014 though the group may determine to adopt them earlier. The group does not currently believe the adoption of these standards or interpretations would have a material impact on the consolidated results or financial position of the group unless stated otherwise.

IFRS 9 – Financial instruments (not yet endorsed by the EU) removes the multiple classification and measurement models for financial assets required by IAS 39 and introduces a model that has only two classification categories: amortised cost and fair value. Classification is driven by the business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial assets. The accounting and presentation for financial liabilities and for derecognising financial instruments is relocated from IAS 39 without any significant changes. The group is currently assessing the impact this standard would have on its consolidated results and financial position of the group.

IFRS 10 – Consolidated financial statements (not yet endorsed by the EU) replaces the guidance of control and consolidation in IAS 27 and SIC – 12 – Consolidation – special purpose entities. The core principle that a consolidated entity presents a parent and its subsidiaries as if they were a single entity remains unchanged, as do the mechanics of consolidation.

IFRS 11 – Joint arrangements (not yet endorsed by the EU) requires joint arrangements to be accounted for as a joint operation or as a joint venture depending on the rights and obligations of each party to the arrangement. Proportionate consolidation for joint ventures will be eliminated and equity accounting will be mandatory. It is anticipated that the application of the standard will result in an

153


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

1.     New accounting policies (continued)

immaterial decrease in net sales, total assets and total liabilities of the group but have no impact on the group's net profit or net assets.

IFRS 12 – Disclosure of interests in other entities (not yet endorsed by the EU) requires enhanced disclosures of the nature, risks and financial effects associated with the group's interests in subsidiaries, associates, joint arrangements and unconsolidated structured entities.

IFRS 13 – Fair value measurement (not yet endorsed by the EU) explains how to measure fair value and aims to enhance fair value disclosures. The standard does not change the measurement of fair value but codifies it in one place.

Amendments to IAS 19 – Employee benefits (not yet endorsed by the EU) changes a number of disclosure requirements for post employment arrangements and restricts the options currently available on how to account for defined benefit pension plans. The most significant change that will impact the group is that the amendment requires the expected returns on pension plan assets, currently calculated based on management's estimate of expected returns to be replaced by a credit on the pension plan assets calculated at the liability discount rate. The group expects this change will result in an increase in finance costs but will not impact the group's net assets.

Amendment to IAS 1 – Presentation of financial statements (effective for Diageo in the year ending 30 June 2012)

Limited scope amendment to IAS 12 – Income taxes (not yet endorsed by the EU)

IAS 24 (Revised) – Related party disclosures (effective for Diageo in the year ending 30 June 2012)

IAS 27 (Revised) – Separate financial statements (not yet endorsed by the EU)

IAS 28 (Revised) – Associates and joint ventures (not yet endorsed by the EU)

Amendment to IAS 34 – Interim financial reporting (effective for Diageo in the year ending 30 June 2012)

Amendment to IFRS 7 – Disclosure of the financial effect of the extent to which collateral and other credit enhancements mitigate credit risk (effective for Diageo in the year ending 30 June 2012)

Amendment to IFRS 7 – Transfers of financial assets (effective for Diageo in the year ending 30 June 2012)

Amendment to IFRIC 13 – Customer loyalty programmes (effective for Diageo in the year ending 30 June 2012)

Amendment to IFRIC 14 – IAS 19: The limit on defined benefit assets, minimum funding requirements and their interaction (effective for Diageo in the year ending 30 June 2012)

2.     Segmental information

        Diageo is an international manufacturer and distributor of premium drinks. The group produces, markets and distributes a wide range of premium brands, including Johnnie Walker, Smirnoff, Baileys, Crown Royal, Captain Morgan and Guinness. In addition, Diageo also owns the distribution rights for the Jose Cuervo tequila brands in North America and many other markets.

154


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

2.     Segmental information (continued)

        Diageo also owns a number of investments in unconsolidated associates, the principal investment being a 34% interest in Moët Hennessy, the spirits and wines subsidiary of LVMH Moët Hennessy – Louis Vuitton SA. Moët Hennessy is based in France and is a leading producer and exporter of champagne and cognac.

        Diageo presents segmental information for the manufacture, distribution and selling of premium drinks in operating segments based on the geographical location of third party customers. The information presented is consistent with internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision maker, which has been identified as the executive committee.

        The executive committee considers the business principally from a geographical perspective and the business analysis is presented under the operating segments of North America, Europe, International and Asia Pacific. In addition to these geographical selling segments, a further segment reviewed by the executive committee is Global Supply which manufactures and distributes premium drinks within the group. Continuing operations also include the Corporate function. In view of the focus on the geographical segments in explaining the group's performance in the Business review, the results of the Global Supply segment have, in order to provide additional reconciling information, been allocated to the geographical segments. This gives an additional basis of presenting the group's performance and results on the basis of the location of third party customers. Corporate revenues and costs are in respect of central costs, including finance, human resources and legal, as well as certain information systems, facilities and employee costs that do not relate to the geographical segments or to Global Supply and hence are not allocated. They also include rents receivable in respect of properties not used by the group in the manufacture, sale or distribution of premium drinks and the results of Gleneagles Hotel.

        The segmental information for net sales and operating profit before exceptional items is reported at budgeted exchange rates in line with internal reporting. For management reporting purposes the group measures the current year at, and restates the prior year net sales and operating profit to, the current year's budgeted exchange rates. These exchange rates are set prior to the financial year as part of the financial planning process and provide a consistent exchange rate to measure the performance of the business throughout the year. The adjustments required to retranslate the segmental information to actual exchange rates and to reconcile it to the group's reported results are shown in the tables below. The comparative segmental information, prior to retranslation, has not been restated at the current year's budgeted exchange rates but is presented at the budgeted rates for the years ended 30 June 2010 and 30 June 2009, respectively.

        In addition, for management reporting purposes Diageo excludes the impact on net sales and operating profit of acquisitions and disposals completed in the current and prior year from the results of the geographical segments in order to provide comparable results. The impact of acquisitions and disposals is allocated to the appropriate geographical segments in the tables below. These acquisitions and disposals are the same as those disclosed in the organic growth reconciliations in the Business review but for management reporting purposes they are disclosed here at budgeted exchange rates.

155


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

2.     Segmental information (continued)

(a)   Segmental information for the consolidated income statement – continuing operations

 
  North
America
  Europe   Inter-
national
  Asia
Pacific
  Global
Supply
  Eliminate
inter-
segment
sales
  Total
operating
segments
  Corporate
and
other
  Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

2011

                                                       

Sales

    3,853     4,190     3,384     1,735     2,678     (2,678 )   13,162     70     13,232  
                                       

Net sales

                                                       

At budgeted exchange rates*

    3,289     2,562     2,754     1,076     2,785     (2,682 )   9,784     70     9,854  

Acquisitions and disposals

    27     3     35     1             66         66  

Global Supply allocation

    31     46     15     11     (103 )                

Retranslation to actual exchange rates

    (23 )   3     (57 )   93     (4 )   4     16         16  
                                       

Net sales

    3,324     2,614     2,747     1,181     2,678     (2,678 )   9,866     70     9,936  
                                       

Operating profit/(loss)

                                                       

At budgeted exchange rates*

    1,204     748     859     206     104         3,121     (181 )   2,940  

Acquisitions and disposals

    4     (8 )   (10 )   (8 )           (22 )       (22 )

Global Supply allocation

    59     41     6     (2 )   (104 )                

Retranslation to actual exchange rates

    (12 )   (3 )   (51 )   12             (54 )   20     (34 )
                                       

Operating profit/(loss) before exceptional items

    1,255     778     804     208             3,045     (161 )   2,884  

Exceptional items

    (23 )   (157 )   (13 )   (50 )   (35 )       (278 )   (11 )   (289 )
                                       

Operating profit/(loss)

    1,232     621     791     158     (35 )       2,767     (172 )   2,595  
                                         

Sale of businesses

                                                    (14 )

Net finance charges

                                                    (397 )

Share of associates' profits after tax

                                                       

– Moët Hennessy

                                                    179  

– Other associates

                                                    (3 )
                                                       

Profit before taxation

                                                    2,360  
                                                       

*
These items represent the IFRS 8 performance measures for the geographical and Global Supply segments.

156


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

2.     Segmental information (continued)

 
  North
America
  Europe   Inter-
national
  Asia
Pacific
  Global
Supply
  Eliminate
inter-
segment
sales
  Total
operating
segments
  Corporate
and
other
  Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

2010

                                                       

Sales

    3,853     4,371     3,222     1,442     2,627     (2,627 )   12,888     70     12,958  
                                       

Net sales

                                                       

At budgeted exchange rates*

    2,980     2,510     2,551     923     2,561     (2,460 )   9,065     68     9,133  

Acquisitions and disposals

    47     9     7                 63         63  

Global Supply allocation

    18     55     16     12     (101 )                

Retranslation to actual exchange rates

    261     185     53     83     167     (167 )   582     2     584  
                                       

Net sales

    3,306     2,759     2,627     1,018     2,627     (2,627 )   9,710     70     9,780  
                                       

Operating profit/(loss)

                                                       

At budgeted exchange rates*

    1,039     756     800     170     114         2,879     (180 )   2,699  

Acquisitions and disposals

    (3 )   1     (5 )   (7 )           (14 )       (14 )

Global Supply allocation

    56     55     5     (2 )   (114 )                

Retranslation to actual exchange rates

    78     47     (29 )   15             111     (45 )   66  
                                       

Operating profit/(loss) before exceptional items

    1,170     859     771     176             2,976     (225 )   2,751  

Exceptional items

    (38 )   (53 )   (5 )   (30 )   (39 )       (165 )   (12 )   (177 )
                                       

Operating profit/(loss)

    1,132     806     766     146     (39 )       2,811     (237 )   2,574  
                                         

Sale of businesses

                                                    (15 )

Net finance charges

                                                    (462 )

Share of associates' profits after tax

                                                       

– Moët Hennessy

                                                    134  

– Other associates

                                                    8  
                                                       

Profit before taxation

                                                    2,239  
                                                       

2009

                                                       

Sales

    3,858     4,279     2,803     1,268     2,353     (2,353 )   12,208     75     12,283  

Net sales

                                                       

At budgeted exchange rates*

    2,535     2,406     1,964     821     2,175     (2,067 )   7,834     72     7,906  

Acquisitions and disposals

    129     5     3     1             138         138  

Global Supply allocation

    22     57     15     14     (108 )                

Retranslation to actual exchange rates

    604     282     304     74     286     (286 )   1,264     3     1,267  
                                       

Net sales

    3,290     2,750     2,286     910     2,353     (2,353 )   9,236     75     9,311  
                                       

Operating profit/(loss)

                                                       

At budgeted exchange rates*

    885     780     598     170     13         2,446     (139 )   2,307  

Acquisitions and disposals

    46     (2 )                   44     (2 )   42  

Global Supply allocation

    22     3     (3 )   (9 )   (13 )                

Retranslation to actual exchange rates

    185     72     54     (2 )           309     (70 )   239  
                                       

Operating profit/(loss) before exceptional items

    1,138     853     649     159             2,799     (211 )   2,588  

Exceptional items

    (23 )   (52 )   (22 )   (35 )   (17 )       (149 )   (21 )   (170 )
                                       

Operating profit/(loss)

    1,115     801     627     124     (17 )       2,650     (232 )   2,418  
                                         

Net finance charges

                                                    (592 )

Share of associates' profits after tax

                                                       

– Moët Hennessy

                                                    151  

– Other associates

                                                    13  
                                                       

Profit before taxation

                                                    1,990  
                                                       

*
These items represent the IFRS 8 performance measures for the geographical and Global Supply segments.

157


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

2.     Segmental information (continued)

(i)
The segmental analysis of sales and operating profit/(loss) is based on the location of the third party customers.

(ii)
The net sales figures for Global Supply reported to the executive committee primarily comprise inter-segment sales and these are eliminated in a separate column in the above segmental analysis. Apart from sales by the Global Supply segment to the other operating segments, inter-segmental sales are not material.

(iii)
The group's net finance charges are managed centrally and are not attributable to individual operating segments.

(b)   Other segmental information

 
  North
America
  Europe   Inter-
national
  Asia
Pacific
  Global
Supply
  Corporate
and other
  Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

2011

                                           

Capital expenditure

    2     18     137     24     176     62     419  

Depreciation and intangible asset amortisation

    (3 )   (16 )   (76 )   (22 )   (129 )   (40 )   (286 )

Exceptional accelerated depreciation

                    (27 )       (27 )

Exceptional impairment of intangible assets

        (39 )                   (39 )
                               

2010

                                           

Capital expenditure

    1     16     91     14     193     59     374  

Depreciation and intangible asset amortisation

    (3 )   (16 )   (68 )   (20 )   (143 )   (41 )   (291 )

Exceptional accelerated depreciation

                    (44 )   (2 )   (46 )

Exceptional impairment of intangible assets

        (35 )                   (35 )
                               

2009

                                           

Capital expenditure

    18     20     98     11     183     25     355  

Depreciation and intangible asset amortisation

    (28 )   (17 )   (70 )   (18 )   (113 )   (36 )   (282 )

Exceptional accelerated depreciation

            (3 )       (15 )       (18 )
                               

        Capital expenditure represents the amount paid in the year. Due to a change in the organisational structure, capital expenditure and depreciation in respect of wine production in the United States were reported under Global Supply in the years ended 30 June 2011 and 30 June 2010 and for the year ended 30 June 2009 were reported under North America.

158


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

2.     Segmental information (continued)

(c)   Geographical information

 
  Great
Britain
  United
States
  Nether-
lands
  Rest of
World
  Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

2011

                               

Sales

    1,669     3,581     45     7,937     13,232  

Non-current assets

    1,226     3,150     2,196     5,163     11,735  
                       

2010

                               

Sales

    1,680     3,615     46     7,617     12,958  

Non-current assets

    1,122     3,348     2,327     4,655     11,452  
                       

2009

                               

Sales

    1,577     3,615     38     7,053     12,283  

Non-current assets

    1,203     3,086     2,230     4,349     10,868  
                       
(i)
The geographical analysis of sales is based on the location of third party customers.

(ii)
The geographical analysis of non-current assets is based on the geographical location of the assets and comprises intangible assets, property, plant and equipment, biological assets, investments in associates, other investments and non-current other receivables.

(d)   Sales by category

 
  Spirits   Beer   Wine   Ready
to drink
  Other   Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

2011

    8,742     2,829     561     940     160     13,232  

2010

    8,475     2,752     642     917     172     12,958  

2009

    7,968     2,654     615     871     175     12,283  
(e)
Foreign exchange rates    The principal foreign exchange rates used in the translation of financial statements for the three years ended 30 June 2011, expressed in US dollars and euros per £1, were as follows:

 
  US dollar   Euro  
 
  2011   2010   2009   2011   2010   2009  
 
  $
  $
  $
 
 
 
 

Weighted average rates used to translate income statements

    1.59     1.57     1.60     1.16     1.13     1.17  

Year end rates used to translate assets and liabilities

    1.61     1.50     1.65     1.11     1.22     1.17  

        The group uses foreign exchange transaction hedges to mitigate the effect of exchange rate movements.

        The results for the year ended 30 June 2011 include operating profit for Venezuela denominated in Venezuelan bolivar of VEF 664 million (2010 – VEF 485 million), translated at an exchange rate of $1 = VEF 9 (£1 = VEF 14.31) (2010 – translated at $1=VEF 2.15 for the six months ended 31 December 2009 and $1=VEF 4.30 for the six months ended 30 June 2010).

159


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

2.     Segmental information (continued)

(f)
Assets and liabilities    The management information provided to the chief operating decision maker does not include an analysis by geographical segment of assets and liabilities and accordingly no analysis by geographical segment of total assets or total liabilities is disclosed.

3.     Operating costs

 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Excise duties

    3,296     3,178     2,972  

Cost of sales

    4,010     4,099     3,893  

Marketing

    1,538     1,419     1,327  

Other operating expenses

    1,793     1,688     1,673  
               

    10,637     10,384     9,865  
               

Comprising:

                   

Excise duties  – Great Britain

    839     820     747  

                         – United States

    525     542     564  

                         – Other

    1,932     1,816     1,661  

Increase in inventories

    (263 )   (111 )   (220 )

Raw materials and consumables

    2,227     2,099     1,993  

Marketing

    1,538     1,419     1,327  

Other external charges (a)

    2,164     2,165     2,236  

Staff costs (note 4)

    1,344     1,269     1,232  

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment

    352     372     300  

Gains on disposal of property

    (20 )   (89 )   (6 )

Net foreign exchange losses

    16     127     65  

Other operating income

    (17 )   (45 )   (34 )
               

    10,637     10,384     9,865  
               
(a)
Other external charges    Other external charges include operating lease rentals for plant and equipment of £19 million (2010 – £16 million; 2009 – £11 million), other operating lease rentals (mainly properties) of £87 million (2010 – £74 million; 2009 – £76 million), research and development expenditure of £17 million (2010 – £13 million; 2009 – £17 million) and maintenance and repairs of £106 million (2010 – £103 million; 2009 – £90 million).

(b)
Exceptional operating items    Included in the table above are exceptional operating items as follows:

 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Other external charges

    160     100     70  

Staff costs

    64     82     82  

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment

                   

Accelerated depreciation

    27     46     18  

Ursus impairment

    39     35      

Gains on disposal of property

    (1 )   (86 )    
               

    289     177     170  
               

160


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

3.     Operating costs (continued)

(c)
Auditor fees    The fees of the principal auditor of the group, KPMG Audit Plc, and its affiliates were as follows:

 
  United
Kingdom
  Rest of
World
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Audit of these financial statements

    0.8     0.3     1.1     1.0     1.0  

Audit of financial statements of subsidiaries pursuant to legislation

    2.1     3.6     5.7     5.6     5.5  

Other services pursuant to legislation(i)

    0.4     1.0     1.4     1.3     1.3  
                       

Total audit fees

    3.3     4.9     8.2     7.9     7.8  

Other services relevant to taxation(ii)

    0.1     0.4     0.5     0.6     1.4  

Audit related fees under SEC regulations(iii)

    0.3     0.2     0.5     1.1     1.3  

All other fees(iv)

    0.5     0.4     0.9     0.4     0.7  
                       

    4.2     5.9     10.1     10.0     11.2  
                       
(i)
Other services pursuant to legislation relate principally to reporting required under section 404 of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

(ii)
Other services relevant to taxation comprise principally tax compliance services and tax advice.

(iii)
Audit-related fees under SEC regulations comprise the aggregate fees billed for assurance and related services including services in respect of due diligence and work performed in connection with registration statements.

(iv)
All other fees relate principally to advisory services, including services in respect of accounting advice.

In addition to the amounts above, £0.1 million (2010 – £0.2 million; 2009 – £0.2 million) was charged for audit services by firms other than KPMG Audit Plc. KPMG Audit Plc fees for audit services in respect of employee pension funds and benefit plans were £0.1 million (2010 – £0.2 million; 2009 – £0.3 million).

4.     Employees

        The average number of employees on a full time equivalent basis, excluding employees of associates, was as follows:

 
  2011   2010   2009  

North America

    1,690     1,615     2,258  

Europe

    2,912     3,007     3,253  

International

    5,867     5,097     4,952  

Asia Pacific

    2,705     2,636     2,668  

Global Supply

    7,802     8,171     8,116  

Corporate and other

    2,810     2,761     2,792  
               

    23,786     23,287     24,039  
               

161


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

4.     Employees (continued)

The average number of employees of the group, including part time employees, for the year was 24,020 (2010 – 23,521; 2009 – 24,270). During the year ended 30 June 2010 the supply operations of the US wine business were transferred from North America to Global Supply resulting in the transfer of employees between the two operating segments.

        Employees of corporate functions whose costs are charged to the operating segments, such as those in shared service operations, are included in 'Corporate and other' in the analysis above.

 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Aggregate remuneration

                   

Wages and salaries

    1,122     1,070     1,063  

Share-based incentive plans

    34     31     31  

Employer's social security

    85     82     73  

Employer's pension

    104     91     68  

Other post employment

    (1 )   (5 )   (3 )
               

    1,344     1,269     1,232  
               

The costs of post employment benefits and share-based incentive plans have been included in the consolidated income statement for the year ended 30 June 2011 as follows: cost of sales £60 million (2010 – £54 million; 2009 – £53 million) and other operating expenses £77 million (2010 – £63 million; 2009 – £43 million). Included within aggregate remuneration is £64 million (2010 – £82 million; 2009 – £82 million) in respect of exceptional operating items.

        Employer's pension costs include £7 million (2010 – £6 million; 2009 – £5 million) in respect of defined contribution plans, representing contributions payable to these plans by the group at rates specified in the rules of the plans.

Retirement benefits    The group operates a number of pension plans throughout the world, devised in accordance with local conditions and practices.

        The larger plans are generally of the defined benefit type and are funded by payments to separately administered funds or insurance companies. The principal plans are in the United Kingdom, Ireland, United States and Canada where benefits are based on employees' length of service and average final salary. All valuations were performed by independent actuaries using the projected unit method to determine pension costs. The most recent full valuations of the significant defined benefit pension plans were carried out as follows: United Kingdom on 31 March 2009; Ireland on 31 December 2009; and United States on 1 January 2011. The measurement dates used to calculate the disclosures in the consolidated financial statements are the respective balance sheet dates. In the United Kingdom, the UK Diageo Pension Scheme (a final salary defined benefit pension plan) (the UK Scheme) closed to new members in November 2005. Employees who have joined Diageo in the United Kingdom thereafter have been eligible to become members of the Diageo Lifestyle Plan (a cash balance defined benefit pension plan).

        The assets of the UK and Irish pension plans are held in separate funds administered by trustees to meet long term pension liabilities to past and present employees. The trustees are required to act in the best interests of the plans' beneficiaries. The two largest pension plans are the UK Scheme in the United Kingdom and the Guinness Ireland Group Pension Scheme in Ireland (the Irish Scheme). For

162


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

4.     Employees (continued)


the UK Scheme, the trustee is Diageo Pension Trust Limited. The appointment of the directors to the board is determined by the Scheme's trust documentation. As required by legislation one-third of all directors of the Trust are nominated by members of the UK Scheme. Two member nominated directors have been appointed from the pensioner member community and two from the active member community. For the Irish Scheme, the appointment of trustees is a Diageo Ireland decision. Currently Diageo Ireland makes four nominations and appoints three further candidates nominated by representative groupings. The chairman is a former employee of Diageo Ireland and is viewed as independent.

        The group also operates a number of plans, primarily in the United States, which provide employees with post employment benefits in respect of medical costs. These plans are generally unfunded. In addition, there are a number of other plans which provide post employment benefits other than pensions and medical benefits. These plans are also included in the figures presented below.

(a)    The following weighted average assumptions were used to determine the group's deficit/surplus in the main post employment plans at 30 June in the relevant year. The assumptions used to calculate the charge/credit in the consolidated income statement for the year to 30 June are based on the assumptions disclosed as at the previous 30 June.

 
  United Kingdom   Ireland   United States  
 
  2011   2010   2009   2011   2010   2009   2011   2010   2009  
 
  %
  %
  %
  %
  %
  %
  %
  %
  %
 

Rate of general increase in salaries

    4.9     4.6     4.6     4.2     4.0     4.4     6.2     5.6     5.6  

Rate of increase to pensions in payment

    3.8     3.6     3.7     2.3     2.1     2.1              

Rate of increase to deferred pensions

    3.6     3.3     3.4     2.2     2.0     2.0              

Medical inflation

    n/a     n/a     n/a     n/a     n/a     n/a     8.5     9.0     8.8  

Discount rate for plan liabilities

    5.6     5.4     6.2     5.4     4.9     5.7     4.9     4.7     5.7  

Inflation

    3.6     3.3     3.4     2.2     2.0     2.0     2.2     1.6     1.6  

For the main plans in the United Kingdom, Ireland and the United States, the salary increase assumptions include an allowance for age related promotional salary increases. For example in the United Kingdom salary increase assumptions comprise one percentage point above inflation and 0.3 of a percentage point for age related promotional salary increases. The 2011 assumption for medical inflation in the United States reduces by 0.5% per year to 5% (2010 – 0.5% per year to 5%).

        In assessing the group's post retirement liabilities, the mortality assumption for the UK Scheme (the largest plan) is based on the mortality experience of that plan. The mortality assumption is based on the CMI birth year tables with scaling factors based on the experience of the plan. The mortality assumption for the largest plan in Ireland is also based on the mortality experience of that plan with suitable future improvements. The mortality assumptions for the other plans around the world are based on relevant standard mortality tables and standard mortality improvements in each country.

163


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

4.     Employees (continued)

        For the main UK and Irish pension funds, the table below illustrates the expected age at death of an average worker who retires currently at the age of 65, and one who is currently aged 45 and subsequently retires at the age of 65:

 
  United Kingdom   Ireland  
 
  2011   2010   2009   2011   2010   2009  
 
  Age
  Age
  Age
  Age
  Age
  Age
 

Retiring currently at age 65

                                     

Male

    86.2     86.0     85.3     85.7     85.6     85.5  

Female

    87.8     87.7     86.7     88.3     88.2     88.1  

Currently aged 45, retiring at age 65

                                     

Male

    88.4     88.3     88.3     87.5     87.4     87.3  

Female

    90.1     90.1     89.3     90.1     90.0     89.9  

(b)    In respect of defined benefit post employment plans, the net amounts charged to the consolidated income statement and consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the three years ended 30 June 2011 are set out below:

 
  United
Kingdom
  Ireland   United States
and other
  Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

2011

                         

Operating profit

                         

Current service cost

    (59 )   (19 )   (32 )   (110 )

Past service gain

    2         3     5  

Gains on curtailments

    2     4     3     9  
                   

Total charge to operating profit

    (55 )   (15 )   (26 )   (96 )

Net credit/(charge) to other finance charges (note 6(b))

    14     (4 )   (13 )   (3 )
                   

Charge before taxation

    (41 )   (19 )   (39 )   (99 )
                   

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

                         

Actual return on post employment plan assets

    575     37     63     675  

Expected return on post employment plan assets

    (242 )   (70 )   (27 )   (339 )
                   

Actual return less expected return on post employment plan assets

    333     (33 )   36     336  

Experience gains and losses arising on the plan liabilities

    (49 )   (14 )   (11 )   (74 )

Changes in assumptions underlying the present value of the plan liabilities

    (54 )   67     7     20  
                   

Actuarial gain recognisable in the reconciliation of the assets and liabilities

    230     20     32     282  

Changes in the recognisable surplus of the plans with a surplus restriction

            (10 )   (10 )
                   

Net actuarial gain recognisable in other comprehensive income

    230     20     22     272  
                   

164


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

4.     Employees (continued)

 
  United
Kingdom
  Ireland   United States
and other
  Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

2010

                         

Operating profit

                         

Current service cost

    (49 )   (19 )   (31 )   (99 )

Past service gain

    13             13  

Gains on curtailments

    8         1     9  

Losses on settlements

        (3 )       (3 )
                   

Total charge to operating profit

    (28 )   (22 )   (30 )   (80 )

Net charge to other finance charges (note 6(b))

    (21 )   (12 )   (14 )   (47 )
                   

Charge before taxation

    (49 )   (34 )   (44 )   (127 )
                   

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

                         

Actual return on post employment plan assets

    566     164     18     748  

Expected return on post employment plan assets

    (217 )   (68 )   (28 )   (313 )
                   

Actual return less expected return on post employment plan assets

    349     96     (10 )   435  

Experience gains and losses arising on the plan liabilities

    181     32     16     229  

Changes in assumptions underlying the present value of the plan liabilities

    (447 )   (140 )   (77 )   (664 )
                   

Actuarial loss recognisable in the reconciliation of the assets and liabilities

    83     (12 )   (71 )    

Changes in the recognisable surplus of the plans with a surplus restriction

        2     6     8  
                   

Net actuarial gain/(loss) recognisable in other comprehensive income

    83     (10 )   (65 )   8  
                   

165


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

4.     Employees (continued)

 
  United
Kingdom
  Ireland   United States
and other
  Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

2009

                         

Operating profit

                         

Current service cost

    (54 )   (16 )   (29 )   (99 )

Past service cost

            (2 )   (2 )

Gains on curtailments

    12     21     8     41  
                   

Total (charge)/credit to operating profit

    (42 )   5     (23 )   (60 )

Net credit /(charge) to other finance income (note 6(b))

    11         (9 )   2  
                   

(Charge)/credit before taxation

    (31 )   5     (32 )   (58 )
                   

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

                         

Actual return on post employment plan assets

    (302 )   (212 )   (56 )   (570 )

Expected return on post employment plan assets

    (259 )   (85 )   (32 )   (376 )
                   

Actual return less expected return on post employment plan assets

    (561 )   (297 )   (88 )   (946 )

Experience gains and losses arising on the plan liabilities

    42     18         60  

Changes in assumptions underlying the present value of the plan liabilities

    (79 )   (47 )   (1 )   (127 )
                   

Actuarial loss recognisable in the reconciliation of the assets and liabilities

    (598 )   (326 )   (89 )   (1,013 )

Changes in the recognisable surplus of the plans with a surplus restriction

        (2 )   9     7  

Impact of minimum funding requirement

            (1 )   (1 )
                   

Net actuarial loss recognisable in other comprehensive income

    (598 )   (328 )   (81 )   (1,007 )
                   

 

 
  United
Kingdom
  Ireland   United States
and other
  Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Total cumulative gain/(loss) recognised in other comprehensive income

                         

At 30 June 2008

    558     45     (69 )   534  

Recognised in the year

    (598 )   (328 )   (81 )   (1,007 )
                   

At 30 June 2009

    (40 )   (283 )   (150 )   (473 )

Recognised in the year

    83     (10 )   (65 )   8  
                   

At 30 June 2010

    43     (293 )   (215 )   (465 )

Recognised in the year

    230     20     22     272  
                   

At 30 June 2011

    273     (273 )   (193 )   (193 )
                   

166


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

4.     Employees (continued)

(c)
The expected long term rates of return and fair values of the assets of the defined benefit post employment plans were as follows:

 
  United Kingdom   Ireland   United States
and other
  Total  
 
  Expected
long term
rates of
return
  Fair
value
  Expected
long term
rates of
return
  Fair
value
  Expected
long term
rates of
return
  Fair
value
  Expected
long term
rates of
return
  Fair
value
 
 
  %
  £ million
  %
  £ million
  %
  £ million
  %
  £ million
 

2011

                                                 

Fair value of plan assets

                                                 

Equities

    8.3     1,699     8.6     527     8.2     285     8.3     2,511  

Bonds

    4.8     1,619     4.9     628     4.6     171     4.8     2,418  

Property

    8.3     495     8.6     75     8.3     10     8.3     580  

Other

    5.2     489     5.3     (10 )   5.1     47     5.2     526  
                                           

          4,302           1,220           513           6,035  

Present value of funded plan liabilities

          (4,402 )         (1,571 )         (705 )         (6,678 )

Present value of unfunded plan liabilities

          (81 )                   (100 )         (181 )
                                           

Deficit in post employment plans

          (181 )         (351 )         (292 )         (824 )

Surplus restriction

                              (2 )         (2 )

Impact of minimum funding requirement

                              (12 )         (12 )
                                           

Post employment benefit net liabilities

          (181 )         (351 )         (306 )         (838 )
                                           

2010

                                                 

Fair value of plan assets

                                                 

Equities

    8.1     1,709     8.2     415     8.0     234     8.1     2,358  

Bonds

    4.8     1,370     4.8     548     4.4     161     4.8     2,079  

Property

    8.1     427     8.2     78     9.2     11     8.1     516  

Other

    4.7     313     4.1     60     5.3     41     4.7     414  
                                           

          3,819           1,101           447           5,367  

Present value of funded plan liabilities

          (4,205 )         (1,458 )         (712 )         (6,375 )

Present value of unfunded plan liabilities

          (74 )         (23 )         (97 )         (194 )
                                           

Deficit in post employment plans

          (460 )         (380 )         (362 )         (1,202 )

Surplus restriction

                              (2 )         (2 )

Impact of minimum funding requirement

                              (1 )         (1 )
                                           

Post employment benefit net liabilities

          (460 )         (380 )         (365 )         (1,205 )
                                           

2009

                                                 

Fair value of plan assets

                                                 

Equities

    8.3     1,528     8.6     371     8.4     198     8.4     2,097  

Bonds

    5.5     1,280     5.3     539     4.9     147     5.4     1,966  

Property

    7.3     358     7.6     97     13.5     13     7.5     468  

Other

    4.6     11     4.0     20     6.5     30     5.3     61  
                                           

          3,177           1,027           388           4,592  

Present value of funded plan liabilities

          (3,845 )         (1,364 )         (584 )         (5,793 )

Present value of unfunded plan liabilities

          (76 )         (23 )         (73 )         (172 )
                                           

Deficit in post employment plans

          (744 )         (360 )         (269 )         (1,373 )

Surplus restriction

                    (2 )         (7 )         (9 )

Impact of minimum funding requirement

                              (1 )         (1 )
                                           

Post employment benefit net liabilities

          (744 )         (362 )         (277 )         (1,383 )
                                           

167


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

4.     Employees (continued)

        Included in the post employment plan deficit of £824 million (2010 – £1,202 million; 2009 – £1,373 million) are £166 million (2010 – £180 million; 2009 – £141 million) in respect of post employment medical benefit liabilities and £32 million (2010 – £30 million; 2009 – £35 million) in respect of other non-pension post employment liabilities.

        Within the plan assets above there is no investment in the ordinary shares of Diageo plc. Included in equities in the UK plans at 30 June 2011 are £324 million (2010 – £356 million; 2009 – £391 million) invested in hedge funds and £285 million (2010 – £247 million; 2009 – £191 million) invested in private equity. Included in other assets at 30 June 2011 are interest rate and inflation swaps, along with repurchase agreements for the UK plans, with a fair value gain in the UK plans of £173 million (2010 – £51 million gain; 2009 – £46 million loss) and a fair value loss in the Irish plans of £18 million (2010 – £61 million gain; 2009 – £11 million gain).

        The asset classes include some cash holdings that are temporary. This cash is likely to be invested in the relevant asset class imminently and so has been included in the asset class where it is anticipated to be invested in the long term. UK plan assets include temporary cash of £43 million (2010 – £27 million; 2009 – £35 million) in 'equities', £74 million (2010 – £36 million; 2009 – £152 million) in 'bonds' and £5 million (2010 – £30 million; 2009 – £11 million) in 'property'. Irish plan assets include temporary cash of £11 million (2010 – £10 million; 2009 – £7 million) in 'equities' and £26 million (2010 – £105 million; 2009 – £64 million) in 'bonds'.

        Post employment benefit assets and liabilities are recognised in the consolidated balance sheet, depending on whether an individual plan is in surplus or deficit, as follows:

 
  2011   2010  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Non-current assets

    60     49  

Non-current liabilities

    (898 )   (1,254 )
           

    (838 )   (1,205 )
           

The expected long term rates of return for equities have been determined by reference to government bond rates (minimum risk rates) in the countries in which the plans are based. As at 30 June 2011, to reflect the additional risks associated with equities, expected long term rates of return on equities include a risk premium of 4% per year (2010 and 2009 – 4%) in excess of the expected return from government bonds. This risk premium is a long term assumption which is set after taking actuarial advice and considering the assumptions used by other FTSE 100 companies. The expected long term rates of return for other assets are determined in a similar way, by using an appropriate risk premium relative to government bonds in the relevant country.

        The investment strategy for the group's funded post employment plans is decided locally by the trustee of the plan and/or Diageo, as appropriate, and takes account of the relevant statutory requirements. The objective for the investment strategy is to achieve a target rate of return in excess of the movement on the liabilities, while taking an acceptable amount of investment risk relative to the liabilities. This objective is implemented by using specific allocations to a variety of asset classes that are expected over the long term to deliver the target rate of return. Most investment strategies have significant allocations to equities, with the intention that this will result in the ongoing cost to the group of the post employment plans being lower over the long term, within acceptable boundaries of

168


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

4.     Employees (continued)


risk. Each investment strategy is also designed to control investment risk by managing allocations to asset classes, geographical exposures and individual equity exposures.

        At 30 June 2011, approximately 33% (2010 – 33%; 2009 – 40%) of the UK Scheme's liabilities and approximately 37% (2010 – 38%; 2009 – 40%) of the Irish Scheme's liabilities were hedged against future movements in interest rates and inflation through the use of swaps.

        The discount rate is based on the yields of high quality, fixed income investments. For the UK pension plans, which represent approximately 65% of total plan liabilities, the discount rate is determined by reference to the yield curves of AA rated corporate bonds for which the timing and amount of cash outflows are similar to those of the plans. A similar process is used to determine the discount rate for the non-UK plans.

        The percentages of investments at fair value held by the pension plans at 30 June 2011 and 30 June 2010, analysed by category, were as follows:

 
  United
Kingdom
  Ireland   United States
and other
  Total  
 
  %
  %
  %
  %
 

2011

                         

Equities

    39     43     56     41  

Bonds

    38     51     33     40  

Property

    12     6     2     10  

Other

    11         9     9  
                   

    100     100     100     100  
                   

2010

                         

Equities

    45     38     52     44  

Bonds

    36     50     36     39  

Property

    11     7     3     10  

Other

    8     5     9     7  
                   

    100     100     100     100  
                   

169


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

4.     Employees (continued)

(d)
Movements in the present value of plan liabilities during the three years ended 30 June 2011:

 
  United
Kingdom
  Ireland   United States
and other
  Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Present value of plan liabilities

                         

At 30 June 2008

    3,752     1,254     553     5,559  

Exchange differences

        97     83     180  

Acquisition of businesses

            16     16  

Current service cost

    54     16     29     99  

Past service cost

            2     2  

Interest cost

    248     85     41     374  

Actuarial loss

    37     29     1     67  

Employee contributions

    14     3     1     18  

Benefits paid

    (172 )   (76 )   (52 )   (300 )

Curtailments

    (12 )   (21 )   (8 )   (41 )

Settlements

            (9 )   (9 )
                   

At 30 June 2009

    3,921     1,387     657     5,965  

Exchange differences

        (69 )   73     4  

Current service cost

    49     19     31     99  

Past service gain

    (13 )           (13 )

Interest cost

    238     80     42     360  

Actuarial loss

    266     108     61     435  

Employee contributions

    14     3     1     18  

Benefits paid

    (188 )   (84 )   (51 )   (323 )

Curtailments

    (8 )       (1 )   (9 )

Settlements

        3     (4 )   (1 )

Transfer from other payables

        34         34  
                   

At 30 June 2010

    4,279     1,481     809     6,569  

Exchange differences

        144     (27 )   117  

Current service cost

    59     19     32     110  

Past service gain

    (2 )       (3 )   (5 )

Interest cost

    228     74     40     342  

Actuarial loss/(gain)

    103     (53 )   4     54  

Employee contributions

    7     3     1     11  

Benefits paid

    (189 )   (83 )   (47 )   (319 )

Curtailments

    (2 )   (4 )   (3 )   (9 )

Settlements

        (10 )   (1 )   (11 )
                   

At 30 June 2011

    4,483     1,571     805     6,859  
                   

In the years ended 30 June 2011 and 30 June 2010 agreement was reached with a group of employees whereby part of their redundancy settlement, previously included in other payables, was settled by an enhanced pension entitlement. Cash contributions will be made by the group to the relevant pension funds for those obligations.

170


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

4.     Employees (continued)

(e)
Movements in the fair value of plan assets during the three years ended 30 June 2011:

 
  United
Kingdom
  Ireland   United States
and other
  Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Fair value of plan assets

                         

At 30 June 2008

    3,582     1,212     371     5,165  

Exchange differences

        93     52     145  

Acquisition of businesses

            15     15  

Expected return on plan assets

    259     85     32     376  

Actuarial loss

    (561 )   (297 )   (88 )   (946 )

Contributions by the group

    55     7     66     128  

Employee contributions

    14     3     1     18  

Benefits paid

    (172 )   (76 )   (52 )   (300 )

Settlements

            (9 )   (9 )
                   

At 30 June 2009

    3,177     1,027     388     4,592  

Exchange differences

        (52 )   46     (6 )

Expected return on plan assets

    217     68     28     313  

Actuarial gain/(loss)

    349     96     (10 )   435  

Contributions by the group

    103     43     49     195  

Transfer of escrow account

    147             147  

Employee contributions

    14     3     1     18  

Benefits paid

    (188 )   (84 )   (51 )   (323 )

Settlements

            (4 )   (4 )
                   

At 30 June 2010

    3,819     1,101     447     5,367  

Exchange differences

        111     (13 )   98  

Expected return on plan assets

    242     70     27     339  

Actuarial gain/(loss)

    333     (33 )   36     336  

Contributions by the group

    90     61     63     214  

Employee contributions

    7     3     1     11  

Benefits paid

    (189 )   (83 )   (47 )   (319 )

Settlements

        (10 )   (1 )   (11 )
                   

At 30 June 2011

    4,302     1,220     513     6,035  
                   
(f)
History of funded status of plans at 30 June 2011:

 
  2011   2010   2009   2008   2007  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Fair value of plan assets

    6,035     5,367     4,592     5,165     5,019  

Present value of plan liabilities

    (6,859 )   (6,569 )   (5,965 )   (5,559 )   (5,421 )
                       

Deficit in post employment plans

    (824 )   (1,202 )   (1,373 )   (394 )   (402 )

Surplus restriction

    (2 )   (2 )   (9 )   (14 )   (17 )

Impact of minimum funding requirement

    (12 )   (1 )   (1 )        
                       

Post employment benefit liabilities

    (838 )   (1,205 )   (1,383 )   (408 )   (419 )
                       

171


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

4.     Employees (continued)

        In order to address the deficit on the UK Scheme the group established a Pension Funding Partnership. During the year ended 30 June 2011 whisky inventory with a book value of £535 million as at 30 June 2011 was transferred into the partnership. The group retains control over the partnership and therefore this inventory, including the flexibility to substitute alternative inventories, and the partnership is fully consolidated within the group financial statements. The UK Scheme acquired a limited interest in the partnership, and as a partner, is entitled to a distribution from the profits of the partnership each year for 14 years. This profit share is expected to be approximately £25 million per annum. In 2024 the group will be required, dependent upon the funding position of the UK Scheme at that time, to pay an amount expected to be no greater than the deficit at that time, up to a maximum of £430 million in cash, to the UK Scheme to buyout the UK Scheme's interest in the partnership. Under IAS 19 – Employee benefits the interest in the partnership does not represent a plan asset for group reporting purposes and therefore the UK Scheme is deficit position presented in these financial statements does not reflect the UK Scheme's interest in the partnership. Accordingly, distributions from the partnership to the UK Scheme are reflected in the consolidated group financial statements on a cash basis as contributions are paid. The group has also agreed to make conditional contributions into escrow of up to £338 million if an equivalent reduction in the deficit is not achieved over the 10 year term of the funding plan. The escrow account would be payable to the UK Scheme after the triennial funding trustee valuations. In addition to the deficit funding, Diageo continues to make a cash contribution in respect of current service costs based on the UK Scheme trustee's valuation. This contribution is expected to be £50 million to the UK Scheme for the year ending 30 June 2012.

        The group has also agreed a deficit funding arrangement with the trustees of the Irish Scheme. This agreement results in the group contributing €21 million (£19 million) per annum over an 18 year period from 2010. The first contribution was made in the year ended 30 June 2011. The agreement also provides for additional cash contributions into escrow of up to €188 million (£169 million) if an equivalent reduction in the deficit is not achieved over the 18 year period. As part of this funding plan, Diageo has granted to the Irish Scheme a contingent asset comprising mortgages over certain land and buildings and fixed and floating charges over certain receivables of the group up to a value of €200 million (£180 million). In addition to the deficit funding the group expects to make cash contributions of €27 million (£23 million) to the Irish Scheme in the year ending 30 June 2012.

        The group also expects to make cash contributions of £90 million to all other post employment schemes in the year ending 30 June 2012.

(g)
History of experience gains and losses:

 
  2011   2010   2009   2008   2007  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Actual return less expected return on post employment plan assets

    336     435     (946 )   (236 )   244  

Experience gains and losses arising on the plan liabilities

    (74 )   229     60     (54 )   (110 )

Changes in assumptions underlying the present value of the plan liabilities

    20     (664 )   (127 )   272     189  
                       

Actuarial gain/(loss) recognisable in the reconciliation of the assets and liabilities

    282         (1,013 )   (18 )   323  
                       

172


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

4.     Employees (continued)

(h)
Changes in the assumptions used for determining post employment costs and liabilities may have a material impact on the consolidated income statement and balance sheet. For the significant assumptions, the following sensitivity analyses give an estimate of the potential impacts on the consolidated income statement for the year ended 30 June 2011 and on the consolidated balance sheet as at 30 June 2011:

 
  Estimated impact on consolidated income statement  
 
  Operating
profit
  Other
finance
charges
  Profit
before
taxation
  Taxation   Profit for
the year
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

2011

                               

Effect of 0.5% increase in discount rate:

                               

Approximate decrease in annual post employment cost

    8     (4 )   4     (1 )   3  

Effect of 1% increase in expected rates of return on plan assets:

                               

Approximate decrease in annual post employment cost

        56     56     (14 )   42  

Effect of one year increase in life expectancy:

                               

Approximate increase in annual post employment cost

    (2 )   (12 )   (14 )   3     (11 )

Effect of 0.5% decrease in inflation:

                               

Approximate decrease in annual post employment cost

    8     22     30     (7 )   23  

Effect of 1% increase in medical care inflation:

                               

Approximate increase in annual post employment cost

    (1 )   (1 )   (2 )   1     (1 )

Effect of 1% decrease in medical care inflation:

                               

Approximate decrease in annual post employment cost

    1     1     2     (1 )   1  

 

 
  Estimated impact on consolidated balance sheet  
 
  Net post
employment
benefit
liabilities
  Net
deferred
tax assets
  Net
assets
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

2011

                   

Effect of 0.5% increase in discount rate:

                   

Approximate decrease in post employment deficit

    451     (111 )   340  

Effect of one year increase in life expectancy:

                   

Approximate increase in post employment deficit

    (219 )   55     (164 )

Effect of 0.5% decrease in inflation:

                   

Approximate decrease in post employment deficit

    387     (90 )   297  

Effect of 1% increase in medical care inflation:

                   

Approximate increase in post employment deficit

    (25 )   7     (18 )

Effect of 1% decrease in medical care inflation:

                   

Approximate decrease in post employment deficit

    20     (6 )   14  

(i)
Information on transactions between the group and its pension plans is given in note 32.

173


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

5.     Exceptional items

IAS 1 (Revised) – Presentation of financial statements requires material items of income and expense to be disclosed separately. Exceptional items are items which, in management's judgement, need to be disclosed by virtue of their size or incidence in order for the user to obtain a proper understanding of the financial information.

        In the three years ended 30 June 2011, the following exceptional items were recorded:

 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Items included in operating profit

                   

Operating model review(a)

    (77 )        

Restructuring of Global Supply operations(b)

    (24 )   (93 )    

Restructuring of Irish brewing operations(c)

    (10 )   (12 )   (4 )

Global restructuring programme(d)

        (85 )   (166 )

Restructuring of US wine operations(e)

        48      

Duty settlements(f)

    (127 )        

Ursus brand impairment(g)

    (39 )   (35 )    

SEC settlement(h)

    (12 )        
               

    (289 )   (177 )   (170 )
               

Sale of businesses

                   

Wine operations(e)

    (12 )   (26 )    

Joint venture in India

    (2 )        

Step acquisition of Nuvo(i)

        11      
               

    (14 )   (15 )    
               

Exceptional items before taxation

    (303 )   (192 )   (170 )

Items included in taxation

                   

Tax on exceptional operating items

    51     39     37  

Tax on sale of businesses

    3     10      

Settlements with tax authorities(j)

    66         155  
               

    120     49     192  
               

Exceptional items in continuing operations

    (183 )   (143 )   22  

Discontinued operations net of taxation (note 9)

        (19 )   2  
               

Total exceptional items

    (183 )   (162 )   24  
               

(a)    During the year ended 30 June 2011 the group reviewed its operating model across its businesses and commenced a restructuring programme. The main objective of the programme is to improve the effectiveness and productivity of its operations and to deploy resources closer to the market and in those geographical regions where the potential for growth is greatest. This review will result in changes to the group's regional structure and the way it organises its central functions. The expected cost of the restructuring is approximately £160 million of which £77 million was incurred in the year ended 30 June 2011. The majority of the costs are in respect of staff redundancies but also include early termination of contracts and lease costs. Costs have been primarily incurred in the United Kingdom, Ireland and the United States.

174


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

5.     Exceptional items (continued)

(b)    In the year ended 30 June 2010 the group announced a number of initiatives to consolidate and streamline the Global Supply spirits operations in the United Kingdom and North America in order to create greater operating efficiencies.

        A restructuring of the group's supply operations in Scotland was announced in the year ended 30 June 2010. This included the consolidation of distilling, packaging and warehousing activities into fewer sites and has resulted in the closure of a distillery, two cooperages and a warehouse. The packaging plant at Kilmarnock is expected to close by June 2012. New investment is concentrated in the production sites in Leven in Fife and in Shieldhall near Glasgow. In the year ended 30 June 2010 operating profit included an exceptional charge of £81 million in respect of redundancies and additional depreciation spread over the period to the date that the sites are closed. £11 million was incurred in the year ended 30 June 2011 primarily in respect of additional depreciation and site decommissioning costs.

        In the year ended 30 June 2010, the group also announced the closure of the Dorval bottling plant in Quebec Canada with the production being moved to Delta Beverages in Woodbridge, Ontario and the restructuring of the Daventry distribution centre resulting in a charge of £12 million principally in respect of employee severance and a loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment. A gain of £3 million was realised in the year ended 30 June 2011 in respect of fixed asset disposals.

        In May 2011 the group announced the closure of the Menlo Park bottling plant in California and the specialty product building at the Relay plant in Maryland. The cost of closing the facilities is expected to be approximately $43 million (£27 million) of which £16 million has been committed as at 30 June 2011. The costs include employee severance and additional depreciation spread over the period to the date that the facilities are closed. New investment will be made in the North American spirits supply chain over the next 18 months principally in the packaging plants at Plainfield in Illinois and Relay in Maryland.

(c)    In the year ended 30 June 2008, operating profit included an exceptional charge for the cost of restructuring the Irish brewing operations, which primarily comprised severance and associated costs. The charge for the three years ended 30 June 2011 was principally in respect of accelerated depreciation.

(d)    In February 2009 the group announced a global restructuring programme which was designed to ensure improved routes to market, stronger brand positions and enhanced financial strength. The programme affected all operating segments including Corporate. The majority of the costs were in respect of a reduction in the number of employees and were spread over the two years ended 30 June 2010. These restructuring charges were included in the consolidated income statement in other operating expenses.

(e)    In the year ended 30 June 2010, the group carried out a restructuring of its US wine operations which resulted in a restructuring charge of £41 million in respect of a reduction in the number of employees, early contract terminations and inventory impairment.

        In June 2010 the group completed a sale and leaseback transaction of certain land and facilities located in the Napa Valley, California for $260 million (£174 million). The land and facilities were purchased by a third party and leased back to the group for 20 years with Diageo holding options, exercisable at fair value, to extend the lease term up to a total of 80 years. Diageo remains the operator of the facilities under the lease agreement and retains the ownership of the brands, vines and

175


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

5.     Exceptional items (continued)


grapes. The lease of land was accounted for as an operating lease and resulted in a gain of £89 million which was accounted for as an exceptional property profit. The lease of the facilities is accounted for as a finance lease and the gain arising was included in accruals and deferred income.

        In addition, as part of the restructuring of the group's wine operations, it was announced in the year ended 30 June 2010 that a number of non-strategic wine businesses in the United States and the Barton & Guestier wine exporter business in France were to be sold. The loss on sale of these businesses in the year ended 30 June 2011 was £10 million (2010 – £26 million).

        In the year ended 30 June 2011 the group also disposed of the Gilbeys wine distribution and wholesale drinks business in Ireland. The loss on sale of the business was £2 million.

(f)    In April 2011 Diageo Turkey availed itself of the restructuring of Turkey's public receivables law to settle its dispute with the Turkish customs authorities regarding duty payable on beverage alcohol products sold in the domestic channel in Turkey between 2001 and April 2009. The charge incurred with respect to this settlement (including legal fees and other associated costs) was £92 million which was paid during the year. In addition, in June 2011 Diageo made an offer to settle a dispute with the Thai customs authorities in respect of the price of imported goods during the period from 1 July 2002 to 30 June 2005. Diageo paid THB 1.8 billion (£35 million) including legal fees in the year ended 30 June 2011. Legal fees and other associated costs in prior years in respect of these cases were written off to other external charges when incurred. Both charges will represent a full and final settlement of these disputes (subject to formal acceptance of the offer in Thailand).

(g)    In the year ended 30 June 2011 an impairment loss of £39 million (2010 – £35 million) was charged to other operating expenses in respect of the Ursus brand. One of the principal markets for Ursus is Greece where the economy continued to suffer a significant downturn. The discount rate for Greece used by the group for impairment calculations was further increased due to a deterioration in the country's sovereign risk rating and the long term growth assumptions for Ursus were reduced due to a fall in demand which resulted in a full impairment of the brand value.

(h)    In the year ended 30 June 2011 Diageo charged $19 million (£12 million) to exceptional items in respect of a settlement with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) in the United States including legal fees of £2 million. This settlement was agreed with the SEC in July 2011 and was in respect of various regulatory and control matters, including the SEC enquiries in respect of activities in Korea, India and Thailand.

(i)    In June 2010 Diageo acquired an additional equity stake in the London Group, the owner of the Nuvo brand, an ultra-premium vodka-based sparkling liqueur, taking its equity ownership from 42.5% to 71.25%. The London Group was formerly accounted for as an associate and following the acquisition of further shares it became a subsidiary. In accordance with IFRS 3 (Revised) the difference between the market value of the equity owned prior to the acquisition of £21 million and the book value of the associate of £10 million was recognised in the consolidated income statement, resulting in a gain of £11 million which was included in sale of businesses.

(j)    In the year ended 30 June 2009 Diageo agreed a number of settlements with tax authorities in relation to historic restructuring and transfer pricing issues. The associated legacy issues not agreed in the year ended 30 June 2009 were settled during the year ended 30 June 2011.

176


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

6.     Interest and other finance income and charges

 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

(a) Net interest

                   

Interest receivable

    183     188     102  

Fair value gain on interest rate instruments

    95     281     150  
               

Total interest receivable

    278     469     252  
               

Interest payable on bank loans and overdrafts

    (21 )   (20 )   (14 )

Interest payable on finance leases

    (5 )   (1 )    

Interest payable on all other borrowings

    (514 )   (548 )   (590 )

Fair value loss on interest rate instruments

    (107 )   (275 )   (164 )
               

Total interest payable

    (647 )   (844 )   (768 )
               

    (369 )   (375 )   (516 )
               

(b) Net other finance income and charges

                   

Net finance income in respect of post employment plans

            2  

Other finance income

        4      
               

Total other finance income

        4     2  
               

Net finance charge in respect of post employment plans

    (3 )   (47 )    

Unwinding of discounts

    (16 )   (18 )   (21 )

Hyperinflation adjustment

    (9 )   (16 )    

Other finance charges

            (13 )

Net exchange movements on short term intercompany loans

        (10 )   (33 )

Net exchange movements on net borrowings not qualifying for hedge accounting

            (11 )
               

Total other finance charges

    (28 )   (91 )   (78 )
               

Net finance charges

    (28 )   (87 )   (76 )
               

Interest on post employment plan liabilities

    (342 )   (360 )   (374 )

Expected return on post employment plan assets

    339     313     376  
               

Net finance (charge)/income in respect of post employment plans

    (3 )   (47 )   2  
               

The amount of borrowing costs capitalised in the year ended 30 June 2011 was £4 million (2010 – £5 million; 2009 – £4 million).

        In December 2009 Venezuela was classified as a hyperinflationary economy. Hyperinflationary accounting requires the restatement of the subsidiary undertaking's income statement to current purchasing power. The impact of applying hyperinflationary accounting to the group's operations in Venezuela in the year ended 30 June 2011 resulted in a charge of £9 million (2010 – £16 million) to other finance charges. The index used to calculate the hyperinflationary adjustment was the Indice Nacional de Precios al Consumidor which changed from 190.4 to 244.4 in the year ended 30 June 2011 (2010 – from 145.0 to 190.4), an increase of 28% (2010 – 31%).

177


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

7.     Associates

        The group's share of profit after tax from associates was £176 million (2010 – £142 million; 2009 – £164 million).

        The group's 34% share of operating profit and of profit for the year of Moët Hennessy was £273 million and £179 million, respectively (2010 – £229 million and £134 million, respectively; 2009 – £242 million and £151 million, respectively).

        In the year ended 30 June 2011, the group received dividends from its associates of £138 million (2010 – £111 million; 2009 – £179 million), of which £131 million was received from Moët Hennessy (2010 – £98 million; 2009 – £161 million). These dividends included receipts of £51 million (2010 – £31 million; 2009 – £60 million) from Moët Hennessy in respect of amounts payable to the tax authorities.

        Information on transactions between the group and its associates is given in note 32. Summarised financial information for the group's investments in associates is presented below:

(a)    Moët Hennessy    Moët Hennessy prepares its financial statements under IFRS in euros to 31 December each year. Summary information for Moët Hennessy for the three years ended 30 June 2011 after adjustment to align Moët Hennessy's accounting policies and accounting periods with those of the group, translated at £1 = €1.16 (2010 – £1 = €1.13; 2009 – £1 = €1.17), is set out below:

 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  € million
  £ million
  € million
  £ million
  € million
  £ million
 

Sales

    3,353     2,891     2,935     2,597     2,892     2,472  

Profit for the year

    610     526     446     395     518     443  

Profit for the year is after deducting amounts in respect of other non-controlling interests.

(b)    Other associates    For all of the group's investments in associates other than Moët Hennessy, summarised financial information, aggregating 100% of the sales and results of each associate, is presented below:

 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Sales

    1,228     1,202     892  

Profit for the year

    32     79     88  

178


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

8.     Taxation

(a)    Analysis of taxation charge in the year

 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Current tax

                   

Current year

    450     354     400  

Benefit of previously unrecognised tax losses

            (56 )

Adjustments in respect of prior years

    (5 )   (80 )   (40 )
               

    445     274     304  
               

Deferred tax

                   

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

    (13 )   176     110  

Benefit of previously unrecognised tax losses

        (3 )    

Changes in tax rates

    9     1     (17 )

Adjustments in respect of prior years

    (98 )   29     (111 )
               

    (102 )   203     (18 )
               

Taxation on profit from continuing operations

    343     477     286  
               

Adjustments in respect of prior years for current tax comprise a UK tax charge of £2 million (2010 – £47 million credit; 2009 – £42 million credit) and an overseas tax credit of £7 million (2010 – £33 million credit; 2009 – £2 million charge).

 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Current tax

                   

United Kingdom

    94     (57 )   (72 )

Overseas

    351     331     376  
               

    445     274     304  
               

Deferred tax

                   

United Kingdom

    (141 )   29     (73 )

Overseas

    39     174     55  
               

    (102 )   203     (18 )
               

Taxation on profit from continuing operations

    343     477     286  
               

(b)    Included in the taxation charge are the following exceptional tax credits:

 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Tax on exceptional operating items

    51     39     37  

Tax on sale of businesses

    3     10      

Settlements agreed with tax authorities

    66         155  
               

    120     49     192  
               

179


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

8.     Taxation (continued)

In the year ended 30 June 2011 the tax settlement comprised a current tax credit of £66 million. In the year ended 30 June 2009 the tax settlement of £155 million comprised a current tax credit of £99 million and a deferred tax credit of £56 million.

(c)    Factors affecting tax charge for the year

 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Profit from continuing operations before taxation

    2,360     2,239     1,990  
               

Notional charge at UK corporation tax rate of 27.5% (2010 and 2009 – 28%)

    649     627     557  

Elimination of notional tax on share of associates' profits after tax

    (48 )   (38 )   (45 )

Differences in effective overseas tax rates

    (16 )   (3 )   (4 )

Items not chargeable

    (197 )   (172 )   (211 )

Items not deductible

    164     116     213  

Benefit of previously unrecognised tax losses

        (3 )   (56 )

Benefit of previously unrecognised other deferred tax assets

    (115 )       (25 )

Changes in tax rates

    9     1     (17 )

Adjustments in respect of prior years

    (103 )   (51 )   (126 )
               

Tax charge for the year

    343     477     286  
               

        The group benefits from the availability of tax amortisation on many of its principal brands and other intangible assets. In the year ended 30 June 2011 a combination of strong performance and positive forward outlook led to the recognition of an increase in the deferred tax assets of £115 million (2010 – £nil, 2009 – £25 million) in respect of future amortisation.

(d)    Factors that may affect future tax charges    As a group involved in worldwide operations, Diageo is subject to several factors which may affect future tax charges, principally the levels and mix of profitability in different jurisdictions, transfer pricing policies, tax rates imposed and settlements or agreements with tax authorities.

(e)    Corporate tax payable    The current corporate tax liability of £381 million (2010 – £391 million) represents the amount of taxes payable in respect of current and prior years that exceed payments made, and includes any interest and penalties payable thereon included in the corporation tax charge.

(f)    Material tax liabilities    In the past, the group has undergone significant restructuring activity involving the acquisition and sale of material businesses and the transfer of businesses within the group. As a consequence of this restructuring activity, a number of potential tax exposures have arisen. In addition, as the group operates throughout the world, it faces a number of potential transfer pricing issues in many jurisdictions relating to goods, services and financing. Having agreed further settlements during the year, as at 30 June 2011, the group has a liability (after applicable reliefs) of £33 million (2010 – £96 million) for these exposures, which is included in corporate tax payable in current liabilities. The group continues to have a number of tax audits ongoing worldwide but does not currently expect material additional tax exposures to arise, above the amounts provided, as and when audits are concluded.

180


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

9.     Discontinued operations

Discontinued operations in the year ended 30 June 2010 comprised a charge of £19 million (£24 million less deferred tax of £5 million) in respect of the discounted value of anticipated future payments to new thalidomide claimants. Discontinued operations in the year ended 30 June 2009 represented an adjustment in respect of the Pillsbury business.

10.   Earnings per share

 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Profit attributable to equity shareholders

                   

Continuing operations

    1,900     1,648     1,603  

Discontinued operations

        (19 )   2  
               

    1,900     1,629     1,605  
               

 

 
  million   million   million  

Weighted average number of shares

                   

Shares in issue excluding own shares held

    2,493     2,486     2,485  

Dilutive potential ordinary shares

    8     5     9  
               

    2,501     2,491     2,494  
               

Pence per share

                   

Continuing operations

                   

– basic earnings

    76.2p     66.3p     64.5p  

– diluted earnings

    76.0p     66.2p     64.3p  

Continuing and discontinued operations

                   

– basic earnings

    76.2p     65.5p     64.6p  

– diluted earnings

    76.0p     65.4p     64.4p  

181


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

11.   Intangible assets

 
  Brands   Goodwill   Other
intangibles
  Computer
software
  Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Cost

                               

At 30 June 2009

    4,621     381     1,155     248     6,405  

Exchange differences

    344     18     112     14     488  

Acquisition of businesses

    62     19             81  

Other additions

                45     45  

Disposals

                (4 )   (4 )

Transfers to assets held for sale

    (22 )               (22 )
                       

At 30 June 2010

    5,005     418     1,267     303     6,993  

Exchange differences

    (129 )   (9 )   (81 )       (219 )

Acquisition of businesses

    6     31             37  

Other additions

                77     77  

Disposals

        (1 )       (7 )   (8 )

Transfers to assets held for sale

        (2 )           (2 )
                       

At 30 June 2011

    4,882     437     1,186     373     6,878  
                       

Amortisation and impairment loss

                               

At 30 June 2009

        18     33     139     190  

Exchange differences

            2     9     11  

Amortisation for the year

            6     29     35  

Exceptional impairment

    35                 35  

Disposals

                (4 )   (4 )
                       

At 30 June 2010

    35     18     41     173     267  

Exchange differences

    3     1     1     (1 )   4  

Amortisation for the year

            6     24     30  

Exceptional impairment

    39                 39  

Disposals

                (7 )   (7 )
                       

At 30 June 2011

    77     19     48     189     333  
                       

Carrying amount

                               

At 30 June 2011

    4,805     418     1,138     184     6,545  
                       

At 30 June 2010

    4,970     400     1,226     130     6,726  
                       

At 30 June 2009

    4,621     363     1,122     109     6,215  
                       

182


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

11.   Intangible assets (continued)

        (a)    Brands are stated at fair value on acquisition. At 30 June 2011, the principal acquired brands, all of which are regarded as having indefinite useful economic lives, are as follows:

 
  Principal markets   2011   2010  
 
   
  £ million
  £ million
 

Carrying amount of acquired brands

                 

Johnnie Walker whisky

  Global     625     625  

Smirnoff vodka

  Global     512     550  

Captain Morgan

  Global     746     801  

Crown Royal whisky

  United States     909     976  

Windsor Premier whisky

  Korea     506     475  

Bell's whisky

  Great Britain     179     179  

Cacique rum

  Spain     190     173  

Seagram's 7 Crown whiskey

  United States     139     149  

Bushmills whiskey

  United States     144     144  

Seagram's VO whisky

  United States     118     127  

Gordon's gin

  Great Britain     119     119  

Old Parr whisky

  Venezuela     111     109  

Tanqueray gin

  United States     74     79  

Bundaberg rum

  Australia     90     76  

Nuvo liqueur

  United States     58     62  

Romana Sambuca liqueur

  United States     53     57  

White Horse whisky

  Russia     53     53  

Ursus vodka

  Greece/United States         37  

Other brands

        179     179  
               

        4,805     4,970  
               

Capitalised brands are regarded as having indefinite useful economic lives and are therefore not amortised. These brands are protected by trademarks, which are renewable indefinitely, in all of the major markets where they are sold. There are not believed to be any legal, regulatory or contractual provisions that limit the useful lives of these brands. The nature of the premium drinks industry is that obsolescence is not a common issue, with indefinite brand lives being commonplace, and Diageo has a number of brands that were originally created more than 100 years ago. Accordingly, the directors believe that it is appropriate that the brands are treated as having indefinite lives for accounting purposes.

183


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

11.   Intangible assets (continued)

        (b)    For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill has been attributed to cash-generating units as follows:

 
  2011   2010  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

North America – United States

    204     224  

Europe – Ireland

    45     46  
 

– Southern Europe

    72     66  
 

– Russia and Eastern Europe

    43     42  

International – Africa

    38     10  

Other cash-generating units

    16     12  
           

    418     400  
           

Goodwill has arisen on acquisitions of businesses and distribution rights and includes synergies arising from cost savings and the opportunity to utilise the group's distribution network to leverage marketing of the acquired products.

        (c)    Other intangibles comprise principally distribution rights. In the year ended 30 June 2008, Diageo acquired the global distribution rights in perpetuity for Ketel One vodka products, and the directors believe that it is appropriate to treat these rights as having an indefinite life for accounting purposes. The carrying value at 30 June 2011 was £1,118 million (2010 – £1,200 million). All other distribution rights are amortised on a straight-line basis over the length of the distribution arrangements, generally between 10 and 20 years, unless there is an indication that the asset may be impaired, in which case, if necessary, the asset is written down or the amortisation period is reassessed and changed. Amortisation of other intangible assets is recognised in other operating expenses in the income statement.

        (d)    Computer software includes £71 million (2010 – £65 million) in respect of projects in the course of development. Amortisation of computer software is recognised in other operating expenses in the income statement.

Impairment testing    To ensure that brands, goodwill and other intangibles with indefinite useful lives are not carried at above their recoverable amount, impairment reviews are performed comparing the net carrying value with the recoverable amount using value in use calculations. For goodwill the recoverable amount is calculated in respect of the cash-generating unit including the attributed goodwill. These calculations are performed annually, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The value in use calculations are based on discounted forecast cash flows and terminal values calculated on the assumption that cash flows continue in perpetuity at the long term growth rate of each country or region.

        Cash flows are forecast for each brand, other intangible and cash-generating unit for the next financial year in the group's annual financial plan, which is approved by the board and reflects management's expectations of sales growth, operating costs and margin, based on past experience and external sources of information.

        The discount rates used are calculated as the group's weighted average cost of capital with appropriate adjustment where necessary to reflect the group's assessment of the specific risks relating to the relevant market or region. The long term growth rates applied at the end of the forecast period

184


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

11.   Intangible assets (continued)


are taken as the real gross domestic product (GDP) growth rate of the country or region plus its inflation rate, based on a five-year average adjusted to take into account expectations specific to the group. For goodwill, these assumptions are based on the cash-generating unit or group of units to which the goodwill is allocated. For brands, they are based on a weighted average taking into account the country or countries where sales are generated. For the Ketel One vodka distribution rights, a discount rate of 10% (2010 – 10%) and a long term growth rate of 3.4% (2010 – 3.4%) have been used.

        For some recently acquired intangible assets, management expects to achieve growth, driven by Diageo's sales, marketing and distribution expertise, which is in excess of the long term growth rates for the applicable countries or regions. In these circumstances, the cash flow forecast is extended beyond the next financial year by up to four years using a detailed plan.

        The pre-tax discount rates and long term growth rates used for impairment testing are as follows:

 
  2011   2010  
 
  Pre-tax
discount
rate
  Long term
growth
rate
  Pre-tax
discount
rate
  Long term
growth
rate
 
 
  %
  %
  %
  %
 

Global brands

    12     4.9     12     4.9  

North America – United States

    13     3.4     13     3.4  

Europe – Great Britain

    12     4.5     13     4.6  
 

– Ireland

    15     2.9     9     2.9  
 

– Spain

    15     2.9     14     2.9  
 

– Greece

    25     1.8     19     1.8  
 

– Southern Europe

    20     2.4     18     2.9  
 

– Russia

    19     9.5     18     9.5  
 

– Eastern Europe

    18     9.0     17     8.4  

International – Venezuela

    67     28.7     74     30.3  
 

– Africa

    25     11.7     29     12.0  

Asia Pacific – Australia

    14     4.5     13     4.5  
 

– Korea

    13     7.1     13     7.1  

Any impairment writedowns identified are charged to other operating expenses in the income statement. In the year ended 30 June 2011, an impairment loss of £39 million (2010 – £35 million; 2009 – £nil) was charged to other operating expenses in respect of the Ursus brand. One of the principal markets for Ursus is Greece where the economy continued to suffer a significant downturn. The discount rate for Greece used by the group for impairment calculations was further increased due to a deterioration in the country's sovereign risk rating and the long term growth assumptions for Ursus were reduced due to a fall in demand which has resulted in a full impairment of the brand value.

Sensitivity to change in key assumptions    Impairment testing is dependent on management's estimates and judgements, in particular in relation to the forecasting of future cash flows, the discount rates applied to those cash flows and the expected long term growth rates.

185


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

11.   Intangible assets (continued)

        The table below shows the impairment charge that would be required if the assumptions in the calculation of their value in use were changed:

 
  1ppt
increase in
discount
rate
  1ppt
decrease in
long term
growth rate
  5%
decrease in
annual
cash flows
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Brands – Bushmills

    6     2      

            – Cacique

    4     16     28  

It remains possible that changes in assumptions could arise in excess of those indicated in the table above.

        Goodwill allocated to the Southern Europe cash-generating unit would be impaired in case of an increase in discount rate of 1.5ppt, decrease in long term growth rate of 1.4ppt and fall in annual cash flows of 8.2%.

        For all intangibles with an indefinite life, other than the brands in the table above and the goodwill allocated to the Southern Europe cash-generating unit, management has concluded that no reasonable possible change in the key assumptions on which it has determined the recoverable amounts would cause their carrying values to exceed their recoverable amounts.

186


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

12.    Property, plant and equipment

 
  Land and
buildings
  Plant and
equipment
  Fixtures and
fittings
  Returnable
bottles and
crates
  Under
construction
  Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Cost

                                     

At 30 June 2009

    1,067     1,995     202     309     209     3,782  

Exchange differences

    60     106     12     (1 )   11     188  

Acquisition of businesses

    2                     2  

Other additions

    24     90     6     41     228     389  

Disposals

    (63 )   (51 )   (30 )   (11 )   1     (154 )

Transfers

    12     131     13     13     (169 )    

Transfers to assets held for sale

    (42 )   (27 )   (1 )           (70 )
                           

At 30 June 2010

    1,060     2,244     202     351     280     4,137  

Exchange differences

    3     4     (3 )       (8 )   (4 )

Acquisition of businesses

    10     26     1     5     22     64  

Other additions

    19     82     17     47     244     409  

Disposals

    (14 )   (28 )   (26 )   (11 )   (1 )   (80 )

Transfers

    15     205     (7 )   10     (223 )    
                           

At 30 June 2011

    1,093     2,533     184     402     314     4,526  
                           

Depreciation

                                     

At 30 June 2009

    249     871     132     204         1,456  

Exchange differences

    20     70     12     (4 )       98  

Depreciation charge for the year

    40     173     19     24         256  

Exceptional accelerated depreciation

    5     41                 46  

Disposals

    (9 )   (47 )   (30 )   (10 )       (96 )

Transfers

    15     (9 )   (6 )            

Transfers to assets held for sale

    (6 )   (21 )               (27 )
                           

At 30 June 2010

    314     1,078     127     214         1,733  

Exchange differences

    2     17     (2 )   4         21  

Depreciation charge for the year

    37     166     22     31         256  

Exceptional accelerated depreciation

    4     23                 27  

Disposals

    (11 )   (27 )   (22 )   (3 )       (63 )

Transfers

    13     (13 )                
                           

At 30 June 2011

    359     1,244     125     246         1,974  
                           

Carrying amount

                                     

At 30 June 2011

    734     1,289     59     156     314     2,552  
                           

At 30 June 2010

    746     1,166     75     137     280     2,404  
                           

At 30 June 2009

    818     1,124     70     105     209     2,326  
                           

(a)    The net book value of land and buildings comprises freeholds of £664 million (2010 – £679 million), long leaseholds of £25 million (2010 – £22 million) and short leaseholds of £45 million (2010 – £45 million). Depreciation was not charged on £101 million (2010 – £140 million) of land.

187


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

12.    Property, plant and equipment (continued)

(b)    Included in the net book value of property, plant and equipment is £81 million in respect of assets held under finance leases (2010 – £60 million); depreciation for the year on these assets was £6 million (2010 – £3 million).

(c)    Transfers primarily represent assets brought into use during the year.

(d)    In the year ended 30 June 2011 the group had received government grants from the United States Virgin Islands government of £110 million which have been netted against the capital expenditure incurred on the construction of a new rum distillery in the United States Virgin Islands.

13.   Biological assets

 
  £ million  

Fair value

       

At 30 June 2009

    37  

Exchange differences

    3  

Harvested grapes transferred to inventories

    (23 )

Transfer to assets held for sale

    (6 )

Changes in fair value

    19  
       

At 30 June 2010

    30  

Exchange differences

    (2 )

Harvested grapes transferred to inventories

    (27 )

Transfer from assets held for sale

    5  

Changes in fair value

    27  
       

At 30 June 2011

    33  
       

Biological assets comprise grape vines and grapes on the vine. At 30 June 2011, these assets comprise approximately 1,878 hectares of vineyards, ranging from newly established vineyards to vineyards that are 92 years old.

188


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

14.    Investments in associates

 
  Moët
Hennessy
  Other
associates
  Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Cost less provisions

                   

At 30 June 2009

    1,810     231     2,041  

Exchange differences

    (48 )   18     (30 )

Additions

        32     32  

Share of retained profits/(losses)

    67     (5 )   62  

Share of movements in other comprehensive income

    (15 )       (15 )

Transfer to assets held for sale

        (20 )   (20 )

Step acquisition of Nuvo

        (10 )   (10 )
               

At 30 June 2010

    1,814     246     2,060  

Exchange differences

    150     7     157  

Additions

        58     58  

Share of retained profits/(losses)

    48     (10 )   38  

Share of movements in other comprehensive income

    72         72  
               

At 30 June 2011

    2,084     301     2,385  
               

        Investments in associates comprise the cost of shares, less goodwill written off on acquisitions prior to 1 July 1998 of £1,410 million (2010 – £1,256 million), plus the group's share of post acquisition reserves of £975 million (2010 – £804 million).

(a)    Moët Hennessy    Moët Hennessy prepares its financial statements under IFRS in euros to 31 December each year. A summary of Moët Hennessy's consolidated balance sheet as at 30 June 2011 and 30 June 2010, including acquisition fair value adjustments and translated at £1 = €1.11 (2010 – £1 = €1.22), is set out below:

 
  2011   2010  
 
  € million
  £ million
  € million
  £ million
 

Non-current assets

    4,109     3,702     4,139     3,393  

Current assets

    5,522     4,975     5,279     4,327  
                   

Total assets

    9,631     8,677     9,418     7,720  
                   

Current liabilities

    (1,490 )   (1,343 )   (1,666 )   (1,366 )

Non-current liabilities

    (1,338 )   (1,205 )   (1,242 )   (1,018 )
                   

Total liabilities

    (2,828 )   (2,548 )   (2,908 )   (2,384 )
                   

Net assets

    6,803     6,129     6,510     5,336  
                   

The 34% net investment in Moët Hennessy has been accounted for by aggregating the group's share of the net assets of Moët Hennessy with fair value adjustments on acquisition, principally in respect of Moët Hennessy's brands.

189


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

14.    Investments in associates (continued)

        (b)    Other associates    For all of the group's investments in associates other than Moët Hennessy, summarised financial information, aggregating 100% of the assets and liabilities of each associate, including acquisition fair value adjustments, is presented below:

 
  2011   2010  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Non-current assets

    715     637  

Current assets

    546     432  
           

Total assets

    1,261     1,069  
           

Current liabilities

    (259 )   (349 )

Non-current liabilities

    (296 )   (122 )
           

Total liabilities

    (555 )   (471 )
           

Net assets

    706     598  
           

Included in other associates is a 19% (2010 – 19%) effective interest held indirectly in Sichuan ShuiJingFang Co., Ltd. (ShuiJingFang), a manufacturer and distributor of Chinese white spirits, which is listed on the Shanghai Stock Exchange. At 30 June 2011, the carrying value of the group's interest in ShuiJingFang was £96 million (2010 – £96 million), while the quoted value, based on a share price of RMB22.42 (2010 – RMB18.41) was £201 million (2010 – £172 million). As at 15 August 2011, the share price of ShuiJingFang was RMB23.98 per share. Information on the increase in the group's effective interest in ShuiJingFang after 30 June 2011 is given in note 30.

15.   Investments in joint ventures

The group consolidates its attributable share of the results and net assets of joint ventures on a line-by-line basis, measured according to the terms of the arrangements. The group's principal joint ventures that are consolidated on a proportional basis are as follows:

 
  Country of
incorporation
  Country of
operation
  Percentage of
equity owned
  Principal activities

Don Julio BV

  Netherlands   Mexico     50%   Production, marketing and distribution of premium drinks

Diageo Moët Hennessy (Thailand) Ltd. 

  Thailand   Thailand     53.6%   Marketing and distribution of premium drinks

Guinness Anchor Berhad

  Malaysia   Malaysia     50%   Production, marketing and distribution of premium drinks

Moët Hennessy Diageo (China) Co. Ltd. 

  China   China     50%   Marketing and distribution of premium drinks

North British Distillery Co. Ltd. 

  Scotland   Scotland     50%   Production of premium grain spirit and warehousing

190


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

15.   Investments in joint ventures (continued)

In addition, the group consolidates a number of other joint ventures based on the group's share of the profits attributable to the group's brands. These companies are involved in the marketing and distribution of premium drinks in Europe, South Africa and the Far East.

        Included in the consolidated financial statements are the following amounts that represent the group's interest in the results and assets and liabilities of joint ventures:

 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Sales

    615     568     579  

Operating costs

    (624 )   (495 )   (535 )
               

(Loss)/profit before tax

    (9 )   73     44  
               

In the year ended 30 June 2011, operating costs include the impact of the proposed settlement of the dispute with the Thai customs authorities (see note 5(f)).

 
  2011   2010  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Non-current assets

    147     132  

Current assets

    278     288  
           

Total assets

    425     420  
           

Current liabilities

    (218 )   (180 )

Non-current liabilities

    (25 )   (29 )
           

Total liabilities

    (243 )   (209 )
           

Net assets

    182     211  
           

191


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

16.   Other investments

 
  Escrow
account
  Loans and
other
  Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Cost less provisions or fair value

                   

At 30 June 2009

    144     87     231  

Exchange differences

        5     5  

Additions

        58     58  

Repayments

        (26 )   (26 )

Transfer to the UK Scheme

    (147 )       (147 )

Fair value adjustments and provisions

    3     (7 )   (4 )
               

At 30 June 2010

        117     117  

Exchange differences

        3     3  

Additions

        22     22  

Repayments

        (23 )   (23 )

Fair value adjustments and provisions

        (17 )   (17 )
               

At 30 June 2011

        102     102  
               

Loans and other include £63 million (2010 – £56 million; 2009 – £15 million) of loans to associates in South Africa and £29 million (2010 – £51 million; 2009 – £64 million) of loans to customers. Provision against loans and other was £28 million (2010 – £11 million; 2009 – £4 million).

17.   Inventories

 
  2011   2010  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Raw materials and consumables

    258     297  

Work in progress

    25     21  

Maturing inventories

    2,681     2,506  

Finished goods and goods for resale

    509     457  
           

    3,473     3,281  
           

Maturing inventories include whisky, rum and wines. The following amounts of inventories are expected to be utilised after more than one year:

 
  2011   2010  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Raw materials and consumables

    35     46  

Maturing inventories

    2,246     2,093  
           

    2,281     2,139  
           

192


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

17.   Inventories (continued)

Inventories are disclosed net of provisions for obsolescence, an analysis of which is as follows:

 
  2011   2010  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Balance at beginning of the year

    97     55  

Exchange differences

    (2 )   3  

Income statement charge

    10     63  

Utilised

    (48 )   (24 )
           

    57     97  
           

18.   Trade and other receivables

 
  2011   2010  
 
  Current
assets
  Non-current
assets
  Current
assets
  Non-current
assets
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Trade receivables

    1,501         1,495      

Other receivables

    315     108     363     107  

Prepayments and accrued income

    161     10     150     8  
                   

    1,977     118     2,008     115  
                   

Current other receivables at 30 June 2011 includes £119 million (2010 – £123 million) deposited with China's securities depositary and clearing agency, Shanghai branch in connection with the acquisition of Quanxing (see note 30).

        As at 30 June 2011 non-current other receivables includes £97 million (2010 – £92 million) in respect of the assessment of excise duties made by the Korean customs authorities (see note 31 (c)).

        The aged analysis of trade receivables, net of provisions, is as follows:

 
  2011   2010  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Not overdue

    1,446     1,440  

Overdue 1 – 30 days

    21     27  

Overdue 31 – 60 days

    7     6  

Overdue 61 – 90 days

    3     3  

Overdue 91 – 180 days

    9     6  

Overdue more than 180 days

    15     13  
           

    1,501     1,495  
           

193


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

18.   Trade and other receivables (continued)

Trade and other receivables are disclosed net of provisions for bad and doubtful debts, an analysis of which is as follows:

 
  2011   2010  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Balance at beginning of the year

    61     54  

Exchange differences

    2     3  

Income statement charge

    10     16  

Written off

    (12 )   (12 )
           

    61     61  
           

19.   Assets and disposal groups held for sale

 
  2011   2010  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Non-current assets

    19     65  

Current assets

    19     47  
           

Assets held for sale

    38     112  
           

Current liabilities

    (10 )   (6 )

Non-current liabilities

        (4 )
           

Liabilities held for sale

    (10 )   (10 )
           

The assets and disposal groups held for sale at 30 June 2011 comprise a non-strategic wine business in California and the group's investment in Tanzania Breweries Limited.

20.   Cash and cash equivalents

 
  2011   2010  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Cash at bank

    563     630  

Cash equivalents

    1,021     823  
           

    1,584     1,453  
           

Cash equivalents comprise investments in money market deposits and term deposits with original maturities of three months or less.

194


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

21.   Borrowings and bank overdrafts

 
  Repayment
date
  Currency   Year end
interest
rates
  2011   2010  
 
   
   
  %
  £ million
  £ million
 

Bank overdrafts

    On demand   Various     Various     12     55  

Bank and other loans

    Various   Various     Various     103     106  

Credit support obligations

    2011   Various     Various     91     80  

Guaranteed debentures 2011

    2011   US dollar     9.0     186      

Guaranteed bonds 2011

    2011   US dollar     3.875         333  

Guaranteed bonds 2012

    2012   US dollar     5.125     373      

Guaranteed bonds 2012

    2012   Euro     1.674     675      

Fair value adjustment to borrowings

                    7     13  
                           

Borrowings due within one year and bank overdrafts

                    1,447     587  
                           

Guaranteed bonds 2012

    2012   US dollar     5.125         399  

Guaranteed bonds 2012

    2012   Euro     0.93         615  

Guaranteed bonds 2013

    2013   US dollar     5.2     466     500  

Guaranteed bonds 2013

    2013   US dollar     5.5     373     400  

Guaranteed bonds 2013

    2013   Euro     5.5     1,035     941  

Guaranteed bonds 2014

    2014   US dollar     7.375     502     540  

Guaranteed bonds 2014

    2014   Euro     6.625     899     818  

Guaranteed bonds 2015

    2015   US dollar     5.3     465     499  

Guaranteed bonds 2015

    2015   US dollar     3.25     310     332  

Guaranteed bonds 2016

    2016   US dollar     5.5     372     399  

Guaranteed bonds 2017

    2017   US dollar     5.75     775     832  

Guaranteed bonds 2020

    2020   US dollar     4.828     362     390  

Guaranteed bonds 2035

    2035   US dollar     7.45     248     267  

Guaranteed bonds 2036

    2036   US dollar     5.875     369     397  

Guaranteed debentures 2011

    2011   US dollar     9.0         200  

Guaranteed debentures 2022

    2022   US dollar     8.0     185     198  

Medium term notes

    2018   US dollar     4.85     124     133  

Bank and other loans

    Various   Various     Various     49     51  

Fair value adjustment to borrowings

                    214     266  
                           

Borrowings due after one year

                    6,748     8,177  
                           

Total borrowings before derivative financial instruments

                    8,195     8,764  

Fair value of foreign currency forwards and swaps

    Various   Various     Various     (182 )   (227 )

Fair value of interest rate hedging instruments

    Various   Various     Various     (58 )   (191 )
                           

Total borrowings after derivative financial instruments

                    7,955     8,346  
                           

Bank overdrafts form an integral part of the group's cash management and are included as a component of net cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated statement of cash flows. All bonds,

195


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

21.   Borrowings and bank overdrafts (continued)


medium term notes, debentures and commercial paper are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Diageo plc.

        Included in borrowings due within one year are credit support obligations. When derivative transactions are undertaken with bank counterparties, the group may, where appropriate, enter into certain agreements with such bank counterparties whereby the parties agree to post cash collateral for the benefit of the other if the net valuations of the derivatives are above a pre-determined threshold. At 30 June 2011, the collateral held under these agreements amounted to $84 million (£52 million) and €44 million (£39 million) (2010 – $80 million (£54 million) and €32 million (£26 million)).

        The interest rates shown in the table above are those contracted on the underlying borrowings before taking into account any interest rate protection (see note 23). The average monthly net borrowings for the year were £7,227 million (2010 – £7,912 million). Based on average monthly net borrowings and interest charge, taking into account interest rate protection, the effective interest rate for the year was 4.9% (2010 – 4.8%; 2009 – 6.2%). For this calculation, net borrowings exclude interest rate related fair value adjustments and the interest charge excludes finance charges unrelated to net borrowings, the forward element on derivative financial instruments and fair value adjustments to interest rate swaps and borrowings. The loans above are stated net of unamortised finance costs of £78 million (2010 – £84 million; 2009 – £12 million).

        The weighted average interest rate, before interest rate protection, for short term borrowings at 30 June 2011 was 4.3% (2010 – 5.6%; 2009 – 6.4%). The weighted average interest rate, before interest rate protection, for bonds, medium term notes and bank loans included within borrowings due after one year at 30 June 2011 was 5.8% (2010 – 5.5%; 2009 – 5.6%).

        Certain borrowings are reported in the table above at amortised cost with a fair value adjustment shown separately. The financial instruments disclosures in note 23 detail the fair value hedge relationships between the group's borrowings and interest rate swaps.

(a)   Analysis of net borrowings

 
  2011   2010  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Bank overdrafts

    (12 )   (55 )

Borrowings due within one year

    (1,435 )   (532 )

Borrowings due after one year

    (6,748 )   (8,177 )

Fair value of foreign currency forwards and swaps

    182     227  

Fair value of interest rate hedging instruments

    58     191  

Finance lease liabilities

    (79 )   (61 )
           

Gross borrowings

    (8,034 )   (8,407 )

Offset by:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

    1,584     1,453  
           

Net borrowings

    (6,450 )   (6,954 )
           

£15 million (2010 – £56 million) of net borrowings due within one year and £26 million (2010 – £24 million) of net borrowings due after one year were secured on assets of the group.

196


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

21.   Borrowings and bank overdrafts (continued)

        Foreign currency forwards and swaps, interest rate hedging instruments and finance lease liabilities are included as appropriate in other financial assets and other financial liabilities.

(b)   Reconciliation of movement in net borrowings

 
  2011   2010  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Net borrowings at beginning of the year

    (6,954 )   (7,419 )

Increase in net cash and cash equivalents before exchange

    242     568  

Net decrease in loans

    414     422  
           

Change in net borrowings from cash flows

    656     990  

Exchange differences on net borrowings

    (17 )   (429 )

Borrowings acquired through acquisition of businesses

    (22 )    

Other non-cash items

    (113 )   (96 )
           

Net borrowings at end of the year

    (6,450 )   (6,954 )
           

197


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

22.   Other financial assets and liabilities

 
  Non-current
assets
  Current
assets
  Current
liabilities
  Non-current
liabilities
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

2011

                         

Derivative assets/(liabilities)

                         

Designated in a cash flow hedge

    177     44     (31 )   (11 )

Designated in a fair value hedge

    66     2         (10 )

Designated in a net investment hedge

        13     (17 )    

Not designated in a hedge relationship

    62     30     (31 )   (33 )
                   

    305     89     (79 )   (54 )
                   

Non-derivative liabilities

                         

Deferred consideration payable

            (4 )   (21 )

Finance lease liabilities

            (7 )   (72 )
                   

            (11 )   (93 )
                   

Total other financial assets/(liabilities)

    305     89     (90 )   (147 )
                   

2010

                         

Derivative assets/(liabilities)

                         

Designated in a cash flow hedge

    252     46     (91 )   (36 )

Designated in a fair value hedge

    187     8         (4 )

Designated in a net investment hedge

        33     (38 )    

Not designated in a hedge relationship

    33     11     (48 )   (35 )
                   

    472     98     (177 )   (75 )
                   

Non-derivative liabilities

                         

Deferred consideration payable

            (3 )   (25 )

Finance lease liabilities

            (6 )   (55 )
                   

            (9 )   (80 )
                   

Total other financial assets/(liabilities)

    472     98     (186 )   (155 )
                   

Finance lease liabilities are payable as follows:

 
   
   
   
  2010  
 
  2011  
 
   
   
  Present
value of
minimum
lease
payments
 
 
  Future
minimum
lease
payments
  Future
finance
charges
  Present
value of
minimum
lease payments
  Future
minimum
lease
payments
  Future
finance
charges
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Less than one year

    (12 )   5     (7 )   (8 )   2     (6 )

Between one and five years

    (38 )   16     (22 )   (28 )   16     (12 )

More than five years

    (76 )   26     (50 )   (80 )   37     (43 )
                           

    (126 )   47     (79 )   (116 )   55     (61 )
                           

198


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

23.   Financial instruments and risk management

Derivative financial instruments are used to hedge exposure to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, interest rates and commodity price movements that arise in the normal course of the group's business.

        The group's funding, liquidity and exposure to foreign exchange rate and interest rate risks are managed by the group's treasury department. The treasury department uses a range of financial instruments to manage these underlying risks.

        Treasury operations are conducted within a framework of board-approved policies and guidelines, which are recommended and subsequently monitored by the finance committee. This committee is described in the Corporate governance report. These policies and guidelines include benchmark exposure and/or hedge cover levels for key areas of treasury risk. The benchmarks, hedge cover and overall appropriateness of Diageo's risk management policies are reviewed by the board following, for example, significant business, strategic or accounting changes. The framework provides for limited defined levels of flexibility in execution to allow for the optimal application of the board-approved strategies. Transactions arising on the application of this flexibility may give rise to exposures different from the defined benchmark levels that are separately monitored on a daily basis using value at risk analysis. These transactions are carried at fair value and gains or losses are taken to the income statement as they arise. In the year ended 30 June 2011 gains and losses on these transactions were not material.

        The finance committee receives monthly reports on the activities of the treasury department, including any exposures different from the defined benchmarks.

(a)    Currency risk    The group publishes its consolidated financial statements in sterling and conducts business in many foreign currencies. As a result, it is subject to foreign currency exchange risk due to exchange rate movements, which will affect the group's transactions and the translation of the results and underlying net assets of its foreign operations. To manage the foreign exchange risk the group's treasury department uses certain financial instruments. Where hedge accounting is applied, hedges are documented and tested for hedge effectiveness on an ongoing basis. Diageo expects hedges entered into to continue to be effective and therefore does not expect the impact of ineffectiveness on the consolidated income statement to be material.

Hedge of net investment in foreign operations    The group hedges a substantial portion of its exposure to fluctuations in the sterling value of its foreign operations by designating net borrowings held in foreign currencies and by using foreign currency spots, forwards, swaps and other financial derivatives. The board reviewed and approved a revised policy, applicable from 3 December 2010, to manage hedging of foreign exchange risk arising from net investment in foreign operations. The group's revised policy is, where a liquid foreign exchange market exists, to seek to hedge currency exposure on its net investment in foreign operations by using gross debt in foreign currencies and foreign currency spots, forwards, swaps and other financial derivatives within the following percentage bands: 80% to 100% for US dollars and euros and, at management's discretion, 0% to 100% for other currencies. The group's previous policy where a liquid foreign exchange market existed, was to aim to hedge currency exposure on its net investment in foreign operations by using net debt in foreign currencies and foreign currency spots, forwards swaps and other financial derivatives and within the following percentage bands: 80% to 100% for US dollars and euros and 50% to 100% for other currencies. As at 30 June 2011, these ratios were 89% and 87% for US dollars and euros, respectively, and 42% for other currencies.

        Exchange differences arising on the retranslation of foreign currency borrowings (including foreign currency forwards swaps and other financial derivatives), to the extent that they are in an effective hedge relationship, are recognised in other comprehensive income to offset exchange differences on net

199


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

23.   Financial instruments and risk management (continued)


investments in foreign operations. Exchange differences on foreign currency borrowings not in a hedge relationship and any ineffectiveness are taken to the income statement.

Transaction exposure hedging    The board reviewed the group's transactional foreign exchange risk management policy and approved a revised policy, on 1 October 2010. The group's revised policy is to aim to hedge 18 months forecast transactional foreign exchange rate risk in the three major currency pairs (US dollar/sterling, euro/sterling and euro/US dollar), up to 100%, with a target range of between 75% and 100% once the relevant annual plan has been approved. In addition, at management's discretion, the group may decide to hedge other currencies for up to 18 months. The group's previous policy was to seek, for currencies in which there was an active market, to hedge between 60% and 100% of forecast transactional foreign exchange rate risk, for up to a maximum of 21 months forward, using foreign currency forward contracts with coverage levels increasing nearer to the forecast transaction date. The effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedge is recognised in other comprehensive income and recycled into the income statement at the same time as the underlying hedged transaction affects the income statement. Any ineffectiveness is taken to the income statement.

Hedge of foreign currency debt    The group uses cross currency interest rate swaps to hedge the foreign currency risk associated with certain foreign currency denominated borrowings. The effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedge is recognised in other comprehensive income and recycled into the income statement at the same time as the underlying hedged transaction affects the income statement. Any ineffectiveness is taken to the income statement.

        At 30 June 2011, as a result of the net investment, transaction exposure and foreign currency debt cover outlined above, the group had outstanding gross foreign exchange contracts as disclosed in note 23(g). Further quantitative analysis of the sensitivity to movements in currency rates is reported in the 'Market risk sensitivity analysis' in note 23(d).

(b)    Interest rate risk    The group has an exposure to interest rate risk, arising principally on changes in US dollar, euro and sterling interest rates. To manage interest rate risk, the group manages its proportion of fixed to floating rate borrowings within limits approved by the board, primarily through issuing fixed and floating rate borrowing and commercial paper, and by utilising interest rate derivatives. These practices aim to minimise the group's net finance charges with acceptable year on year volatility. To facilitate operational efficiency and effective hedge accounting, the group's policy is to maintain fixed rate borrowings within a band of 40% to 60% of forecast net borrowings. For these calculations, net borrowings exclude interest rate related fair value adjustments. A template approved by the board specifies different duration guidelines and fixed/floating amortisation periods (time taken for the fixed element of debt to reduce to zero) depending on different interest rate environments. The majority of Diageo's existing interest rate derivatives are designated as hedges and are expected to be effective. Fair value of these derivatives is recognised in the income statement, along with any changes in the relevant fair value of the underlying hedged asset or liability.

(c)    Commodity price risk    The group is exposed to commodity price risk. The group primarily uses long term purchase contracts to secure prices with suppliers to protect against volatility in commodity prices.

(d)    Market risk sensitivity analysis    The group is using a sensitivity analysis technique that measures the estimated impacts on the consolidated income statement and other comprehensive income of either an instantaneous increase or decrease of 0.5% (50 basis points) in market interest rates or a 10% strengthening or weakening in sterling against all other currencies, from the rates applicable at 30 June

200


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

23.   Financial instruments and risk management (continued)


2011 and 30 June 2010, for each class of financial instruments with all other variables remaining constant. The sensitivity analysis excludes the impact of market risks on the net post employment benefit liability and corporate tax payable. This analysis is for illustrative purposes only, as in practice interest and foreign exchange rates rarely change in isolation.

        The sensitivity analysis is based on the following:

        The sensitivity analysis estimates the impact of changes in interest and foreign exchange rates. Actual results in the future may differ from these results materially due to developments in the global financial markets which may cause fluctuations in interest and exchange rates to vary from the hypothetical amounts disclosed in the following table, which therefore should not be considered as projections of likely future events, gains or losses.

        Reasonably possible hypothetical changes in other risk variables would not significantly affect the fair value of financial instruments at 30 June 2011 and 30 June 2010.

Analysis of sensitivities

 
  0.5%
decrease
in interest
rates
  0.5%
increase
in interest
rates
  10% weakening
of sterling
  10% strengthening
of sterling
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

2011

                         

Impact on income statement—gain/(loss)

    13     (13 )   (29 )   24  

Impact on the consolidated statement of comprehensive income—gain/(loss)(a)(b)

    22     (22 )   (731 )   598  

2010

                         

Impact on income statement—gain/(loss)

    19     (19 )   (33 )   27  

Impact on the consolidated statement of comprehensive income—gain/(loss)(a)(b)

    34     (33 )   (739 )   605  

201


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

23.   Financial instruments and risk management (continued)

(a)
The group's foreign currency debt is used as a hedge of net investments in foreign operations and as such the translation of foreign net investments would mainly offset the foreign currency gains or losses on financial instruments recognised in other comprehensive income.

(b)
Impact on the consolidated statement of comprehensive income includes the impact on the income statement.

        The above analysis considers the impact of all financial instruments including financial derivatives, cash and cash equivalents, borrowings and other financial assets and liabilities.

(e)    Credit risk    Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the group. Credit risk arises from cash balances (including bank deposits and cash and cash equivalents), derivative financial instruments and credit exposures to customers, including outstanding loans, trade and other receivables, financial guarantees and committed transactions. Credit risk is managed separately for financial and business related credit exposures.

Financial credit risk

Diageo aims to minimise its financial credit risk through the application of risk management policies approved and monitored by the board. Counterparties are limited to major banks and financial institutions and the policy restricts the exposure to any one counterparty by setting credit limits taking into account the credit quality of the counterparty. The group's policy is designed to ensure that individual counterparty limits are adhered to and that there are no significant concentrations of credit risk. The board also defines the types of financial instruments which may be transacted. Financial instruments are primarily transacted with major international financial institutions with a long term credit rating within the A band or better. The credit risk arising through the use of financial instruments for interest rate and currency risk management is estimated with reference to the fair value of contracts with a positive value, rather than the notional amount of the instruments themselves.

        When derivative transactions are undertaken with bank counterparties, Diageo may, where appropriate, enter into certain agreements with such bank counterparties whereby the parties agree to post cash collateral for the benefit of the other if the net valuations of the derivatives are above a pre-determined threshold.

        Diageo annually reviews the credit limits applied and regularly monitors the counterparties' credit quality reflecting market credit conditions.

Business related credit risk

Trade and other receivables exposures are managed locally in the operating units where they arise and credit limits are set as deemed appropriate for the customer. There is no concentration of credit risk with respect to trade and other receivables as the group has a large number of customers which are internationally dispersed.

202


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

23.   Financial instruments and risk management (continued)

        The maximum credit risk exposure of the group's financial assets was as follows:

 
  2011   2010  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Trade and other receivables (excluding taxes)

    1,751     1,825  

Accrued income

    23     31  

Assets held for sale

    9     13  

Cash and cash equivalents

    1,584     1,453  

Derivative financial assets

    200     334  

Other investments

    102     117  
           

Total

    3,669     3,773  
           

        Derivative financial assets comprise the fair value of derivatives receivable from financial institutions partly offset by cash collateral received.

        Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand and deposits which are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to insignificant risk of changes in value and have an original maturity of three months or less at acquisition including money market deposits, commercial paper and investments.

        At 30 June 2011, approximately 13% and 17% of the group's trade receivables of £1,501 million are due from counterparties based in the United Kingdom and in the United States, respectively.

(f)    Liquidity risk    Liquidity risk is the risk that Diageo may encounter in meeting its obligations associated with financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or other financial assets. The group's policy with regard to the expected maturity profile of borrowings is to limit the amount of such borrowings maturing within 12 months to 50% of gross borrowings less money market demand deposits, and the level of commercial paper to 30% of gross borrowings less money market demand deposits. In addition, it is group policy to maintain backstop facility terms from relationship banks to support commercial paper obligations.

203


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

23.   Financial instruments and risk management (continued)

Maturity of cash flows for financial liabilities by year of repayment

 
  Bank
loans and
overdrafts
  Other
borrowings
  Interest on
borrowings
  Interest
rate swaps
  Credit
support
obligations
  Finance
lease
liabilities
  Other   Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

2011

                                                 

After five years

        (2,512 )   (1,081 )   9         (76 )   (7 )   (3,667 )

From four to five years

    (9 )   (466 )   (161 )   (5 )       (7 )   (1 )   (649 )

From three to four years

    (9 )   (1,212 )   (244 )   (7 )       (8 )   (1 )   (1,481 )

From two to three years

    (9 )   (1,534 )   (338 )   (14 )       (11 )   (4 )   (1,910 )

From one to two years

    (22 )   (839 )   (385 )   (14 )       (12 )   (40 )   (1,312 )
                                   

Due after one year

    (49 )   (6,563 )   (2,209 )   (31 )       (114 )   (53 )   (9,019 )

Due within one year

    (115 )   (1,234 )   (438 )   (13 )   (91 )   (12 )   (2,140 )   (4,043 )
                                   

    (164 )   (7,797 )   (2,647 )   (44 )   (91 )   (126 )   (2,193 )   (13,062 )
                                   

2010

                                                 

After five years

    (7 )   (3,198 )   (1,335 )   (5 )       (80 )   (8 )   (4,633 )

From four to five years

    (31 )   (1,153 )   (254 )   (2 )       (5 )   (1 )   (1,446 )

From three to four years

    (4 )   (1,478 )   (346 )   (7 )       (7 )   (22 )   (1,864 )

From two to three years

    (4 )   (900 )   (394 )   (8 )       (8 )   (8 )   (1,322 )

From one to two years

    (5 )   (1,215 )   (435 )   (9 )       (8 )   (86 )   (1,758 )
                                   

Due after one year

    (51 )   (7,944 )   (2,764 )   (31 )       (108 )   (125 )   (11,023 )

Due within one year

    (161 )   (333 )   (461 )   (8 )   (80 )   (8 )   (2,079 )   (3,130 )
                                   

    (212 )   (8,277 )   (3,225 )   (39 )   (80 )   (116 )   (2,204 )   (14,153 )
                                   

        Other financial liabilities primarily consist of trade payables and foreign currency forwards and swaps. Amounts are shown on an undiscounted basis. Where interest payments are on a floating rate basis, rates of each cash flow until maturity of the instruments are calculated based on the forward yield curve at the last business day of the years ended 30 June 2011 and 30 June 2010. Finance lease liabilities at 30 June 2011 of £126 million include interest of £47 million (2010 – finance lease liabilities of £116 million including interest of £55 million).

        The group had available undrawn committed bank facilities as follows:

 
  2011   2010  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Expiring within one year

    776     920  

Expiring between one and two years

    727     833  

Expiring after two years

    671     780  
           

    2,174     2,533  
           

        Commitment fees are paid on the undrawn portion of these facilities and accounted for on an accruals basis. Borrowings under these facilities will be at prevailing LIBOR rates (dependent on the period of drawdown) plus an agreed margin. These facilities can be used for general corporate purposes and, together with cash and cash equivalents, support the group's commercial paper programmes.

204


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

23.   Financial instruments and risk management (continued)

        There are no financial covenants on the group's short and long term borrowings. Certain of these borrowings contain cross default provisions and negative pledges.

        The committed bank facilities are subject to a single financial covenant, being minimum interest cover ratio of two times (defined as the ratio of operating profit before exceptional items, aggregated with share of associates' profits after tax, to net interest). They are also subject to pari passu ranking and negative pledge covenants.

        Any non-compliance with covenants underlying Diageo's financing arrangements could, if not waived, constitute an event of default with respect to any such arrangements, and any non-compliance with covenants may, in particular circumstances, lead to an acceleration of maturity on certain notes and the inability to access committed facilities. Diageo was in full compliance with its financial, pari passu ranking and negative pledge covenants throughout each of the years presented.

Maturity of cash flows for financial assets by year of repayment

 
  Interest
rate swaps
  Cross currency
swaps cash
inflow
  Cross currency
swaps cash
outflow
  Other   Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

2011

                               

After five years

    (35 )   1,204     (998 )   54     225  

From four to five years

    (3 )   42     (34 )   4     9  

From three to four years

    18     42     (34 )   5     31  

From two to three years

    30     42     (34 )   6     44  

From one to two years

    64     42     (34 )   39     111  
                       

Due after one year

    74     1,372     (1,134 )   108     420  

Due within one year

    79     42     (34 )   1,869     1,956  
                       

    153     1,414     (1,168 )   1,977     2,376  
                       

2010

                               

After five years

    (8 )   1,336     (1,034 )   85     379  

From four to five years

    15     46     (34 )   1     28  

From three to four years

    23     46     (34 )   1     36  

From two to three years

    57     46     (34 )   2     71  

From one to two years

    80     46     (34 )   143     235  
                       

Due after one year

    167     1,520     (1,170 )   232     749  

Due within one year

    98     46     (34 )   1,790     1,900  
                       

    265     1,566     (1,204 )   2,022     2,649  
                       

        Other financial assets primarily consist of trade receivables and foreign currency forwards and swaps. Amounts are shown on an undiscounted basis. Where interest payments are on a floating rate basis, rates of each cash flow until maturity of the instruments are calculated based on the forward yield curve at the last business day of the years ended 30 June 2011 and 30 June 2010.

(g)    Hedging instruments    The group designates derivatives which qualify for hedge accounting as either: (i) a hedge of the fair value of a recognised asset or liability (fair value hedge); (ii) a hedge of a forecast transaction or the cash flow risk from a change in interest rates or foreign exchange rates (cash

205


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

23.   Financial instruments and risk management (continued)


flow hedge); or (iii) a hedge of a net investment in foreign operations. The accounting treatment for hedges is disclosed in 'Accounting policies of the group'.

        The group tests effectiveness on a prospective and retrospective basis. Methods for testing effectiveness include dollar offset, critical terms, regression analysis, hypothetical derivative method and volatility reduction.

        Loss on fair value hedging instruments for the year was £8 million (2010 – £163 million gain) and the gain on the hedged items attributable to the hedged risks was £19 million (2010 – £163 million loss).

        In respect of cash flow hedging instruments, gains of £25 million (2010 – £27 million losses) have been recognised in other comprehensive income due to changes in fair value. A loss of £2 million and a loss of £54 million have been transferred out of other comprehensive income to other operating expenses and to other finance charges, respectively, in the year (2010 – £47 million loss and a gain of £73 million have been transferred out of other comprehensive income to other operating expenses and to other finance income, respectively).

        With respect to hedges of forecast transactions and the cash flow risk from a change in interest rates, based on year end interest and foreign exchange rates, balances related to cash flow hedged items at 30 June 2011 will affect the income statement in 2012 and 2013 by £11 million and £2 million, respectively. With respect to hedges of the cash flow risk from a change in forward foreign exchange rates using cross currency interest rate swaps, the retranslation of the related bond principal to closing foreign exchange rates and recognition of interest on the related bonds will affect the income statement in each year until the related bonds mature in 2016 and 2036. Foreign exchange retranslation and the interest on the hedged bonds taken to the income statement is expected to offset against the foreign exchange retranslation and the interest on the cross currency swaps in each of the years.

206


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

23.   Financial instruments and risk management (continued)

Cash flow and net investment hedges    The following table shows the contractual maturities of the notional designated transactions, cross currency interest rate swaps and derivative net investment hedging instruments:

 
  Foreign currency amount   Percentage of total    
 
 
  Year ending
30 June
 
 
  Purchase   Sell   Total   US dollar   Euro  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  %
  %
   
 

2011

                                     

Transaction

    550     1,316     1,866     51     31     2012  

Transaction

    155     466     621     65     35     2013  
                                 

Total transaction hedges

    705     1,782     2,487     55     32     2012-2013  
                                 

Cross currency interest rate swaps

    373         373     100         2017  

Cross currency interest rate swaps

    373         373     100         2037  
                                 

Total cross currency interest rate swaps

    746         746     100         2017-2037  
                                 

Net investment hedging instruments

    1,921     895     2,816     65     8     2012  
                                 

2010

                                     

Transaction

    693     1,741     2,434     44     30     2011  

Transaction

    443     969     1,412     48     30     2012  
                                 

Total transaction hedges

    1,136     2,710     3,846     45     30     2011-2012  
                                 

Cross currency interest rate swaps

    400         400     100         2017  

Cross currency interest rate swaps

    400         400     100         2037  
                                 

Total cross currency interest rate swaps

    800         800     100         2017-2037  
                                 

Net investment hedging instruments

    3,295     2,464     5,759     62     14     2011  
                                 

(h)    Fair value measurements    The disclosures about fair value measurements of financial instruments are presented through the use of a three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritises the valuation techniques used in fair value calculations. The levels can be broadly described as follows:

        The group maintains policies and procedures to value instruments using the most relevant data available. If multiple inputs that fall into different levels of the hierarchy are used in the valuation of an instrument, the instrument is categorised on the basis of the most subjective input.

Derivatives and other financial liabilities at fair value

Foreign currency forwards and swaps, cross currency swaps and interest rate swaps are valued using discounted cash flow techniques. These techniques incorporate inputs at levels 1 and 2, such as foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. These market inputs are used in the discounted cash flow calculation incorporating the instrument's term, notional amount and discount rate, and taking credit

207


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

23.   Financial instruments and risk management (continued)


risk into account. As significant inputs to the valuation are observable in the markets, these instruments are categorised as level 2 in the hierarchy.

        The Nolet Group's option to sell the remaining 50% equity stake in Ketel One Worldwide BV to Diageo is classified as a derivative financial liability with changes in fair value included in operating profit. As the valuation of the option uses assumptions not observable in the market, it is categorised as a level 3 instrument in the fair value hierarchy.

        The group's financial assets and liabilities, excluding finance lease liabilities, measured at fair value are categorised as follows:

 
  2011   2010  
 
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Assets

                                                 

Derivative assets

        394         394         570         570  
                                   

Total assets

        394         394         570         570  
                                   

Liabilities

                                                 

Derivative liabilities

        (118 )   (15 )   (133 )       (229 )   (23 )   (252 )

Other financial liabilities

            (25 )   (25 )           (28 )   (28 )
                                   

Total liabilities

        (118 )   (40 )   (158 )       (229 )   (51 )   (280 )
                                   

        The movements in level 3 instruments, measured on a recurring basis, are as follows:

 
  Derivative
liabilities
  Other
financial
liabilities
  Total
level 3
instruments
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

At 30 June 2009

    (40 )       (40 )

Deferred consideration payable

        (26 )   (26 )

Net gains/(losses) included in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income(a)

    17     (2 )   15  
               

At 30 June 2010

    (23 )   (28 )   (51 )

Net gains included in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income(a)

    8     3     11  
               

At 30 June 2011

    (15 )   (25 )   (40 )
               
(a)
Including gains/(losses) included in the income statement.

208


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

23.   Financial instruments and risk management (continued)

(i)    Total financial assets and liabilities    The table below sets out the group's accounting classification of each class of financial assets and liabilities, and their fair values.

 
  Instruments
in a hedge
relationship(i)
  Other
instruments
at fair value(ii)
  Cash and
cash
equivalents
  Available
for sale
  Loans and
receivables
  Financial
liabilities at
amortised
cost
  Total
carrying
value
  Fair
value
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

2011

                                                 

Cash and cash equivalents

            1,584                 1,584     1,584  

Bank overdrafts

                        (12 )   (12 )   (12 )

Borrowings due within one year

    (255 )                   (1,180 )   (1,435 )   (1,439 )

Borrowings due after one year

    (3,128 )                   (3,620 )   (6,748 )   (7,344 )

Derivative assets

    302     92                     394     394  

Derivative liabilities

    (69 )   (64 )                   (133 )   (133 )

Other assets

                4     1,872         1,876     1,876  

Other liabilities

        (25 )               (2,363 )   (2,388 )   (2,388 )
                                   

    (3,150 )   3     1,584     4     1,872     (7,175 )   (6,862 )   (7,462 )
                                   

2010

                                                 

Cash and cash equivalents

            1,453                 1,453     1,453  

Bank overdrafts

                        (55 )   (55 )   (55 )

Borrowings due within one year

    (346 )                   (186 )   (532 )   (526 )

Borrowings due after one year

    (4,080 )                   (4,097 )   (8,177 )   (8,892 )

Derivative assets

    526     44                     570     570  

Derivative liabilities

    (169 )   (83 )                   (252 )   (252 )

Other assets

                4     1,982         1,986     1,986  

Other liabilities

        (28 )               (2,247 )   (2,275 )   (2,275 )
                                   

    (4,069 )   (67 )   1,453     4     1,982     (6,585 )   (7,282 )   (7,991 )
                                   
(i)
Includes borrowings designated as hedged items in fair value hedging relationships with respect to interest rate risks.

(ii)
Derivative financial instruments not designated in hedging relationships.

        All derivative financial instruments not in a hedge relationship are classified as trading derivatives with fair value changes recorded in the income statement. The group does not use derivatives for speculative purposes. All transactions in derivative financial instruments are initially undertaken to manage the risks arising from underlying business activities.

        The fair values of borrowings are based on market data. The fair values of derivatives and financial instruments are estimated by discounting the future contractual cash flows using the appropriate yield curves at the last business day of the years ended 30 June each year. As at 30 June

209


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

23.   Financial instruments and risk management (continued)


2011 and 30 June 2010, the carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, bank overdrafts, other financial assets and liabilities were considered to approximate fair values.

Fair value hedging relationships    Certain borrowings due within and after one year are part of qualifying fair value interest rate hedging relationships. Accordingly, there is a fair value adjustment for these liabilities with respect to the hedged interest rate risk, with changes being recognised in the income statement, as disclosed in note 23(g). The group has not designated any non-derivative financial assets or liabilities at fair value.

(j)    Analysis of cash and cash equivalents by currency    

 
  2011   2010  
 
  £ million   %   £ million   %  

US dollar

    1,058     66     844     58  

Euro

    56     4     118     8  

Sterling

    123     8     69     5  

Other

    347     22     422     29  
                   

Cash and cash equivalents

    1,584     100     1,453     100  
                   

(k)    Analysis of gross borrowings by currency    

 
  2011   2010  
 
  £ million   %   £ million   %  

US dollar

    (3,689 )   46     (3,864 )   46  

Euro

    (1,990 )   25     (1,840 )   22  

Sterling

    (1,776 )   22     (1,690 )   20  

Korean won

    (174 )   2     (316 )   4  

Other

    (405 )   5     (697 )   8  
                   

Gross borrowings

    (8,034 )   100     (8,407 )   100  
                   

        The analysis of group's gross borrowings above includes the impact of foreign currency forwards and swaps.

(l)    Analysis of net borrowings by interest rate profile    

 
  2011   2010  
 
  £ million   %   £ million   %  

Fixed rate

    (3,752 )   58     (3,391 )   49  

Floating rate

    (2,722 )   42     (3,766 )   54  

Interest free

    5         64     (1 )

Impact of financial derivatives and fair value adjustments

    19         139     (2 )
                   

Net borrowings

    (6,450 )   100     (6,954 )   100  
                   

        The split of fixed and floating rate net borrowings above includes the impact of interest rate hedging instruments.

210


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

23.   Financial instruments and risk management (continued)

(m)    Portfolio of interest rate derivative instruments    

 
  Receive fixed notional   Pay fixed notional   Weighted average fixed interest rate   Weighted average time to maturity   Maturity years  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  %
  years
   
 

2011

                               

Currency instrument

                               

US dollar:

                               

Interest rate swaps

    3,307         2.9     4.9     2011-2022  

Interest rate swaps

        916     2.8     5.8     2013-2020  

Cross currency interest rate swaps

    746         5.7     15.3     2016-2036  

Euro:

                               

Interest rate swaps

    901         2.5     3.4     2014  

Sterling:

                               

Cross currency interest rate swaps

        632     5.4     15.3     2016-2036  

2010

                               

Currency instrument

                               

US dollar:

                               

Interest rate swaps

    3,633         3.4     5.1     2011-2022  

Interest rate swaps

        267     4.6     7.6     2017-2018  

Cross currency interest rate swaps

    800         5.7     16.3     2016-2036  

Euro:

                               

Interest rate swaps

    820         2.5     4.4     2014  

Sterling:

                               

Cross currency interest rate swaps

        632     5.4     16.3     2016-2036  

24.   Trade and other payables

 
  2011   2010  
 
  Current
liabilities
  Non-current
liabilities
  Current
liabilities
  Non-current
liabilities
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Trade payables

    986         843      

Tax and social security excluding income tax

    408         324      

Other payables

    578     29     595     63  

Accruals and deferred income

    866     12     853     13  
                   

    2,838     41     2,615     76  
                   

Non-current accruals and deferred income at 30 June 2011 includes deferred income of £12 million (2010 – £13 million) arising on the sale and leaseback of facilities in Napa Valley, California which will be credited to the income statement over the duration of the leases.

211


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

25.   Provisions

 
  Thalidomide   Onerous
contracts
  Restructuring   Vacant
properties
  Other   Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

At 30 June 2010

    167     69     108     14     115     473  

Exchange differences

    4     (4 )   2         (3 )   (1 )

Provisions charged during the year

            38         24     62  

Provisions used during the year

    (13 )   (17 )   (28 )   (5 )   (19 )   (82 )

Transfers from/(to) other payables

        (51 )   (11 )       10     (52 )

Unwinding of discounts

    10     4         1         15  
                           

At 30 June 2011

    168     1     109     10     127     415  
                           

Included in current liabilities

    16     1     67     4     61     149  

Included in non-current liabilities

    152         42     6     66     266  
                           

    168     1     109     10     127     415  
                           

Provisions by their nature are subject to uncertainties with respect to the timing and outcomes of future events.

(a)   A provision was established in the year ended 30 June 2005 in respect of the discounted value of the group's commitment to the UK Thalidomide Trust, and will be utilised over the period of the commitment up to 2037. An additional provision of £24 million was created in the year ended 30 June 2010 in respect of anticipated future payments to new thalidomide claimants. It is expected that the additional provision will be utilised over the period of the commitment, up to 2030.

(b)   Included in provision for onerous contracts at 30 June 2010 was £68 million in respect of the discounted value of an onerous supply contract arising on the acquisition of the Seagram spirits and wine business on 21 December 2001. This provision is being utilised over the 10-year duration of the contract. The provision includes a termination amount which will be payable in the seven months ending 31 January 2012. The amount payable of £51 million at 30 June 2011 has been included in other payables.

(c)   The group is undergoing a number of restructuring programmes, which involve the rationalisation of operations around the world. Employee charges, incremental costs in respect of service contract and information systems infrastructure charges in connection with the programmes are recognised in the restructuring provision, which is expected to be substantially utilised in the year ending 30 June 2012.

(d)   The vacant property provision is based on the estimated discounted rental shortfall over the terms of the leases up to 2031.

(e)   Other provisions include £42 million (2010 – £47 million) in respect of employee deferred compensation plans which will be utilised when employees leave or retire from the company.

212


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

26.   Deferred tax assets and liabilities

        The amounts of deferred tax accounted for in the consolidated balance sheet comprise the following net deferred tax assets/(liabilities):

 
  Property,
plant and
equipment
  Intangible
assets
  Post
employment
plans
  Tax losses   Other
temporary
differences
  Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

At 30 June 2009

    (217 )   (359 )   348     53     247     72  

Exchange differences

    (12 )   (94 )   8     1     7     (90 )

Recognised in income – continuing operations

    40     (148 )   (51 )   (42 )   (2 )   (203 )

Recognised in income – discontinued operations

                    5     5  

Recognised in other comprehensive income

                    3     3  

Step acquisition of Nuvo

        (2 )               (2 )
                           

At 30 June 2010

    (189 )   (603 )   305     12     260     (215 )

Exchange differences

    10     45     (2 )       (13 )   40  

Recognised in income—continuing operations

    32     (58 )   (28 )   170     (14 )   102  

Recognised in other comprehensive income

        5     (113 )   (69 )   (1 )   (178 )

Acquisition of businesses

    (9 )   (2 )           1     (10 )
                           

At 30 June 2011

    (156 )   (613 )   162     113     233     (261 )
                           

Deferred tax on other temporary differences includes items such as the thalidomide provision, restructuring provisions, share-based payments and intra group sales of products.

        After offsetting deferred tax assets and liabilities where appropriate within territories, the net deferred tax liability comprises:

 
  2011   2010  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Deferred tax assets

    516     529  

Deferred tax liabilities

    (777 )   (744 )
           

    (261 )   (215 )
           

The net deferred tax liability of £613 million (2010 – £603 million) in respect of intangible assets comprises deferred tax assets of £590 million (2010 – £623 million) less deferred tax liabilities of £1,203 million (2010 – £1,226 million). The group benefits from the availability of tax amortisation on many of it principal brands and other intangible assets. In the year ended 30 June 2011 a combination of strong performance and positive forward outlook led to the recognition of an increase in the deferred tax assets of £115 million (2010 – £nil) in respect of future amortisation. A proportion of the group's deferred tax assets arise from future tax amortisation deductions and these are currently subject to negotiations with tax authorities. The outcome of these negotiations could be a favourable change in taxation basis that replaces the benefit of future amortisation resulting in a write off the related deferred tax assets. Deferred tax assets of £107 million (2010 – £187 million) have been recognised in

213


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

26.   Deferred tax assets and liabilities (continued)


jurisdictions which made prior year taxable losses. It is considered more likely than not that there will be sufficient future taxable profits to support recognition of these deferred tax assets due to a reduction in future interest charges in those jurisdictions.

Unrecognised deferred tax assets    Deferred tax assets have been recognised to the extent that it is considered more likely than not that there will be suitable taxable profits from which the future reversal of the underlying timing differences can be deducted. Where this is not the case, deferred tax assets have not been recognised, as set out below:

 
  2011   2010  
 
  Tax losses   Other   Tax losses   Other  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Gross deferred tax assets

    317     623     185     794  

Amounts not recognized

    (204 )   (33 )   (173 )   (171 )
                   

    113     590     12     623  
                   

Of the amounts recognised in respect of tax losses, £16 million has expiration dates through to 2021 (2010 – £12 million through to 2020) and £97 million can be carried forward indefinitely (2010 – £nil). Of the amounts unrecognised in respect of tax losses, £7 million has expiration dates through to 2021 (2010 – £7 million through to 2020) and £197 million (2010 – £166 million) can be carried forward indefinitely.

Unrecognised deferred tax liabilities    No deferred tax liability is provided in respect of any future remittance of earnings of foreign subsidiaries where the group is able to control the remittance of earnings and it is probable that such earnings will not be remitted in the foreseeable future, or where no liability would arise on the remittance. It is not practicable to estimate the amount of unrecognised deferred tax liabilities in respect of these unremitted earnings.

        The aggregate amount of temporary difference associated with investments in subsidiaries, branches and associates and interests in joint ventures for which deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised is £15.2 billion (2010 – £13.5 billion). This has been calculated based upon the temporary differences arising between the group accounting basis and tax basis of each investment.

27.   Tax on other comprehensive income

 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Exchange differences

    8     (17 )   15  

Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges

    (7 )   1     2  

Net actuarial gain on post employment plans

    (66 )       237  
               

Tax on other comprehensive income

    (65 )   (16 )   254  
               

214


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

28.   Share capital and reserves

(a)   Allotted and fully paid share capital – ordinary shares of 28101/108 pence each    

 
  Number
of shares
  Nominal
value
 
 
  million
  £ million
 

At 30 June 2008

    2,822     816  

Shares purchased and subsequently cancelled (consideration including expenses £354 million)

    (38 )   (11 )

Treasury shares cancelled

    (30 )   (8 )
           

At 30 June 2011, 30 June 2010 and at 30 June 2009

    2,754     797  
           

(b)   Share premium    During the year, 0.1 million ordinary shares with an aggregate nominal value of less than £0.1 million were allotted under employee share option schemes for a total consideration of £0.4 million (2010 – 0.1 million shares, nominal value less than £0.1 million, consideration £0.4 million; 2009 – 0.1 million shares, nominal value less than £0.1 million, consideration £0.5 million).

(c)   Capital redemption reserve    Movements in the capital redemption reserve are in respect of purchases and cancellations of own shares.

 
  Number
of shares
  % of
ordinary
share
capital(i)
   
 
  million
   
  £ million
 

At 30 June 2008

                3,127  

Shares purchased and subsequently cancelled

    38     1.3     11  

Shares cancelled

    30     1.1     8  
                   

At 30 June 2011, 30 June 2010 and 30 June 2009

                3,146  
                   

(i)
Excluding treasury shares.

No shares were purchased or cancelled in the year ended 30 June 2011.

215


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

28.   Share capital and reserves (continued)

(d)   Fair value, hedging and exchange reserve    

 
  Fair
value and
hedging
reserve
  Exchange
reserve
  Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

At 30 June 2008

    21     13     34  

Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges

                   

– taken to other comprehensive income – group

    90         90  

– transferred to the income statement

    (71 )       (71 )

Exchange differences

        63     63  

Tax in respect of movements above

    2     15     17  
               

At 30 June 2009

    42     91     133  

Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges

                   

– taken to other comprehensive income – group

    (9 )       (9 )

– taken to other comprehensive income – associates

    (18 )       (18 )

– transferred to the income statement

    (26 )       (26 )

Exchange differences

        35     35  

Tax in respect of movements above

    1     (17 )   (16 )
               

At 30 June 2010

    (10 )   109     99  

Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges

                   

– taken to other comprehensive income – group

    7         7  

– taken to other comprehensive income – associates

    18         18  

– transferred to the income statement

    56         56  

Exchange differences

        (27 )   (27 )

Tax in respect of movements above

    (7 )   8     1  
               

At 30 June 2011

    64     90     154  
               

(e)   Own shares    Own shares comprise shares in the company held by employee share trusts, shares repurchased as part of the company's share buyback programmes and held as treasury shares, shares held as treasury shares and call options held for hedging share scheme grants provided to employees during the year.

216


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

28.   Share capital and reserves (continued)

        Movements in shares are as follows:

 
  Own shares and
options held by
employee share trusts
  Treasury shares
repurchased under
buyback programmes
  Treasury shares for
hedging share scheme
grants to employees
  Total own shares  
 
  Number
of shares
  Purchase
consideration
  Number
of shares
  Purchase
consideration
  Number
of shares
  Purchase/(sale)
consideration
  Number
of shares
  Purchase
consideration
 
 
  million
  £ million
  million
  £ million
  million
  £ million
  million
  £ million
 

At 30 June 2008

    26     218     259     2,135     20     206     305     2,559  

Share trust arrangements

    (3 )   (30 )                   (3 )   (30 )

Shares purchased

                    6     63     6     63  

Shares cancelled

            (30 )   (247 )           (30 )   (247 )

Shares transferred

            (6 )   (47 )   6     47          

Shares used to satisfy options

                        (3 )       (3 )
                                   

At 30 June 2009

    23     188     223     1,841     32     313     278     2,342  

Share trust arrangements

    (8 )   (58 )                   (8 )   (58 )

Share call options purchased

        23                         23  

Shares sold to fund call options

                    (3 )   (24 )   (3 )   (24 )

Shares used to satisfy options

                    (3 )   (30 )   (3 )   (30 )
                                   

At 30 June 2010

    15     153     223     1,841     26     259     264     2,253  

Share trust arrangements

    (4 )   (24 )                   (4 )   (24 )

Shares purchased

                    6     67     6     67  

Shares used to satisfy options

                    (4 )   (39 )   (4 )   (39 )
                                   

At 30 June 2011

    11     129     223     1,841     28     287     262     2,257  
                                   

At 30 June 2011, employee share trusts funded by the group held shares in the company as follows: 9 million ordinary shares held in respect of long term incentive plans for executive directors and senior executives and 2 million ordinary shares held in respect of grants under UK, Irish and US savings-related share option schemes. The market value of these shares at 30 June 2011 was £144 million (2010 – 15 million shares, market value £159 million; 2009 – 23 million shares, market value £197 million). Dividends are waived on all shares in the company owned by the employee share trusts.

        During the year ended 30 June 2011, the company purchased 6 million ordinary shares, with an aggregate nominal value of £2 million, representing approximately 0.3% of the issued ordinary share capital (excluding treasury shares), to be held as treasury shares (2010 – nil shares and £nil; 2009 – 6 million shares, aggregate nominal value £2 million, 0.3% of issued share capital (excluding treasury shares)). These shares have not been cancelled but are deducted from shareholders' equity. Dividends are waived on these shares.

217


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

28.   Share capital and reserves (continued)

        During the years ended 30 June 2011 and 30 June 2010, no cancellation of ordinary shares held as treasury shares was carried out (2009 – 30 million shares, aggregate nominal value £8 million). The company utilised 4 million ordinary shares held as treasury shares, with an aggregate nominal value of £1 million, to satisfy options exercised by employees during the year (2010 – 3 million shares, nominal value of £1 million; 2009 – 0.3 million shares, nominal value of £0.1 million).

        During the year ended 30 June 2010 the company sold 3 million ordinary shares held as treasury shares, with an aggregate nominal value of £1 million, to purchase call options over 8 million shares at a cost of £24 million to hedge share option grants. These options are held by the employee share trust. Call options denominated in US dollars with a value of £1 million were included in other financial assets.

(f)    Dividends

 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity shareholders in the year

                   

Final dividend for the year ended 30 June 2010

                   

23.50 pence per share (2009 – 22.20 pence; 2008 – 21.15 pence)

    586     551     527  

Interim dividend for the year ended 30 June 2011

                   

15.50 pence per share (2010 – 14.60 pence; 2009 – 13.90 pence)

    387     363     345  
               

    973     914     872  

Adjustment in respect of prior year dividends

            (2 )
               

    973     914     870  
               

Proposed final dividend for the year ended 30 June 2011

                   

24.90 pence per share (2010 – 23.50 pence; 2009 – 22.20 pence)

    621     586     550  
               

The proposed final dividend was approved by the board of directors on 24 August 2011. As this was after the balance sheet date and the dividend is subject to approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting, this dividend has not been included as a liability in these consolidated financial statements. There are no corporate tax consequences arising from this treatment.

(g)   Acquisition adjustment    In the year ended 30 June 2009 an adjustment was made to reduce both goodwill and non-controlling interests by £58 million in respect of the acquisition in the year ended 30 June 2008 of the distribution rights for Ketel One vodka products.

218


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

29.   Cash generated from operations

 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  £ million   £ million   £ million   £ million   £ million   £ million  

Profit for the year

    2,017           1,743           1,706        

Discontinued operations

              19           (2 )      

Taxation

    343           477           286        

Share of associates' profits after tax

    (176 )         (142 )         (164 )      

Net interest and net other finance charges

    397           462           592        

Loss on sale of businesses

    14           15                  
                           

Operating profit

          2,595           2,574           2,418  

Increase in inventories

    (204 )         (104 )         (236 )      

Decrease in trade and other receivables

    62           69           193        

Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables and provisions

    30           369           (210 )      
                           

Net movement in working capital

          (112 )         334           (253 )

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment

          352           372           300  

Dividend income

          138           111           179  

Other items

          (94 )         (207 )         10  
                                 

Cash generated from operations

          2,879           3,184           2,654  
                                 

In the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash generated from operations is stated after £259 million (2010 – £145 million; 2009 – £53 million) of cash outflows in respect of exceptional operating items.

        In the calculation of cash generated from operations, Other items include £119 million of cash contributions to post employment schemes in excess of the income statement charge (2010 – £114 million higher contributions; 2009 – £68 million higher contributions) and gains on sale of property of £20 million (2010 – £89 million; 2009 – £6 million) partly offset by the fair value charge in respect of share-based incentive plans of £34 million (2010 and 2009 – £31 million).

219


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

30.   Acquisition of businesses

 
  Net assets acquired and consideration  
 
  Serengeti
Breweries
  Halico   Other   2011
Fair value
  2010
Fair value
  2009
Fair value
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Brands

    6             6     62     8  

Property, plant and equipment

    64             64     2     10  

Investment in associates

        34     6     40          

Working capital

    (11 )           (11 )   (1 )   (1 )

Deferred taxation

    (10 )           (10 )   (2 )   1  

Cash

                    4      

Borrowings

    (22 )           (22 )        

Post employment benefit liabilities

                        (1 )
                           

Net identifiable assets and liabilities

    27     34     6     67     65     17  

Goodwill arising on acquisition

    31             31     19     25  

Step acquisition of Nuvo

                    (21 )    

Acquisition of remaining shares in associate

                        (6 )

Non-controlling interests

    (20 )           (20 )       2  
                           

Consideration payable

    38     34     6     78     63     38  
                           

Satisfied by:

                                     

Cash consideration paid

    32     34     7     73     37     53  

Movement in financial liability

            (1 )   (1 )       (23 )

Deferred/contingent consideration payable

    6             6     26     8  
                           

    38     34     6     78     63     38  
                           

Cash consideration paid for investments in subsidiaries

    32         1     33     37     53  

Cash consideration paid for investments in associates

        34     24     58     41     42  

Cash acquired

                    (4 )    

Prior year purchase consideration adjustment

            6     6         7  

Transaction costs paid in respect of acquisition of businesses

    2         18     20     9      

Deposit for potential Chinese acquisition

                    123      
                           

Net cash outflow on acquisition of businesses

    34     34     49     117     206     102  
                           

2011 acquisitions

Halico    On 13 May 2011, Diageo acquired an 18.67% equity stake in Hanoi Liquor Joint Stock Company (Halico), the largest domestic branded spirits producer in Vietnam, for a consideration of VND 798 billion (£24 million).The purchase of a further 6.26% equity stake in Halico was completed on 26 May 2011 for a consideration of VND 268 billion (£8 million). Diageo equity accounts for this investment. Additional transaction costs of £2 million in respect of the acquisition have been incurred in the year ended 30 June 2011 (2010 – £1 million).

220


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

30.   Acquisition of businesses (continued)

Serengeti Breweries    On 22 October 2010, Diageo completed the acquisition of a 51% equity stake in Serengeti Breweries Limited (SBL), a beer business based in Tanzania, through its subsidiary undertaking, East African Breweries Limited (EABL) in which Diageo owns 50.03%. The fair value of purchase consideration payable was £60 million, including borrowings acquired of £22 million. Transaction costs of £2 million (2010 – £5 million) in respect of the acquisition were charged to operating profit. Diageo consolidates 100% of SBL with a 75% non-controlling interest and has a call option for the remaining 49% of equity exercisable in 2013, calculated on a profit multiple of SBL. None of the goodwill recognised is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. In the period since acquisition SBL has contributed £30 million to sales and £3 million loss (after integration costs) to profit after tax in the year ended 30 June 2011.

22 Marquis    On 30 September 2010, Diageo acquired a 20% equity stake in LNJ Group, LLC, owner of the 22 Marquis brand, a sparkling liqueur, for a consideration of $10 million (£6 million). Depending on the performance of the brand in the next three years Diageo has a contractual right to increase its ownership to 50% without additional consideration. Diageo also has an option to purchase the remaining 50% equity stake in 2014 at a pre-agreed profit multiple, reflecting fair value. Diageo equity accounts for this investment.

        If any of these acquisitions had occurred on 1 July 2010 neither Diageo's sales nor profit would have been materially impacted.

2010 acquisitions

Nuvo    On 29 June 2010 Diageo acquired an additional 28.75% equity stake in the London Group, the owner of the Nuvo brand, an ultra-premium vodka-based sparkling liqueur, for a consideration of £29 million ($45 million). The London Group was formerly accounted for as an associate and following the acquisition of further shares became a subsidiary. In addition, the group agreed to acquire the remaining shares in the London Group at a pre-agreed profit multiple, reflecting fair value in 2013. The net present value of this deferred consideration of £25 million is included in other financial liabilities. The principal asset of the London Group is the Nuvo brand fair valued at £60 million. Goodwill arising on the acquisition of £15 million was in respect of future synergies expected from combining operations. Nuvo was, prior to the transaction, distributed exclusively through the Diageo network and therefore the acquisition of an additional stake did not change reported sales. The impact of the Nuvo acquisition to the group's profit was not material.

2009 acquisitions

Stirrings    On 16 June 2009, Diageo acquired the remaining 80% of equity in Stirrings LLC for £6 million and provided £7 million as deferred consideration payable. The value of the acquired brand was recognised by a fair value adjustment on acquisition of £8 million. Goodwill of £10 million arose as a result of expected synergies from combining distribution networks and administrative functions. Diageo initially acquired a 20% equity stake for £5 million in the year ended 30 June 2007.

Smirnov    On 17 December 2008, Diageo purchased for £35 million the remaining 25% stake in the company that owns the Smirnov brand. Diageo initially acquired a 75% stake for £28 million in the year ended 30 June 2007, with an agreement to acquire the remaining 25% at fair value. Net assets acquired at fair value were £17 million with goodwill of £26 million arising on the acquisition. On acquiring the final 25% interest, additional goodwill of £13 million was recognised.

221


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

30.   Acquisition of businesses (continued)

DHN Drinks    On 1 May 2008, a venture, DHN Drinks, was formed between Diageo, Heineken and Namibia Breweries Limited (NBL) to market their combined beer, cider and ready to drink businesses in South Africa. Diageo and Heineken each own 42.25% of DHN Drinks and NBL own 15.5%. Diageo equity accounts for this investment. The cost of this acquisition in the year ended 30 June 2008 was £43 million. An additional investment of £18 million was made in the year ended 30 June 2011 (2010 – £29 million; 2009 – £3 million).

Sedibeng    In the year ended 30 June 2009, Diageo recognised a cost of £19 million in respect of its agreement with Heineken to construct the Sedibeng brewery and bottling plant in South Africa.

Acquisitions after 30 June 2011

Zacapa    On 5 July 2011 Diageo completed the acquisition of a 50% equity controlling stake in Rum Creations Products Inc (RCP), the owner of the Zacapa rum brand, from Industrias Licoreras de Guatemala (ILG) for a consideration of $225 million (£140 million) (including $35 million of deferred compensation). ILG has a put option to sell the remaining 50% equity stake exercisable from 2016 calculated on a profit multiple. In addition, the transaction provided Diageo with perpetual global distribution rights for Zacapa rum, excluding those for Guatemala and the domestic markets of El Salvador, Honduras, Nicaragua, Costa Rica, Belize and Panama. Diageo will consolidate the results of RCP. The calculation of the impact of the acquisition on Diageo's consolidated balance sheet is provisional and is expected to increase Diageo's intangible assets by approximately £200 million, inventories by £20 million and property, plant and equipment by £7 million. In addition a financial liability of approximately £87 million will be established for the put option exercisable by ILG. Directly attributable transaction costs of £3 million have been charged to other external charges in the year ended 30 June 2011. The impact of the Zacapa acquisition on the group's profit is not expected to be material.

Quanxing    On 14 July 2011, Diageo acquired an additional 4% equity stake in Sichuan Chengdu Quanxing Group Company Ltd. (Quanxing) from Chengdu Yingsheng Investment Holding Co., Ltd. The consideration for the additional 4% equity stake was RMB 140 million (£13 million). The acquisition of the 4% equity stake brings Diageo's shareholding in Quanxing to 53%. Quanxing is a holding company controlling a 39.7% equity stake in Sichuan ShuiJingFang Co., Ltd. (ShuiJingFang), a super premium Chinese white spirits company listed on the Shanghai Stock Exchange. Diageo has become the indirect largest shareholder of ShuiJingFang and, in accordance with Chinese takeover regulations, subject to securing the approval of the China Securities Regulatory Commission (CSRC), expects to make a mandatory tender offer to all the other shareholders of ShuiJingFang. The tender offer is expected to be completed by the end of the calendar year. Were all other ShuiJingFang shareholders to accept the tender offer, the amount payable would be RMB 6.3 billion (£606 million). As required by Chinese law, 20% of the maximum consideration payable under the tender offer (£119 million) was deposited with China's securities depositary and clearing agency, Shanghai branch in the year ended 30 June 2010. Diageo also made a capital contribution to Quanxing of £8 million in the year ended 30 June 2010. Quanxing was accounted for as an associate up to 14 July 2011 but following the acquisition of the additional 4% equity stake it became a subsidiary with a 47% non-controlling interest. The fair value of the net assets of Quanxing on the date of acquisition are provisionally estimated at £403 million comprising the company's 39.7% equity stake in ShuiJingFang of £380 million, cash of £6 million, receivables due from Diageo of £11 million, other receivables of £8 million and trade payables and accruals of £2 million. As a result of Quanxing becoming a subsidiary

222


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

30.   Acquisition of businesses (continued)


of the group, a provisional gain of approximately £70 million is expected to arise on the difference between the book value of the equity owned prior to the transaction and the market value on the day of completion. Directly attributable transaction costs of £8 million have been charged to other external charges in the year ended 30 June 2011 (2010 – £7 million).

Mey Içki    On 23 August 2011, having received the necessary regulatory clearances, Diageo completed the acquisition of Mey Içki Sanayi VE Ticaret A.S. (Mey Içki) from TPG Capital and the Actera group. The Turkish Competition Authority clearance is conditional upon the subsequent disposal of the Mey Içki brands Hare liqueur and Maestro gin. Diageo anticipates that these disposals will be completed in the year ending 30 June 2012. Mey Içki is the leading producer and distributor of raki in Turkey and also owns other brands including vodka and wine brands. Mey Içki will be fully consolidated and transforms Diageo's existing position in this fast growing spirits market. In the year ended 31 December 2010 Mey Içki had net sales of TRL766 million. The enterprise value for the acquisition is $2.1 billion (£1.3 billion). The fair value assessment has not been completed and information on the net assets acquired has not been disclosed as the acquisition was completed a day prior to the financial statements being signed. Directly attributable transaction costs of £7 million have been charged to other external charges in the year ended 30 June 2011.

31.   Contingent liabilities and legal proceedings

(a)    Guarantees    As of 30 June 2011 the group has no material performance guarantees or indemnities to third parties.

(b)    Colombian litigation    An action was filed on 8 October 2004 in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York by the Republic of Colombia and a number of its local government entities against Diageo and other spirits companies. The complaint alleges several causes of action. Included among the causes of action is a claim that the defendants allegedly violated the Federal RICO Act by facilitating money laundering in Colombia through their supposed involvement in the contraband trade to the detriment of government owned spirits production and distribution businesses. Diageo is unable to quantify meaningfully the possible loss or range of loss to which the lawsuit may give rise. Diageo intends to defend itself vigorously against this lawsuit.

(c)    Korean customs dispute    A dispute is ongoing at the Korean Tax Tribunal in connection with the application of the methodology used in transfer pricing on spirits imports since 2004. In December 2009, Diageo Korea received a final customs audit assessment notice from the Korean customs authorities, covering the period from 1 February 2004 to 30 June 2007, for Korean won 194 billion or £105 million (including £13 million of value added tax). In January 2010, Diageo Korea appealed this customs audit assessment to the Korean Tax Tribunal. In order to preserve its right to appeal, Diageo Korea was required to pay the full amount of the assessment. In respect of the period prior to 30 June 2007, Diageo Korea has paid the full £105 million to the Korean customs authorities, including £44 million in the year ended 30 June 2011.

        In February 2011, Diageo Korea received a pre-imposition notice from the Korean customs authorities with respect to the period from 29 February 2008 to 31 October 2010 on the same grounds for Korean won 208 billion or approximately £121 million (including £14 million in value added tax). No amounts have been paid to date with respect to this pre-imposition notice.

        In May 2011, the Korean Tax Tribunal issued a ruling with respect to certain technical arguments, ordered that Korean won 26 billion (approximately £15 million) be repaid to Diageo Korea, and

223


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

31.   Contingent liabilities and legal proceedings (continued)

ordered a reaudit of the period prior to 30 June 2007. The reaudit is currently in progress and is expected to be completed by 30 June 2012. Diageo Korea is unable to quantify meaningfully the possible loss or range of loss to which these claims may give rise. Diageo Korea intends to defend its position vigorously.

(d)    Chinese acquisition    On 14 July 2011, Diageo acquired an additional 4% equity stake in Quanxing from Chengdu Yingsheng Investment Holding Co., Ltd. Diageo has become the indirect largest shareholder of ShuiJingFang and, subject to securing the approval of the CSRC, expects to make a mandatory tender offer to all the other shareholders of ShuiJingFang. The tender offer is expected to be completed by the end of the calendar year. Were all other ShuiJingFang shareholders to accept the tender offer, the amount payable would be RMB 6.3 billion (£606 million). As required by Chinese law, 20% of the maximum consideration payable under the tender offer (£119 million) was deposited with China's securities depositary and clearing agency, Shanghai branch in the year ended 30 June 2010.

(e)    Ketel One vodka put option    The Nolet Group has an option exercisable from 9 June 2011 to 9 June 2013 to sell its 50% equity stake in Ketel One Worldwide BV to Diageo for a total consideration of $900 million (£559 million) plus 5.5% annual interest calculated from the date of the original acquisition on 9 June 2008. If the Nolet Group exercises this option but Diageo chooses not to buy the stake, Diageo will then have to pay $100 million (£62 million) to the Nolet Group and the Nolet Group may then pursue a sale of its stake to a third party, subject to rights of first offer and last refusal on Diageo's part.

(f)    Thalidomide litigation    In Australia, a class action claim alleging product liability and negligence for injuries arising from the consumption of the drug thalidomide has been filed in the Supreme Court of Victoria against Distillers Company (Biochemicals) Limited, its parent Diageo Scotland Limited (formerly Distillers Company Limited), as well as against Grunenthal GmbH, the developer of the drug. The size of the class has not yet been specified. In the United Kingdom, similar proceedings have been commenced on behalf of one individual in relation to alleged thalidomide injuries. Distillers Company (Biochemicals) Limited distributed the drug in Australia and the United Kingdom for a period in the late 1950s and early 1960s. Diageo is unable to quantify meaningfully the possible loss or range of loss to which these lawsuits may give rise. The company has worked voluntarily for many years with various thalidomide organisations and has provided significant financial support. Diageo intends, however, to vigorously defend these lawsuits.

(g)    Other    The group has extensive international operations and is defendant in a number of legal, customs and tax proceedings incidental to these operations. There are a number of legal, customs and tax claims against the group, the outcome of which cannot at present be foreseen.

        Save as disclosed above, neither Diageo, nor any member of the Diageo group, is or has been engaged in, nor (so far as Diageo is aware) is there pending or threatened by or against it, any legal or arbitration proceedings which may have a significant effect on the financial position of the Diageo group.

32.   Related party transactions

Transactions between the group and its related parties are made on terms equivalent to those that prevail in arm's length transactions.

224


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

32.   Related party transactions (continued)

Subsidiaries    Transactions between the company and its subsidiaries are eliminated on consolidation and therefore are not disclosed. Details of the principal group companies are given after these financial statements.

Associates    Transactions between the group and its associates were as follows:

Additions to property, plant and equipment in the year ended 30 June 2009 include a warehouse acquired from Moët Hennessy for £16 million, and inventories at 30 June 2011 include maturing inventories of £38 million (2010 – £31 million) purchased from Moët Hennessy. Additions to loans include £22 million (2010 – £56 million) of loans to associates in South Africa, comprising £17 million to DHN Drinks (2010 – £30 million) and £5 million (2010 – £25 million) to Sedibeng Brewery. In the year ended 30 June 2011 an £18 million loan to DHN Drinks was converted to equity (2010 – £19 million). In the year ended 30 June 2010 a £1 million loan was made to Namibia Breweries Limited and an £8 million equity contribution to Quanxing.

        Other disclosures in respect of associates are included in note 7 and note 14.

Joint ventures    Transactions between the group and its joint ventures were as follows:

Key management personnel    The key management of the group comprises the executive and non-executive directors, the members of the executive committee and the company secretary. They are listed under 'Board of directors and executive committee'.

 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Salaries and short term employee benefits

    20     21     12  

Non-executive directors' fees

    1     1     1  

Share-based payments

    10     10     10  

Other long term benefits

            1  

Post employment benefits

    4     4     3  

Termination benefits

    1          
               

    36     36     27  
               

Non-executive directors do not receive share-based payments or post employment benefits.

225


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

32.   Related party transactions (continued)

        Details are given in the directors' remuneration report of the individual directors' remuneration and transactions between the group and key management personnel.

Pension plans    The Diageo pension plans are recharged with the cost of administration services provided by the company to the pension plans and with professional fees paid by the company on behalf of the pension plans. The total amount recharged for the year was £18 million (2010 – £28 million; 2009 – £14 million).

33.   Commitments

Capital expenditure    Commitments for expenditure on property, plant and equipment not provided for in these consolidated financial statements are estimated at £148 million (2010 – £112 million).

Operating lease commitments    The minimum lease rentals to be paid under non-cancellable leases, principally in respect of properties, are as follows:

 
  2011   2010  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Payments falling due:

             

Within one year

    104     95  

Between one and two years

    84     81  

Between two and three years

    74     66  

Between three and four years

    57     58  

Between four and five years

    49     50  

After five years

    354     322  
           

    722     672  
           

There are no significant leases for which contingent rent is payable, nor any that have purchase options, escalation clauses or restrictions. A number of the operating leases have renewal clauses that are all at fair market value. In respect of property not currently utilised, the group has entered into sub-leases for which the minimum amount receivable is £44 million (2010 – £57 million), of which £9 million (2010 – £11 million) falls due within one year of the balance sheet date. The amount received under these leases is included in sales in the income statement.

Purchase commitments

Diageo's subsidiary undertaking, EABL, of which Diageo owns 50.03%, has agreed to the purchase of SABMiller Africa BV's 20% equity stake in Kenya Breweries Limited (KBL) for cash consideration of the US dollar equivalent of 19.5 billion Kenyan shillings at completion (£136 million), subject to EABL disposing of its 20% equity stake in Tanzania Breweries Limited by way of a public offer. KBL has terminated a brewing and distribution agreement with SABMiller International BV and has ceased to distribute SABMiller's brands in Kenya.

226


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

34.   Employee share compensation

The group uses a number of equity settled and cash settled share plans to grant options and share awards to its directors and employees.

        The annual fair value charge for the three years ended 30 June 2011 by principal plan is as follows:

 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Executive share option plans

                   

Diageo executive long term incentive plan

    2     1      

Diageo senior executive share option plan

    2     3     3  

Diageo executive share option plan

    4     7     11  

Savings plans

    4     5     5  

Executive share award plans

                   

Diageo executive long term incentive plan

    7     1      

Performance share plan

    11     10     9  

Discretionary incentive plan

    4     4     3  
               

    34     31     31  
               

The fair value charge includes £4 million of exceptional operating costs (2010 – £1 million; 2009 – £2 million).

The principal plans are as follows:

Executive share option plans

(a)    Diageo executive long term incentive plan (DELTIP)    This scheme was introduced in the year ended 30 June 2010 to replace the Diageo executive share option plan (DSOP). Awards made to executives under the plan are in the form of shares and share options at the market value at the time of grant. Executives are given the opportunity to elect to have their awards in the form of share options or shares or a combination of both. Share awards vest/are released on the third anniversary of the grant date. Share options granted under this scheme may normally be exercised between three and ten years after the grant date. There are no performance conditions to be satisfied, although the top 70 senior executives are required to hold shares in Diageo plc. US executives are granted awards over the company's ADSs (one ADS is equivalent to four ordinary shares).

(b)    Diageo senior executive share option plan 2008 (SESOP 2008)    This scheme was introduced in October 2008 and grants options to senior executives at the market value at the time of grant. Options granted under this scheme may normally be exercised between three and 10 years after the date granted but only to the extent that a performance condition is satisfied. The current performance condition is based on the increase in Diageo's adjusted earnings per share (EPS) over a three-year period. Growth targets are set annually by the remuneration committee. For the 2010 grant, targets were set at 3% to 7% compound annual growth in adjusted EPS. The proportion of options that can be exercised depends on the extent to which the EPS growth targets have been met. For the 2010 grant, the exercise range is 25% for threshold performance up to 100% for achieving 7% or more compound annual growth in adjusted EPS. Re-testing of the performance condition is not permitted. US executives are granted options over the company's ADSs.

227


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

34.   Employee share compensation (continued)

Savings plans

(a)    UK savings-related share option scheme (SRSOS)    The UK savings-related share option scheme is an HM Revenue & Customs approved scheme available to all UK employees. The scheme provides a long term savings opportunity for employees who can use their savings to pay the exercise price of a share option. Options may normally be exercised after three or five years, according to the length of the option period chosen by the employee, at a price that is not less than 80% of the market value of the shares at the time of the option grant.

(b)    ROI savings-related share option scheme (ISRSOS)    The ROI savings-related share option scheme operates on a similar basis to the equivalent UK scheme (described above) for employees based in the Republic of Ireland.

(c)    US employee stock purchase plan (USESPP)    This plan provides a long term savings and investment opportunity for US employees who can use their savings to pay the exercise price of a share option. Options may normally be exercised 12 months after grant at a price equivalent to 85% of the market value of the ADSs at the time of the option grant.

(d)    International sharematch plan (ISMP)    This plan was introduced in September 2010 to replace the International savings-related share option plan (described below). Employees outside the United Kingdom, Ireland and the United States are offered the opportunity to purchase Diageo shares or share units and receive matching shares or share units subject to continued employment. Plan rules permit flexibility for Diageo to set the matching amount annually based on corporate performance and to vary this by country. Target matching for the majority of the countries is buy five shares and receive one free.

(e)    International savings-related share option plan (International)    The group also operated an international savings-related share option plan for employees outside the United Kingdom. The last grant made under this plan was in October 2009. The plan provided a long term savings opportunity for employees who used their savings to pay the exercise price of a share option. Options may be exercised between one and five years after grant. The option exercise price was set at a discount to the market value at the time of grant, ranging from nil to 20%, in accordance with local conditions and practices.

Executive share award plans

(a)    Performance share plan (PSP 2008)    This plan was introduced in October 2008 and replaced a similar plan. Under the PSP, share awards can take a number of different forms. No payment is made for awards. To date, participants have been granted conditional rights to receive shares. Awards normally vest after a three-year period – the 'performance cycle' – subject to achievement of two performance tests. The primary performance test is a comparison of Diageo's three-year total shareholder return (TSR) – the percentage growth in Diageo's share price (assuming all dividends and capital distributions are reinvested) – with the TSR of a peer group of 16 companies including Diageo. TSR calculations are converted into a common currency (US dollars). The vesting range is 25% if Diageo's TSR produces a median ranking compared with the TSR of the peer group companies, up to 100% if Diageo is ranked first or second in the peer group. The second performance test requires the remuneration committee to consider that there has been an underlying improvement in Diageo's three-year financial performance, typically measured by improvement in an adjusted EPS measure. Re-testing of the performance condition is not permitted. Dividends are accrued on awards and are

228


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

34.   Employee share compensation (continued)

given to participants to the extent that the awards actually vest at the end of the performance cycle. Dividends can be paid in the form of cash or shares.

(b)    Discretionary incentive plan 2009 (DIP 2009)    This scheme was introduced in October 2009 and the first awards were granted in March 2010 to a small number of senior executives. No payment is made for awards. Awards over shares or ADSs are granted under the plan, normally in the form of conditional rights to receive shares or ADSs. Awards vest over a three to five-year period with performance criteria varying by employee.

        In certain markets DELTIP, ISMP and PSP work as cash alternative plans where due to legislation and tax rules it is prohibitive to grant share options or shares settled directly in equity. From the employee's perspective it works in the same way as a normal share option or share except that employees do not have the right to own a share when they exercise their share options or their shares vests.

229


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

34.   Employee share compensation (continued)

        For the three years ended 30 June 2011, the calculation of the fair value of each option and share award used the binomial (share option and savings plans) and Monte Carlo (share award plans) option pricing models and the following weighted average assumptions:

 
  Executive
share option
plans
  Savings
plans
  Executive
share award
plans
 

2011

                   

Weighted average assumptions

                   

Risk free interest rate

    2.0 %   1.1 %   1.3 %

Expected life of the options

    60 months     34 months     36 months  

Expected volatility

    23 %   16 %    

Dividend yield

    3.3 %   3.3 %   3.3 %

Weighted average exercise price

    1087p     908p      

Weighted average share price

    1098p     1162p     1214p  

Weighted average fair value of options/awards granted in the year

    171p     247p     652p  

Number of options/awards granted in the year

    5.3 million     2.0 million     4.3 million  

Fair value of all options/awards granted in the year

    £9 million     £5 million     £28 million  

2010

                   

Weighted average assumptions

                   

Risk free interest rate

    2.8 %   1.8 %   2.2 %

Expected life of the options

    60 months     36 months     36 months  

Expected volatility

    18 %   17 %    

Dividend yield

    3.6 %   3.6 %   3.6 %

Weighted average exercise price

    964p     809p      

Weighted average share price

    986p     1030p     985p  

Weighted average fair value of options/awards granted in the year

    135p     224p     516p  

Number of options/awards granted in the year

    8.2 million     2.8 million     4.1 million  

Fair value of all options/awards granted in the year

    £11 million     £6 million     £21 million  

2009

                   

Weighted average assumptions

                   

Risk free interest rate

    4.2 %   4.0 %   3.6 %

Expected life of the options

    60 months     43 months     36 months  

Expected volatility

    14 %   15 %    

Dividend yield

    4.2 %   4.2 %   4.2 %

Weighted average exercise price

    992p     816p      

Weighted average share price

    987p     906p     902p  

Weighted average fair value of options/awards granted in the year

    132p     159p     428p  

Number of options/awards granted in the year

    10.9 million     3.0 million     3.1 million  

Fair value of all options/awards granted in the year

    £14 million     £5 million     £13 million  

The risk free interest rate is based on the UK treasury coupon strips in effect at the time of the grant, for the expected life of the option. The expected life of the options represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The group uses historical data to estimate option

230


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

34.   Employee share compensation (continued)


exercise and employee termination within the valuation model. Expected volatility is based on implied volatilities from traded options on the group's shares, historical volatility of the group's shares and other factors.

        Option holdings in the following tables are stated as ordinary share equivalents in pence. Options prices are translated at the following exchange rates: grants at actual exchange rates; exercises and cancellations at average exchange rates; and closing balances at year end exchange rates.

(a)    Outstanding options    Options over ordinary shares and over ADSs (US schemes only) outstanding at 30 June 2011 are as follows:

 
  Range of
exercise
prices
pence
  Number at
30 June
2011
  Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life
months
  Weighted
average
exercise
price
pence
 

Executive share option plans

    600-699     1,723,281     27     659  

    700-799     2,572,138     34     754  

    800-899     4,274,778     73     857  

    900-999     9,635,103     81     945  

    1000-1099     14,662,227     90     1058  

    1100-1199     3,555,507     86     1153  

    1200-1299     161,712     98     1231  

    1300-1399     2,492,088     74     1313  
                         

          39,076,834     78     996  
                         

Savings plans

    700-799     1,981,387     26     759  

    800-899     1,594,503     22     833  

    900-999     2,709,966     26     933  

    1000-1099     210,206     15     1044  

    1100-1199     20,310     25     1111  

    1200-1299     49,164     8     1233  

    1300-1399     29,639         1306  

    1400-1599     947         1501  
                         

          6,596,122     24     865  
                         

231


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

34.   Employee share compensation (continued)

(b)    Transactions on schemes    Transactions on the share option and share award plans and the weighted average grant date fair value for options and shares for the three years ended 30 June 2011 were as follows:

 
  Executive
share option
plans
  Savings plans   Executive
share award
plans
 
 
  Number of
options
  Weighted
average
exercise
price
pence
  Number of
options
  Weighted
average
exercise
price
pence
  Number of
awards
 

Balance outstanding at 30 June 2008

    38,723,105     806     7,775,475     745     5,693,141  

Granted

    10,899,101     992     3,001,884     840     3,074,613  

Exercised/awarded

    (3,436,934 )   719     (1,750,400 )   612     (616,112 )

Forfeited/expired

    (2,188,351 )   946     (1,426,800 )   1010     (894,916 )
                           

Balance outstanding at 30 June 2009

    43,996,921     920     7,600,159     805     7,256,726  

Granted

    8,241,770     966     2,751,197     794     4,102,143  

Exercised/awarded

    (9,116,692 )   786     (2,108,686 )   751     (196,894 )

Forfeited/expired

    (1,788,598 )   943     (1,083,327 )   902     (1,925,184 )
                           

Balance outstanding at 30 June 2010

    41,333,401     1009     7,159,343     817     9,236,791  

Granted

    5,331,223     1087     2,029,288     940     4,259,304  

Exercised/awarded

    (5,994,282 )   901     (2,033,630 )   806     (343,334 )

Forfeited/expired

    (1,593,508 )   965     (558,879 )   847     (1,888,630 )
                           

Balance outstanding at 30 June 2011

    39,076,834     996     6,596,122     865     11,264,131  
                           

Number of options exercisable at:

                               

30 June 2011

    17,194,922     967     136,758     1069        
                         

30 June 2010

    16,415,347     687     78,738     916        
                         

30 June 2009

    18,993,999     754     110,737     863        
                         

(c)    Employee share trusts, potential issues of ordinary shares and voting rights    

(i)    In order to hedge its obligations under the share option and share award plans, the group either purchases own shares directly and holds them as treasury shares, or it funds trusts to acquire shares in the company. The shares held are accounted for as a deduction in arriving at shareholders' equity. Call options are also used to manage some of the group's obligations. Dividends receivable by the employee share trusts on the shares are waived.

(ii)    Shares used to satisfy the group's obligations under the employee share plans can be newly issued shares, treasury shares or shares purchased on the open market by the employee share trusts.

(iii)    Where shares held by employee share trusts have been allocated to employee share plan participants, they may exercise their voting rights. Where shares are held by employee share trusts and have not been allocated to participants, the trustee abstains from voting.

232


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

35.   Post balance sheet events

On 5 July 2011 Diageo completed the acquisition of a 50% equity controlling stake in Rum Creations Products Inc, the owner of the Zacapa rum brand, from Industrias Licoreras de Guatemala.

        On 14 July 2011, Diageo acquired an additional 4% equity stake in Quanxing from Chengdu Yingsheng Investment Holding Co., Ltd becoming the indirect largest shareholder of ShuiJingFang. In accordance with Chinese takeover regulations, Diageo expects to make a mandatory tender offer to all other shareholders of ShuiJingFang. The tender offer is expected to be completed by the end of the calendar year.

        On 23 August 2011, having received the necessary regulatory clearances, Diageo completed the acquisition of Mey Içki Sanayi VE Ticaret A.S. (Mey Içki) from TPG Capital and the Actera group. The Turkish Competition Authority clearance is conditional upon the subsequent disposal of the Mey Içki brands Hare liqueur and Maestro gin. Diageo anticipates that these disposals will be completed in the year ending 30 June 2012. Mey Içki is the leading producer and distributor of raki in Turkey and also owns other brands including vodka and wine brands. Mey Içki will be fully consolidated and transforms Diageo's existing position in this fast growing spirits market.

        See note 30 for further details of these acquisitions.

233


Table of Contents


Principal group companies

        This section on principal group companies forms part of the audited financial statements.

 
  Country of
incorporation
  Country of
operation
  Percentage of
equity owned
  Business description

Subsidiaries

                 

Diageo Ireland

  Ireland   Worldwide     100%   Production, marketing and distribution of premium drinks

Diageo Great Britain Limited

  England   Worldwide     100%   Marketing and distribution of premium drinks

Diageo Scotland Limited

  Scotland   Worldwide     100%   Production, marketing and distribution of premium drinks

Diageo Brands BV

  Netherlands   Worldwide     100%   Marketing and distribution of premium drinks

Diageo North America, Inc

  United States   Worldwide     100%   Production, importing and distribution of premium drinks

Diageo Capital plc(a)

  Scotland   United Kingdom     100%   Financing company for the group

Diageo Finance plc(a)

  England   United Kingdom     100%   Financing company for the group

Diageo Capital BV

  Netherlands   Netherlands     100%   Financing company for the group

Diageo Finance BV

  Netherlands   Netherlands     100%   Financing company for the group

Diageo Investment Corporation

  United States   United States     100%   Financing company for the US group

Associate

                 

Moët Hennessy, SNC(b)

  France   France     34%   Production and distribution of premium drinks

(a)
Directly owned by Diageo plc.

(b)
French partnership.

All percentages, unless otherwise stated, are in respect of holdings of ordinary share capital and are equivalent to the percentages of voting rights held by the group.

234


Table of Contents


Report of independent registered public accounting firm – internal controls

The board of directors and shareholders
Diageo plc:

        We have audited Diageo plc's internal control over financial reporting as of 30 June 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Diageo plc's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying management's report on internal control over financial reporting, appearing in the Corporate Governance Report in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

        Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

        In our opinion, Diageo plc maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 30 June 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

        We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements of Diageo plc and subsidiaries on pages 140 to 233 which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as of 30 June 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated income statements, consolidated statements of comprehensive income, consolidated statements of changes in equity and consolidated statements of cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended 30 June 2011, and including the disclosures identified as 'part of

235


Table of Contents


Report of independent registered public accounting firm – internal controls (continued)


the audited financial statements' within the 'Critical accounting policies' section on pages 83 to 85 and the 'Principal group companies' on page 234 and our report dated 24 August 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

GRAPHIC

KPMG Audit Plc
London, England
24 August 2011

236


Table of Contents


Unaudited computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges

 
  Year ended 30 June  
 
  2011   2010   2009   2008   2007  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Earnings

                               

Income before taxes on income, non-controlling interests and discontinued operations

    2,360     2,239     1,990     2,078     2,096  

Less: Interest capitalised

    (4 )   (5 )   (4 )        

Less: Share of associates' income

    (176 )   (142 )   (164 )   (176 )   (149 )

Add: Dividend income receivable from associates

    138     111     179     143     119  

Add: Fixed charges

    714     970     869     549     400  
                       

    3,032     3,173     2,870     2,594     2,466  
                       

Fixed charges

                               

Interest payable and other finance charges (note(1))

    675     935     836     523     378  

Add: Interest capitalised

    4     5     4          

Add: One third of rental expense

    35     30     29     26     22  
                       

    714     970     869     549     400  
                       

 

 

ratio

 

ratio

 

ratio

 

ratio

 

ratio

 

Ratio

    4.2     3.3     3.3     4.7     6.2  
                       

Note

(1)
Interest payable and other finance charges for the year ended 30 June 2011 includes a £107 million charge (30 June 2010 – £275 million charge; 30 June 2009 – £164 million charge; 30 June 2008 – £75 million charge; 30 June 2007 – £30 million charge) in respect of fair value adjustments to the group's derivative instruments. Impact of foreign exchange movements on net borrowings not in a hedge relationship and therefore recognised in the income statement was £nil during the year ended 30 June 2011 (30 June 2010 – £nil; 30 June 2009 – £11 million charge; 30 June 2008 – £6 million charge; 30 June 2007 – £nil). In the year ended 30 June 2010 an additional £10 million charge was recognised (30 June 2009 – £33 million charge; 30 June 2008 – £nil; 30 June 2007 – £nil) in respect of exchange rate translation differences on inter-company funding arrangements where hedge accounting was not applicable.

237


Table of Contents


Additional information for shareholders

Legal proceedings

Information on legal proceedings is set out in note 31 to the consolidated financial statements.

Related party transactions

Transactions with directors are disclosed in the directors' remuneration report (see 'Directors' remuneration report—Additional information') and transactions with other related parties are disclosed in note 32 to the consolidated financial statements.

Share capital

Major shareholders    At 7 September 2011, the following substantial interests (3% or more) in the company's ordinary share capital (voting securities) had been notified to the company.

Shareholder
  Number of
ordinary
shares
  Percentage of issued
ordinary share capital
(excluding treasury shares)
  Date of
notification
of interest
 

BlackRock Investment Management (UK) Limited (indirect holding)

    147,296,928     5.89%     3 December 2009  

Capital Research and Management Company (indirect holding)

    124,653,096     4.99%     28 April 2009  

Legal & General Group Plc
(direct holding)

    99,894,002     3.99%     20 October 2009  

The company has not been notified of any other substantial interests in its securities. The company's substantial shareholders do not have different voting rights. Diageo, so far as is known by the company, is not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by another corporation or by any government. Diageo knows of no arrangements, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change of control of the company.

As at the close of business on 7 September 2011, 532,167,392 ordinary shares, including those held through ADSs, were held by approximately 2,624 holders (including American Depositary Receipt (ADR) holders) with registered addresses in the United States, representing approximately 21.25% of the outstanding ordinary shares (excluding treasury shares). At such date, 132,875,842 ADSs were held by 1,953 registered ADR holders. Since certain of such ordinary shares and ADSs are held by nominees or former GrandMet or Guinness Group ADR holders who have not re-registered their ADSs, the number of holders may not be representative of the number of beneficial owners in the United States or the ordinary shares held by them.

Trading market for shares    The Diageo plc ordinary shares are listed on the London Stock Exchange (the Exchange) and on the Dublin and Paris Stock Exchanges. Diageo plc American Depositary Shares (ADSs), representing four Diageo plc ordinary shares each, are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE).

        The principal trading market for the ordinary shares is the Exchange. Shares are traded on the Exchange's electronic order book. Orders placed on the order book are displayed on-screen through a central electronic system and trades are automatically executed, in price and then time priority, when orders match with corresponding buy or sell orders.

        Only member firms of the Exchange can enter or delete orders on behalf of clients or on their own account. All orders are anonymous. Although use of the order book is not mandatory, all trades, whether or not executed through the order book and regardless of size, must be published immediately after execution unless they are large trades eligible for deferred publication.

238


Table of Contents


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

Share capital (continued)

        The Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (MiFID) repealed the Investment Services Directive (ISD) on 1 November 2007. It replaced the worked principal agreement basis for delayed reporting of large trades with a sliding scale requirement based on qualifying minimum thresholds for the amount of consideration to be paid/the proportion of average daily turnover (ADT) of a stock represented by a trade. Provided that a trade/consideration equals or exceeds the qualifying minimum size, it will be eligible for deferred publication ranging from 60 minutes from time of trade to three trading days after time of trade. Diageo ordinary shares have an ADT of £80 million. The ADT for each equity security is calculated as the yearly turnover divided by the number of trading days, excluding negotiated trades (i.e. those trades privately negotiated but executed within the exchange).

        Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the pound sterling and the US dollar will affect the US dollar equivalent of the pound sterling price of the ordinary shares on the Exchange and, as a result, will affect the market price of the ADSs on the NYSE. In addition, such fluctuations will affect the US dollar amounts received by holders of ADSs on conversion of cash dividends paid in pounds sterling on the underlying ordinary shares.

239


Table of Contents


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

Share capital (continued)

        The following table shows, for the periods indicated, the reported high and low middle market quotations (which represent an average of bid and asked prices) for the ordinary shares on the Exchange, taken from its Daily Official List, and the highest and lowest sales prices for ADSs as reported on the NYSE composite tape.

 
  Per ordinary share   Per ADS  
 
  High   Low   High   Low  
 
  pence
  pence
  $
  $
 

Year ended 30 June

                         

2007

    1094     895     86.79     65.83  

2008

    1122     911     92.55     72.70  

2009

    1065     733     76.65     41.14  

2010

    1160     867     71.99     56.42  

2011

    1301     1033     85.43     63.08  

Three months ended

                         

September 2009

    996     867     64.44     56.42  

December 2009

    1090     947     69.66     60.71  

March 2010

    1116     1000     70.92     62.87  

June 2010

    1160     1025     71.99     59.22  

September 2010

    1144     1033     71.55     63.08  

December 2010

    1215     1092     76.13     69.30  

March 2011

    1258     1121     80.69     71.77  

June 2011

    1301     1180     85.43     76.73  

2011 monthly

                         

January

    1258     1197     79.96     74.38  

February

    1255     1186     80.69     76.36  

March

    1213     1121     78.47     71.77  

April

    1217     1180     81.44     76.73  

May

    1301     1212     85.14     80.46  

June

    1297     1252     85.43     80.38  

July

    1308     1229     83.65     79.53  

August

    1240     1112     80.99     72.77  

September (to 7 September 2011)

    1254     1211     80.54     78.48  

At close of business on 7 September 2011, the market prices for ordinary shares and ADSs were 1225 pence and $78.66 respectively.

American depositary shares

Fees and charges payable by ADR holders

The Bank of New York Mellon serves as the depositary (the 'Depositary') for Diageo's ADS programme. Pursuant to the deposit agreement between Diageo, the Depositary and owners and holders of ADSs (the 'Deposit Agreement'), ADR holders may be required to pay various fees to the Depositary, and the Depositary may refuse to provide any service for which a fee is assessed until the applicable fee has been paid. In particular, the Depositary, under the terms of the Deposit Agreement, shall charge (i) a fee of $5.00 or less per 100 ADSs (or portion of 100 ADSs) relating to the issuance fads, including issuances resulting from a distribution of ordinary shares, rights or other property or the cancellation of ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal, including if the Deposit Agreement terminates and

240


Table of Contents


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

American depositary shares (continued)


(ii) in connection with the distribution of other securities to ADR holders, a fee equivalent to the fee that would be payable, if securities distributed by Diageo had been ordinary shares and such ordinary shares had been deposited for issuance of ADSs. In addition, ADR holders may be required under the Deposit Agreement to pay the Depositary (i) any tax, duty, governmental charge or fee or stock transfer or registration fee arising in connection with the foregoing transactions or otherwise, (ii) any expense resulting from the conversion of a foreign currency into US dollars and (iii) the expense of certain communications made, at the request of the ADR holder, by cable, telex or facsimile. The Depositary may (i) withhold dividends or other distributions or sell any or all of the shares underlying the ADSs in order to satisfy any tax or governmental charge and (ii) deduct from any cash distribution any tax payable thereon or the cost of any currency conversion.

Direct and indirect payments by the Depositary

The Depositary reimburses Diageo for certain expenses it incurs in connection with the ADR programme, subject to a ceiling set out in the agreement pursuant to which the Depositary provides services to Diageo. The Depositary has also agreed to waive certain standard fees associated with the administration of the programme.

        During the financial year ended 30 June 2011, the company received from the Depositary $1,200,000 for continuing annual stock exchange listing fees, routine reporting and programme maintenance, standard out-of-pocket maintenance costs for the ADSs (consisting of the expenses of postage and envelopes for mailing annual financial reports, printing and distributing dividend checks, electronic filing of US Federal tax information, mailing required tax forms, stationery, postage, facsimile, and telephone calls), legal fees and certain investor relationship programmes and investor relations promotional activities.

Articles of association

Diageo is incorporated under the name Diageo plc, and is registered in England and Wales under registered number 23307.

        The following description summarises certain provisions of Diageo's articles of association (as adopted by special resolution at the Annual General Meeting on 14 October 2009) and applicable English law concerning companies (the Companies Acts), in each case as at 15 August 2011. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Companies Acts and Diageo's articles of association. Information on where investors can obtain copies of Diageo's articles of association is provided under 'Additional information for shareholders – Documents on display' below.

        All of Diageo's ordinary shares are fully paid. Accordingly, no further contribution of capital may be required by Diageo from the holders of such shares.

        Any amendment to the articles of association of the company may be made in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act by way of special resolution.

Directors    Diageo's articles of association provide for a board of directors, consisting (unless otherwise determined by an ordinary resolution of shareholders) of not fewer than three directors and not more than 25 directors, in which all powers to manage the business and affairs of Diageo are vested. Directors may be elected by the members in a general meeting or appointed by the board of directors. At each annual general meeting, the following are required to retire and are then reconsidered for

241


Table of Contents


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

Articles of association (continued)


re-election, assuming they wish to stand for re-election: any director who has been appointed by the board of directors since the last annual general meeting; any director who has been in office during the two previous general meetings and did not retire at either of them; and any director who has been in office, other than in an executive position, for a continuous period of nine years or more at the date of the meeting. There is no age limit requirement in respect of directors. Directors may also be removed before the expiration of their term of office in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Acts.

        Under Diageo's articles of association, a director cannot vote in respect of any proposal in which the director has an interest. However, this restriction on voting does not apply where the interest cannot reasonably be regarded as giving rise to a conflict of interest, nor to resolutions (a) giving the director any guarantee, security or indemnity in respect of obligations or liabilities incurred for the benefit of Diageo, (b) giving any guarantee, security or indemnity to a third party in respect of obligations of Diageo for which the director has assumed responsibility under an indemnity or guarantee or by the giving of security, (c) relating to an offer of securities of Diageo in which the director participates or may participate as a holder of shares or other securities or in the underwriting, (d) relating to any contract in which the director is interested by virtue of the director's interest in securities of Diageo or by reason of any other interest in or through Diageo, (e) concerning any other company in which the director is directly or indirectly interested, provided that the director does not have a relevant interest in that company, (f) relating to the arrangement of any employee benefit (including any retirement benefit plan) in which the director will share equally with other employees, (g) relating to any insurance that Diageo purchases or maintains for its directors or any group of people, including directors, (h) giving the director an indemnity where all the other directors are being offered indemnities on substantially the same terms, and (i) for the funding by Diageo of the director's expenditure on defending proceedings or the doing by Diageo of anything to enable the director to avoid incurring such expenditure where all the other directors are being offered substantially the same arrangements. A director cannot vote in relation to any resolution of the board concerning his own appointment, or the settlement or variation of the terms or the termination of his own appointment, as the holder of any office or place of profit with Diageo or any company in which Diageo is interested.

        Under Diageo's articles of association, compensation awarded to directors may be decided by the board or any authorised committee of the board. The remuneration committee is responsible for making recommendations to the board concerning matters relating to remuneration policy. It is comprised of all the non-executive directors except for the chairman.

        The directors are empowered to exercise all the powers of Diageo to borrow money, subject to the limitation that the aggregate amount of all net external borrowings of the group outstanding at any time shall not exceed an amount equal to twice the aggregate of the group's adjusted capital and reserves calculated in the manner prescribed in Diageo's articles of association, unless sanctioned by an ordinary resolution of Diageo's shareholders.

        Directors are not required to hold any shares of Diageo as a qualification to act as a director.

Dividend rights    Holders of Diageo's ordinary shares may, by ordinary resolution, declare dividends but may not declare dividends in excess of the amount recommended by the directors. The directors may also pay interim dividends or fixed rate dividends. No dividend may be paid other than out of profits available for distribution. All of Diageo's ordinary shares rank equally for dividends, but the board may withhold payment of all or any part of any dividends or other monies payable in respect of Diageo's shares from a person with a 0.25% interest (as defined in Diageo's articles of association) if

242


Table of Contents


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

Articles of association (continued)


such a person has been served with a restriction notice (as defined in Diageo's articles of association) after failure to provide Diageo with information concerning interests in those shares required to be provided under the Companies Acts. Dividends may be paid in currencies other than pounds sterling and such dividends will be calculated using an appropriate market exchange rate as determined by the directors in accordance with Diageo's articles of association.

        If a dividend has not been claimed, the directors may invest the dividend or use it in some other way for the benefit of Diageo until the dividend is claimed. If the dividend remains unclaimed for 12 years after the date such dividend was declared or became due for payment, it will be forfeited and will revert to Diageo (unless the directors decide otherwise). Diageo may stop sending cheques, warrants or similar financial instruments in payment of dividends by post in respect of any shares or may cease to employ any other means for payment of dividends if either (a) at least two consecutive payments have remained uncashed or are returned undelivered or that means of payment has failed, or (b) one payment remains uncashed or is returned undelivered or that means of payment has failed and reasonable enquiries have failed to establish any new postal address or account of the holder. Diageo must resume sending dividend cheques, warrants or similar financial instruments or employing that means of payment if the holder requests such resumption in writing.

        Diageo's articles of association permit payment or satisfaction of a dividend wholly or partly by distribution of specific assets, including fully paid shares or debentures of any other company. Such action must be directed by the general meeting which declared the dividend and upon the recommendation of the directors.

Voting rights    Voting on any resolution at any general meeting of shareholders is by a show of hands unless a poll is duly demanded. On a show of hands, (a) every shareholder who is present in person at a general meeting, and every proxy appointed by any one shareholder and present at a general meeting, has/have one vote regardless of the number of shares held by the shareholder (or, subject to (b), represented by the proxy), and (b) every proxy present at a general meeting who has been appointed by more than one shareholder has one vote regardless of the number of shareholders who have appointed him or the number of shares held by those shareholders, unless he has been instructed to vote for a resolution by one or more shareholders and to vote against the resolution by one or more shareholders, in which case he has one vote for and one vote against the resolution. On a poll, every shareholder who is present in person or by proxy has one vote for every share held by that shareholder, but a shareholder or proxy entitled to more than one vote need not cast all his votes or cast them all in the same way (the deadline for exercising voting rights by proxy is set out in the form of proxy).

        A poll may be demanded by any of the following:

243


Table of Contents


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

Articles of association (continued)

        Diageo's articles of association and the Companies Acts provide for matters to be transacted at general meetings of Diageo by the proposing and passing of two kinds of resolutions:

        An ordinary resolution requires the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the votes cast by those entitled to vote at a meeting at which there is a quorum in order to be passed. Special resolutions require the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters of the votes cast by those entitled to vote at a meeting at which there is a quorum in order to be passed. The necessary quorum foray meeting of Diageo is a minimum of two shareholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote.

        A shareholder is not entitled to vote at any general meeting or class meeting in respect of any share held by him if he has been served with a restriction notice (as defined in Diageo's articles of association) after failure to provide Diageo with information concerning interests in those shares required to be provided under the Companies Acts.

Liquidation rights    In the event of the liquidation of Diageo, after payment of all liabilities and deductions taking priority in accordance with English law, the balance of assets available for distribution will be distributed among the holders of ordinary shares according to the amounts paid up on the shares held by them.

Pre-emptive rights and new issues of shares    While holders of ordinary shares have no pre-emptive rights under Diageo's articles of association, the ability of the directors to cause Diageo to issue shares, securities convertible into shares or rights to shares, otherwise than pursuant to an employee share scheme, is restricted. Under the Companies Acts, the directors of a company are, with certain exceptions, unable to allot any equity securities without express authorisation, which may be contained in a company's articles of association or given by its shareholders in general meeting, but which in either event cannot last for more than five years. Under the Companies Acts, Diageo may also not allot shares for cash (otherwise than pursuant to an employee share scheme) without first making an offer to existing shareholders to allot such shares to them on the same or more favourable terms in proportion to their respective shareholdings, unless this requirement is waived by a special resolution of the shareholders.

Disclosure of interests in Diageo's shares    There are no provisions in Diageo's articles of association whereby persons acquiring, holding or disposing of a certain percentage of Diageo's shares are required to make disclosure of their ownership percentage, although there are such requirements under the Companies Acts. The basic disclosure requirement under Part 6 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 and Rule 5 of the Disclosure and Transparency Rules made by the Financial Services Authority imposes a statutory obligation on a person to notify Diageo and the Financial Services Authority of the percentage of the voting rights in Diageo he directly or indirectly holds or controls, or

244


Table of Contents


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

Articles of association (continued)


has rights over, through his direct or indirect holding of certain financial instruments, if the percentage of those voting rights:

        The Disclosure and Transparency Rules set out in detail the circumstances in which an obligation of disclosure will arise, as well as certain exemptions from those obligations for specified persons.

        Under section 793 of the Companies Act 2006, Diageo may, by notice in writing, require a person that Diageo knows or has reasonable cause to believe is or was during the three years preceding the date of notice interested in Diageo's shares to indicate whether or not that is the case and, if that person does or did hold an interest in Diageo's shares, to provide certain information as set out in that Act.

        Rule 3 of the Disclosure and Transparency Rules further requires persons discharging managerial responsibilities within Diageo (and their connected persons) to notify Diageo of transactions conducted on their own account in Diageo shares or derivatives or certain financial instruments relating to Diageo shares.

        The City Code on Takeovers and Mergers also imposes strict disclosure requirements with regard to dealings in the securities of an offer or or offeree company on all parties to a takeover and also on their respective associates during the course of an offer period.

General meetings and notices    At least 21 clear days' written notice of an annual general meeting is required. Any general meeting which is not an annual general meeting is called a 'general meeting'. Since the coming into force of the Companies (Shareholders' Rights) Regulations 2009, the minimum notice period for general meetings has increased from 14 to 21 clear days. This can, however, be reduced to 14 clear days, subject to shareholder approval, and offering shareholders the facility to vote electronically. Diageo already offers shareholders the facility to vote by electronic means (via its online proxy service), and intends to put the necessary resolution to the forthcoming Annual General Meeting, as it did in 2010, to approve the holding of subsequent general meetings on not less than 14 clear days' notice. This approval will expire at the next Annual General Meeting.

        An annual general meeting of shareholders must be held within six months of Diageo's accounting reference date and at a time and place determined by the directors.

        The chairman of any general meeting is entitled to refuse admission to (or eject from) that general meeting any person who fails to comply with any security arrangements or restrictions that the board may impose.

Variation of rights    If, at any time, Diageo's share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class of shares may be varied, subject to the provisions of the Companies Acts, either with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than three-quarters in nominal value of the issued shares of that class or upon the adoption of a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the shares of that class.

245


Table of Contents


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

Articles of association (continued)

        At every such separate meeting, all of the provisions of Diageo's articles of association relating to proceedings at a general meeting apply, except that (a) the quorum is to be the number of persons (which must be at least two) who hold or represent by proxy not less than one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of the class or, if such quorum is not present on an adjourned meeting, one person who holds shares of the class regardless of the number of shares he holds, (b) any holder of shares of the class who is present in person or by proxy may demand a poll, and (c) each shareholder present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote will have one vote per share held in that particular class in the event a poll is taken.

        Class rights are deemed not to have been varied by the creation or issue of new shares ranking equally with or subsequent to that class of shares in all respects or by the reduction of the capital paid up on such shares or by the purchase or redemption by Diageo of its own shares, in each case in accordance with the Companies Acts and Diageo's articles of association.

Repurchase of shares    Subject to authorisation by shareholder resolution, Diageo may purchase its own shares in accordance with the Companies Acts. Any shares which have been bought back may be held as treasury shares or, if not so held, must be cancelled immediately upon completion of the purchase, thereby reducing the amount of Diageo's issued share capital. Diageo currently has shareholder authority to buy back up to 251 million ordinary shares during the period up to the next Annual General Meeting. The minimum price which must be paid for such shares is 28101/108 pence and the maximum price is the higher of (a) an amount equal to 105% of the average of the middle market quotations for an ordinary share as derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the five preceding business days and (b) the higher of the price of the last independent trade and the highest current independent bid on the London Stock Exchange at the time the purchase is carried out.

Restrictions on transfers of shares    The board may decline to register a transfer of a certificated Diageo share unless the instrument of transfer (a) is duly stamped or certified or otherwise shown to the satisfaction of the board to be exempt from stamp duty and is accompanied by the relevant share certificate and such other evidence of the right to transfer as the board may reasonably require, (b) is in respect of only one class of share and (c) if to joint transferees, is in favour of not more than four such transferees.

        Registration of a transfer of an uncertificated share may be refused in the circumstances set out in the uncertificated securities rules (as defined in the articles of association) and where, in the case of a transfer to joint holders, the number of joint holders to whom the uncertificated share is to be transferred exceeds four.

        The board may decline to register a transfer of any of Diageo's certificated shares by a person with a 0.25% interest (as defined in Diageo's articles of association) if such a person has been served with a restriction notice (as defined in Diageo's articles of association) after failure to provide Diageo with information concerning interests in those shares required to be provided under the Companies Acts, unless the transfer is shown to the board to be pursuant to an arm's-length sale (as defined in the articles of association).

Exchange controls

        There are currently no UK foreign exchange control restrictions on the payment of dividends to US persons on Diageo's ordinary shares or on the conduct of Diageo's operations.

246


Table of Contents


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

Exchange controls (continued)

        There are no restrictions under the company's articles of association or under English law that limit the right of non-resident or foreign owners to hold or vote the company's ordinary shares.

        Please refer to the 'Taxation' section below for details relating to the taxation of dividend payments.

Documents on display

        The Form 20-F and any other documents filed by the company with the US Securities Exchange Commission may be inspected at the Securities and Exchange Commission's public reference room located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Information on the operation of the public reference room can be obtained by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1 800 SEC 0330.

Taxation

        This section provides a descriptive summary of certain US federal income tax and UK tax consequences that are likely to be material to the holders of the ordinary shares or ADSs, but only those who hold their ordinary shares or ADSs as capital assets for tax purposes.

        It does not purport to be a complete technical analysis or a listing of all potential tax effects relevant to the ownership of the ordinary shares and ADSs. This section does not apply to any holder who is subject to special rules, including:

        For UK tax purposes, this section applies only to persons who are the absolute beneficial owners of their shares or ADSs and who hold their shares or ADSs as investments. It assumes that holders of ADSs will be treated as holders of the underlying ordinary shares. In addition to those persons mentioned above, this section does not apply to holders that are banks, regulated investment companies, other financial institutions or to persons who have or are deemed to have acquired their ordinary shares or ADSs in the course of an employment or trade. This summary does not apply to persons who are treated as non-domiciled and resident or ordinarily resident in the United Kingdom for the purposes of UK tax law. This section is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, its legislative history, existing and proposed regulations, published rulings and court decisions, the laws of the United Kingdom and the practice of Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs, all as

247


Table of Contents


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

Taxation (continued)

currently in effect, as well as on the Convention Between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Tax on Income and Capital Gains (the Treaty).These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.

        In addition, this section is based in part upon the representations of the Depositary and the assumption that each obligation in the Deposit Agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms. In general, and taking into account this assumption, for US federal income tax purposes and for the purposes of the Treaty, holders of ADRs evidencing ADSs will be treated as the owner of the shares represented by those ADSs. Exchanges of shares for ADRs, and ADRs for shares, generally will not be subject to US federal income tax or to UK tax on profits or gains.

        A US holder is a beneficial owner of ordinary shares or ADSs that is for US federal income tax purposes:

        This section is not intended to provide specific advice and no action should be taken or omitted in reliance upon it. This section addresses only certain aspects of US federal income tax and UK income tax, corporation tax, capital gains tax, inheritance tax and stamp taxes. Holders of the ordinary shares or ADSs are urged to consult their own tax adviser regarding the US federal, state and local, and UK and other tax consequences of owning and disposing of the shares or ADSs in their respective circumstances. In particular, holders are encouraged to confirm with their adviser whether they are a US holder eligible for the benefits of the Treaty.

Dividends UK taxation    There is no UK withholding tax on dividends. A shareholder who is an individual resident for UK tax purposes in the United Kingdom that receives a dividend from the company will generally be entitled to a tax credit equal to one-ninth of the dividend. The individual will be taxable on the total of the dividend and the related credit, known as the gross dividend, which will be regarded as the top slice of the individual's income. In the case of a shareholder who is liable to income tax at the basic rate, the tax credit will be treated as discharging the individual's liability to income tax in respect of the gross dividend. In the case of a shareholder who is liable to income tax at the higher rate, the individual will be subject to tax on the gross dividend at the rate of 32.5%, to the extent that the gross dividend falls above the threshold for the higher rate of income tax when it is treated (as mentioned above) as the top slice of the individual's income. This means that the tax credit will satisfy only part of the individual's liability to income tax on the gross dividend, so that the individual will have to account for income tax equal to 22.5% of the gross dividend. In the case of a shareholder who is liable to income tax at the additional rate, the individual will be subject to tax on the gross dividend at the rate of 42.5%, to the extent that the gross dividend falls above the threshold for the additional rate of income tax when it is treated (as mentioned above) as the top slice of the individual's income. This means that the tax credit will satisfy only part of the individual's liability to

248


Table of Contents


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

Taxation (continued)


income tax on the gross dividend, so that the individual will have to account for income tax equal to 32.5% of the gross dividend. Shareholders within the charge to UK corporation tax which are small companies (for the purposes of the UK taxation of dividends) will not generally be subject to tax on dividends from Diageo. Other shareholders within the charge to UK corporation tax will not be subject to tax on dividends from Diageo so long as the dividends fall within an exempt class and certain conditions are met. In general, dividends paid on shares that are ordinary share capital for UK tax purposes and are not redeemable and dividends paid to a person holding less than 10% of the issued share capital of the payer (or any class of that share capital) are examples of dividends that fall within an exempt class. A shareholder who is not liable for tax on dividends received on the shares will not be entitled to claim payment of the tax credit in respect of those dividends.

        Eligible US holders will not normally be entitled to a tax credit under the Treaty, nor will they be subject to a withholding tax by the United Kingdom.

US taxation    Under the US federal income tax laws, and subject to the passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, rules discussed below, the gross amount of any dividend paid to a US holder by Diageo in respect of its ordinary shares or ADSs out of its current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for US federal income tax purposes) is subject to US federal income taxation. Dividends paid to a non-corporate US holder in taxable years beginning before 1 January 2013 that constitute qualified dividend income will be taxable to the holder at a maximum tax rate of 15%, provided that the ordinary shares or ADSs are held for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and the holder meets other holding period requirements. Dividends paid by Diageo with respect to its ordinary shares or ADSs generally will be qualified dividend income to US holders that meet the holding period requirement. Under UK law, dividends are not subject to UK withholding tax. Therefore, the US holder will include in income for US federal income tax purposes the amount of the dividend received, and the receipt of a dividend will not entitle the US holder to a foreign tax credit.

        The dividend must be included in income when the US holder, in the case of shares, or the Depositary, in the case of ADSs, receives the dividend, actually or constructively. The dividend will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to US corporations in respect of dividends received from other US corporations. Dividends will be income from sources outside the United States, and, depending on the US holder's circumstances, will generally either be 'passive' or 'general' income for purposes of computing the foreign tax credit, if allowable, to a US holder. The amount of the dividend distribution that must be included in income of a US holder will be the US dollar value of the pence payments made, determined at the spot pounds sterling/US dollar foreign exchange rate on the date the dividend distribution is included in income, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into US dollars. Generally, any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date the dividend payment is included in income to the date the payment is converted into US dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss and will not be eligible for the special tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income. The gain or loss generally will be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for US federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the holder's basis in the ordinary shares or ADSs and thereafter as capital gain.

Taxation of capital gains UK taxation    A citizen or resident (for tax purposes) of the United States who has at no time been either resident or ordinarily resident in the United Kingdom will not be liable

249


Table of Contents


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

Taxation (continued)


for UK tax on capital gains realised or accrued on the sale or other disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs, unless the ordinary shares or ADSs are held in connection with a trade or business carried on by the holder in the United Kingdom through a UK branch, agency or a permanent establishment. A disposal (or deemed disposal) of shares or ADSs by a holder who is resident or (in the case of an individual) resident or ordinarily resident in the UK may, depending on the holder's particular circumstances, and subject to any available exemption or relief, give rise to a chargeable gain or an allowable loss for the purposes of UK taxation of chargeable gains.

US taxation    Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a US holder who sells or otherwise disposes of ordinary shares or ADSs will recognise capital gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the US dollar value of the amount that is realised and the tax basis, determined in US dollars, in the ordinary shares or ADSs. Capital gain of a non-corporate US holder is generally taxed at preferential rates where the property is held for more than one year. The gain or loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

        A US holder who is liable for both UK and US tax on a gain on the disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs will generally be entitled, subject to certain limitations, to a credit against the holder's US federal income tax liability for the amount of any UK tax paid in respect of such gain.

PFIC rules    Diageo believes that ordinary shares and ADSs should not be treated as stock of a PFIC for US federal income tax purposes, but this conclusion is a factual determination that is made annually and thus may be subject to change. If treated as a PFIC, unless a US holder elects to be taxed annually on a mark-to-market basis with respect to the ordinary shares or ADSs, gain realised on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs would in general not be treated as capital gain. Instead, US holders would be treated as if the holder had realised such gain and certain 'excess distributions' pro-rated over the holder's holding period for the ordinary shares or ADSs and would be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for each such year to which the gain or distribution was allocated, together with an interest charge in respect of the tax attributable to each such year. With certain exceptions, your ordinary shares or ADSs will be treated as stock in a PFIC if we were a PFIC at anytime during your holding period in your ordinary shares or ADSs. In addition, dividends received from Diageo will not be eligible for the special tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income if Diageo is a PFIC either in the taxable year of the distribution or the preceding taxable year, but instead will be taxable at rates applicable to ordinary income.

UK inheritance tax    Subject to certain provisions relating to trusts or settlements, an ordinary share or ADS held by an individual shareholder who is domiciled in the United States for the purposes of the Convention between the United States and the United Kingdom relating to estate and gift taxes (the Convention) and is not a UK national as defined in the Convention will not be subject to UK inheritance tax on the individual's death (whether held on the date of death or gifted during the individual's lifetime) except where the ordinary share or ADS is part of the business property of a UK permanent establishment of the individual or pertains to a UK fixed base of an individual who performs independent personal services. In a case where an ordinary share or ADS is subject both to UK inheritance tax and to US federal gift or estate tax, the Convention generally provides for inheritance tax paid in the United Kingdom to be credited against federal gift or estate tax payable in the United States, or for federal gift or estate tax paid in the United States to be credited against any inheritance tax payable in the United Kingdom, based on priority rules set forth in the Convention.

250


Table of Contents


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

Taxation (continued)

UK stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax    Stamp duty reserve tax (SDRT) arises upon the deposit of an underlying ordinary share with the Depositary, generally at the higher rate of 1.5% of its issue price or, as the case may be, of the consideration for transfer. The Depositary will pay the SDRT but will recover an amount in respect of such tax from the initial holders of ADSs. No UK stamp duty will be payable on the acquisition or transfer of ADSs in practice, provided that the instrument of transfer is not executed in the United Kingdom and remains at all times outside the United Kingdom. Furthermore, an agreement to transfer ADSs in the form of ADRs will not give rise to a liability to SDRT.

        Purchases of ordinary shares will be subject to UK stamp duty, or SDRT as the case may be, at the rate of 0.5% of the price payable for the ordinary shares at the time of the transfer. However, where ordinary shares being acquired are transferred direct to the Depositary's nominee, the only charge will generally be the higher SDRT charge of 1.5% of the price payable for the ordinary shares so acquired.

251


Table of Contents


Signature

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and has duly caused this Annual Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorised.

  DIAGEO plc
(REGISTRANT)

 

/s/ DA MAHLAN

Name: DA Mahlan
Title: Chief financial officer

13 September 2011

252


Table of Contents


Exhibits

1.1
Articles of Association of Diageo plc (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Report on Form 6-K (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 October 2009).

2.1
Indenture, dated as of 3 August 1998, among Diageo Capital plc, Diageo plc and The Bank of New York Mellon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-8874) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 24 July 1998 (pages 365 to 504 of paper filing)).*

2.2
Indenture, dated as of 1 June 1999, among Diageo Investment Corporation, Diageo plc and The Bank of New York Mellon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 November 2001 (pages 241 to 317 of paper filing)).*

2.3
Indenture, dated as of 8 December 2003, among Diageo Finance B.V., Diageo plc and The Bank of New York Mellon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 to the Report on Form 6-K (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 9 December 2003).*

4.1
Service Agreement, dated 1 November 2005, between Diageo plc and Paul S. Walsh (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 25 September 2006).

4.2
Service Agreement, dated 1 July 2010, between Diageo plc and Deirdre A. Mahlan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 14 September 2010).

4.3
Letter of Agreement, dated 19 July 2007, between Diageo plc and Dr Franz B. Humer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).

4.4
Form of Service Agreement for Diageo plc's executives in the United Kingdom, dated as of 1 July 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 17 September 2007).

4.5
Form of Service Agreement for Diageo plc's executives in the United States, dated as of 1 July 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 17 September 2007).

4.6
Diageo 2010 Sharesave Plan, dated 14 October 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-169934) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 14 October 2010).

4.7
Diageo 2001 Share Incentive Plan, dated 14 October 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-169934) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 14 October 2010).

4.8
Rules of the Diageo plc 2009 International Share Match Plan, dated 14 October 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-169934) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 14 October 2010).

4.9
Diageo plc 2009 Executive Long Term Incentive Plan, dated 14 October 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-162490) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2009).

253


Table of Contents

4.10
Diageo plc 2009 Discretionary Incentive Plan, dated 14 October 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-162490) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2009).

4.11
Diageo plc 2008 Performance Share Plan, dated as of 15 October 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-154338) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 16 October 2008).

4.12
Diageo plc 2008 Senior Executive Share Option Plan, dated as of 15 October 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-154338) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 16 October 2008).

4.13
Diageo plc Senior Executive Share Option Plan, dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).

4.14
Diageo plc Executive Share Option Plan, dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).

4.15
Diageo plc Associated Companies Share Option Plan, dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).

4.16
Diageo plc Long Term Incentive Plan, dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).

4.17
Diageo plc 1998 United States Employee Stock Purchase Plan, dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).

4.18
Diageo plc 2007 United States Employee Stock Purchase Plan, dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.13 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).

4.19
Diageo plc UK Sharesave Scheme 2000, dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.14 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).

4.20
Addendum to Form of Service Agreement for Diageo plc's executives in the United States (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.16 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).

6.1
Description of earnings per share (included in note 10 to the consolidated financial statements on page 181 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

7.1
Description of unaudited computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges (included on page 237 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F).

8.1
Principal group companies (included on page 234 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F).

12.1
Certification of Paul S. Walsh filed pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(a).

12.2
Certification of Deirdre A. Mahlan filed pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(a).

13.1
Certification of Paul S. Walsh furnished pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. 1350(a) and (b).

254


Table of Contents

13.2
Certification of Deirdre A. Mahlan furnished pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. 1350(a) and (b).

15.1
Consent of independent registered public accounting firm.

*
Pursuant to an Agreement of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance dated 16 October 2007 by and among Diageo plc, Diageo Capital plc, Diageo Finance BV, Diageo Investment Corporation, The Bank of New York and Citibank NA, The Bank of New York Mellon has become the successor trustee to Citibank NA under Diageo's indentures dated 3 August 1998, 8 December 2003 and 1 June 1999.

255


Table of Contents


Cross reference to Form 20-F

Item
  Required item in 20-F   Page(s)

Part I

       

1.

  Identity of directors, senior management and advisers   Not applicable

2.

 

Offer statistics and expected timetable

 

Not applicable

3.

 

Key information

   

  A. Selected financial data   1-4

  B. Capitalization and indebtedness   Not applicable

  C. Reason for the offer and use of proceeds   Not applicable

  D. Risk factors   22-28

4.

 

Information on the company

   

  A. History and development of the company   5, 20-22, 79-80, 158, 174, 220-223, 226

  B. Business overview   5-9, 12-20, 154-160

  C. Organizational structure   234

  D. Property, plants and equipment   9-12, 187-188

4A.

 

Unresolved staff comments

 

Not applicable

5.

 

Operating and financial review and prospects

   

  A. Operating results   33-73, 81-82, 159, 177

  B. Liquidity and capital resources   74-79, 195-197, 203-207, 210-211, 222-223, 226

  C. Research and development, patents and licenses, etc.   18

  D. Trend information   73

  E. Off-balance sheet arrangements   80

  F. Tabular disclosure of contractual obligations   79

  G. Safe harbor   28-30

6.

 

Directors, senior management and employees

   

  A. Directors and senior management   86-89, 108

  B. Compensation   90-118, 227-232

  C. Board practices   86-89, 93-94, 107-108, 122-124

  D. Employees   18

  E. Share ownership   106-107, 111-117, 227-232

7.

 

Major shareholders and related party transactions

   

  A. Major shareholders   238

  B. Related party transactions   117-118, 224-226

  C. Interests of experts and counsel   Not applicable

8.

 

Financial information

   

  A. Consolidated statements and other financial information   139-233

  B. Significant changes   233

9.

 

The offer and listing

   

  A. Offer and listing details   239-240

  B. Plan of distribution   Not applicable

  C. Markets   238-239

  D. Selling shareholders   Not applicable

  E. Dilution   Not applicable

  F. Expenses of the issue   Not applicable

256


Table of Contents

Item
  Required item in 20-F   Page(s)

10.

 

Additional information

   

  A. Share capital   Not applicable

  B. Memorandum and articles of association   241-247

  C. Material contracts   107-108, 227-229

  D. Exchange controls   246-247

  E. Taxation   247-251

  F. Dividends and paying agents   Not applicable

  G. Statement by experts   Not applicable

  H. Documents on display   247

  I.   Subsidiary information   Not applicable

11.

 

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

 

80-83, 199-211

12. 

 

Description of securities other than equity securities

   

  A. Debt securities   Not applicable

  B. Warrants and rights   Not applicable

  C. Other securities   Not applicable

  D. American depositary shares   240-241

Part II

       

13.

 

Defaults, dividend arrearages and delinquencies

 

Not applicable

14.

 

Material modifications to the rights of security holders and use of proceeds

 

Not applicable

15. 

 

Controls and procedures

   

  A. Disclosure controls and procedures   126-127

  B. Management's report on internal control over financial reporting   130-131

  C. Attestation report of the registered public accounting firm   235-236

  D. Changes in internal control over financial reporting   131

16A.

 

Audit committee financial expert

 

123

16B.

 

Code of ethics

 

128-129

16C.

 

Principal accountant fees and services

 

124, 161

16D.

 

Exemptions from the listing standards for audit committees

 

Not applicable

16E.

 

Purchases of equity securities by the issuer and affiliated purchasers

 

76, 216-217

16F.

 

Change in registrant's certifying accountant

 

Not applicable

16G.

 

Corporate governance

 

132-134

Part III

       

17.

 

Financial statements

 

Not applicable

18.

 

Financial statements

 

See Item 8

19.

 

Exhibits

 

Exhibit index

257


Table of Contents

 
  Page(s)
Additional information    
Share capital   102-106, 111-114, 116-117, 215-218, 227-232, 238, 241
Unaudited computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges   237
Glossary of terms and US equivalents   259

        It is possible to read and copy documents that have been filed by Diageo plc with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) at the SEC's public reference room, located at 450 5th Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room and their copy charges. Filings with the SEC are also available to the public from commercial document retrieval services and on the web site maintained by the SEC at www.sec.gov.

258


Table of Contents


Glossary of terms and US equivalents

In this document the following words and expressions shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the following meanings:

Term used in UK annual report
  US equivalent or definition

Acquisition accounting

  Purchase accounting

Associates

  Entities accounted for under the equity method

American Depositary Receipt (ADR)

  Receipt evidencing ownership of an ADS

American Depositary Share (ADS)

  Registered negotiable security, listed on the New York Stock Exchange, representing four Diageo plc ordinary shares of 28101/108 pence each

Called up share capital

  Common stock

Capital allowances

  Tax depreciation

Capital redemption reserve

  Other additional capital

Company

  Diageo plc

Creditors

  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

Debtors

  Accounts receivable

Employee share schemes

  Employee stock benefit plans

Employment or staff costs

  Payroll costs

Equivalent units

  An equivalent unit represents one nine-litre case of spirits, which is approximately 272 servings. A serving comprises 33ml of spirits, 165ml of wine, or 330ml of ready to drink or beer.

  To convert volume of products other than spirits to equivalent units: beer in hectolitres divide by 0.9, wine in nine-litre cases divide by five, ready to drink in nine-litre cases divide by 10, and certain pre-mixed products classified as ready to drink in nine-litre cases divide by five.

Euro, €, ¢

  Euro currency

Exceptional items

  Items that, in management's judgement, need to be disclosed separately by virtue of their size or incidence

Excise duty

  Tax charged by a sovereign territory on the production, manufacture, sale or distribution of selected goods (including imported goods) within that territory. It is generally based on the quantity or alcohol content of goods, rather than their value, and is typically applied to alcohol products and fuels.

Finance lease

  Capital lease

Financial year

  Fiscal year

Fixed asset investments

  Non-current investments

Free cash flow

  Net cash flow from operating activities, and net purchase and disposal of investments and property, plant and equipment

Freehold

  Ownership with absolute rights in perpetuity

GAAP

  Generally accepted accounting principles

Group and Diageo

  Diageo plc and its consolidated subsidiaries

IFRS

  International Financial Reporting Standards as endorsed and adopted for use in the European Union and International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board

Impact Databank

  An international data resource for the beverage alcohol industry that is independent from industry participants

LIBOR

  London Interbank Offered Rate

Merger accounting

  Pooling of interests

Net asset value

  Bookvalue

Net sales

  Sales after deducting excise duties

Noon buying rate

  Buying rate at noon in New York City for cable transfers in pounds sterling as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York

Operating profit

  Net operating income

Organic movement

  At level foreign exchange rates and after adjusting for exceptional items, acquisitions and disposals for continuing operations

Own shares

  Treasury stock

Pound sterling, sterling, £, pence, p

  UK currency

Profit

  Earnings

Profit and loss account

  Statement of income/accumulated earnings

Profit for the year

  Net income

Provisions

  Accruals for losses/contingencies

Redundancy charges

  Early release scheme expenses

Reserves

  Accumulated earnings, other comprehensive income and additional paid in capital

RPI

  UK retail prices index

Scrip dividend

  Stock dividend

SEC

  US Securities and Exchange Commission

Share premium

  Additional paid in capital or paid in surplus

Shareholders' funds

  Shareholders' equity

Shares

  Common stock

Shares and ordinary shares

  Diageo plc's ordinary shares

Shares in issue

  Shares issued and outstanding

Trade and other payables

  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

Trade and other receivables

  Accounts receivable

US dollar, US$, $, ¢

  US currency

259